Study at Anglia Ruskin University

FULL-TIME POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS ENTRY 2011
WELCOME TO ANGLIA RUSKIN UNIVERSITY

www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg
Education is thE lEading of human souls to what is bEst, and making what is bEst out of thEm.
John Ruskin (18191900)
CONTENTS
POSTGRADUATE STUDY
Welcome Postgraduate Study At Our University Your Postgraduate Study Options UK/EU Tuition Fees and Finance Careers and Learning Resources International Students 34 56 78 910 1112 1314
OUR ACTivE RESEARCh COmmUNiTY

Allied Health Professions & Studies Art & Design Education English Language & Literature Environmental Studies History Music Psychology Social Work & Social Policy & Administration 3536 3738 3940 4142 4344 4546 4748 4950 5152
POSTGRADUATE STUDENT LifE

Cambridge Life Finding Our Cambridge Campus Chelmsford Life Finding Our Chelmsford Campus Anglia Ruskin in Peterborough Finding University Centre Peterborough Supporting You University Accommodation Services (UAS) Sport and Fitness Students Union 1516 1718 1920 2122 2324 2526 2728 2930 3132 3334
OUR COURSES AND RESEARCh OPPORTUNiTiES

Our Courses AZ Taught Courses Our Research Opportunities A-Z Research Opportunities 5354 55204 205 206224
APPLYiNG fOR YOUR COURSE

How to Apply International Applications 225226 227228
iNDEx
Index 229231
fiND OUT mORE

Find Out More 233
University Library entrance and study area, Chelmsford campus
WELCOmE
POSTGRADUATE STUDY | full-time Postgraduate Prospectus Entry 2011
WE hAvE A CLEAR viSiON fOR ThE fUTURE AND RESEARCh WiLL PLAY AN EvEN GREATER PART iN ThAT fUTURE.
Anglia Ruskin Universitys proud history goes back to 1858 when John Ruskin founded the Cambridge School of Art, now part of our Cambridge campus. Much has been written about John Ruskin, whose interests ranged from painting to innovative architecture, and building construction to philosophy. The common themes in his work included an insatiable thirst for enquiry and creative and unconventional thought. I would like to welcome you to Anglia Ruskin, University as a postgraduate student. I very much hope and believe that your studies with us will find these Ruskin themes embedded in the progressive learning we offer. Certainly we value our postgraduate student community for the rich contribution they make to both the academic life and the culture of our University. You will find that our expertise, like John Ruskins, is pretty broadly based. We are a leading postgraduate provider of business courses in the East of England. Many of our postgraduate students in English have gone on to write their own books quite soon after completing their studies with us. We have a clear vision for the future and research will play an even greater part in that future. We want to increase our postgraduate and professional student body as well as encouraging the best of our postgraduate researchers to join our academic staff as indeed many have done in the past. It has also been a personal delight to witness more and more overseas students choosing to study with us not least because Cambridge is such an inspirational learning environment. I very much hope you will consider joining us we are ambitious and determined that Anglia Ruskin University shall occupy a special place among UK universities, and you can help us get there.
We worl conduct d-l reseaeading se e p r ages ch. 35

52
Professor michael Thorne vice Chancellor
CLiCK: www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg | EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk | CALL: 0845 271 3333
POSTGRADUATE STUDY AT OUR UNivERSiTY

Whether your intention is to broaden your abilities, develop your specialist knowledge in a particular field, or embark on a research project, youll be doing it under the tutelage of our excellent academic staff. The importance of acquiring work-related skills has never been more evident. Competition in the job market has rarely been fiercer. So were proud to help our postgraduate students to acquire the qualifications and skills that prove so attractive to future employers. Our University offers a choice between taught postgraduate courses and research-based study programmes across all five of our Faculties, which are: Arts, Law & Social Sciences Ashcroft International Business School Education Health & Social Care Science & Technology. For the full list of our taught postgraduate courses, see our course finder on pages 5354. For our research opportunities, see page 205.
A mAGNET fOR iNTERNATiONAL TALENT

Our taught postgraduate courses and research opportunities make up a diverse and fascinating collection, but so do our postgraduate students. Nearly half come from outside the UK: from other European countries, Asia, Africa and both North and South America. It makes for a vibrant student community of different backgrounds and cultures.
GAiN CREDiT fOR YOUR ExPERiENCE

Our Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) commitment is designed to determine how your previous experience and learning might translate into academic credit towards your chosen course of study with us. This may include work experience, employer training, or professional certificated learning at higher education level. For more information about APL, see page 226.
In 2008, the Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) ranked our research as world-leading in the following academic disciplines: Allied Health Professions & Studies Art & Design English Language & Literature Environmental Studies History Music Psychology ocial Work & Social Policy S & Administration. For more information about our active research community, see pages 3552.
POSTGRADUATE mEDiCAL iNSTiTUTE

Established as recently as 2008, the Postgraduate Medical Institute (PMI) is a new and exciting development for our University. It has already built a fine reputation for developments in bioengineering, cancer control, mental health and optometry. It is a unique partnership between our University and all of the acute, mental health and primary care trusts in Essex; the Royal Society for Public Health; Essex County Council; and two national private health providers, which makes, to date, no less than 17 members. The PMI unites clinical and academic resources for research, innovation and postgraduate education for the benefit of health and social care.
A PASSiON fOR LEARNiNG AND TEAChiNG

We are passionate about the advancement of knowledge and the education of students. Many of our academics are research-active, ensuring that you will be taught by those at the cutting edge of developments in your field of study.
Optometry clinic, Cambridge campus
viSiON AND EYE RESEARCh UNiT

Our Vision and Eye Research Unit (VERU) is a key part of our Universitys PMI. The Unit carries out ground-breaking research in ophthalmology and optometry in conjunction with Hinchingbrooke Hospital in Cambridgeshire. VERU has an unrivalled bank of expertise within the team and we look forward to leading the way in this field, facilitating research in collaboration with the NHS, pharmaceutical and optical industries. Together with the other research activities within our Postgraduate Medical Institute, we are providing a regional nucleus for research and development as well as other aspects of postgraduate education and training. Professor michael Thorne, vice Chancellor To read more about the work of VERU, see pages 3536.
OUTSTANDiNG STUDY fACiLiTiES

Our commitment to providing you with a high-quality postgraduate experience doesnt stop at our teaching and research excellence. It extends through to our support services and impressive range of facilities and learning resources. Our specialist study facilities include: forensic science laboratory, complete a with scene-of-crime workshops suite of multimedia sound a and recording studios human energetics and a performance laboratory music, arts and language laboratories an optometry clinic imulated hospital wards, operating s theatres and a complementary medicine suite counselling rooms a mock law court a theatre an art gallery.
We have been awarded the Carbon Trust Standard by reducing our carbon footprint and showing we are committed to reducing it year-on-year. After taking action on climate change by measuring and reducing our carbon footprint by 6% in absolute terms (based on emissions from energy, water and waste), we saved 580 tonnes of C02 over a two-year period. Our environmental management system is certified to ISO 14001 an internationally recognised standard which addresses the delicate balance between maintaining profitability and reducing environmental impact and we are one of only a handful of universities to have achieved this. We were ranked 10th out of 133 UK universities in the University Green League 2010 by People and Planet.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/greenleague2010 In fact, we have green initiatives springing up all over our campuses. For more information about our environmental policy and strategy, visit our website.
GREEN ChAmPiONS
Our University is firmly committed to sustainability and is conscious of our impacts on the natural environment. One of our core values is to ensure that concern for a sustainable environment informs every aspect of what we do.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/environment
Ruskin Gallery, Cambridge campus
forensic science laboratory
YOUR POSTGRADUATE STUDY OPTiONS

mASTERS AND OThER TAUGhT POSTGRADUATE COURSES
We offer a comprehensive range of taught postgraduate courses. Our Masters courses normally combine taught modules with the completion of a Dissertation/Major Project under the guidance of your personal tutor, worth 180 credits in total. You will usually have a mixture of core compulsory modules and optional modules that you choose yourself, so that you can tailor your course according to your own personal interests. Modules of both types will include some form of assessment. The types of Masters courses available at our University are: Master of Arts (MA) Master of Business Administration (MBA) Master of Fine Art (MFA) Master of Laws (LLM) Master of Science (MSc). Our Masters courses generally take 12 months to complete if you study full-time, and comprise 180 credits. A Postgraduate Certificate (PG Cert) usually consists of 60 credits, while a Postgraduate Diploma (PG Dip) is generally 120 credits. The structure of the PG Cert and PG Dip courses tends to be the same as that of our Masters, only without the requirement of a final project or Dissertation. Both awards can be upgraded to a Masters with further study. Trainee teachers must meet a set of professional standards determined by the Government before they can be awarded Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). They do this by completing a period of initial teacher training (ITT) followed by an induction year in employment as a teacher. The course of initial teacher training offered at postgraduate level is the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE). For the full list of our taught postgraduate courses, see our course finder on pages 5354. For information on funding your taught postgraduate course, see pages 910.
APPLY ONLiNE:
Once you have decided on a field of study you can apply to us quickly and directly online at: www.anglia.ac.uk/apply
STUDYiNG AS A RESEARCh STUDENT

PhD and mPhil These research degrees involve an in-depth study of a topic, leading to the awards of Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) or Master of Philosophy (MPhil). MPhil programmes critically investigate and evaluate an approved topic and demonstrate an understanding of research methods appropriate to your chosen field. A PhD is only awarded when, in addition to the requirements for an MPhil, the results of your study make an independent and original contribution to knowledge. Full-time students can normally expect to complete our MPhil in two to three years and our PhD within three to four years. PhD by published work If you already have a portfolio of published work that has demonstrated an independent and original contribution to knowledge, together with an understanding of research methods appropriate to your chosen field, you may establish a case to submit a thesis for examination. Professional Doctorate Our Professional Doctorate (PrD) is designed and tailored to help senior-level professionals develop both their academic and professional knowledge. These are part-time research opportunities, combining a taught element and original research, that result in a thesis. For more information about our Professional Doctorates, refer to our Part-time Catalogue, or visit our website.
how will i be supported? As a research student, you will have a supervisory team to advise and guide you. Our Research, Development and Commercial Services Department offers training and support for all research students, including an Annual Research Student Conference. In addition to this support, our Faculties offer subject-specific training for research students. For further information about our research training, visit our website.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/researchtraining Where can i find funding? The UK Research Councils support postgraduate training and research. There are seven councils, all of which support particular fields of study. If youre a UK resident, Research Council scholarships will cover tuition fees and offer a maintenance grant. If youre an EU (non-UK) resident, you can only apply for help with tuition fees. Unfortunately, if youre a non-EU resident you arent eligible to apply for help with tuition fees or a maintenance grant. For more information, visit our website.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/researchcouncils how do i apply for a research degree? If you would like to apply for a research degree please complete and submit an application form, including details of your research proposal, to our Admissions Office. Application forms are available from our website.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/researchapply For full details of our research opportunities, see page 205.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/profdoc
UK/EU TUiTiON fEES AND fiNANCE

Many postgraduates are self-funded, so we understand that securing the means to finance your course can be difficult. We aim to provide you with the information and advice you need to make funding your postgraduate studies as easy as possible. Fees for research students also vary according to your subject area and fee-paying status. Full information on research fees can be found on our website.
fUNDiNG YOUR POSTGRADUATE STUDY

If you wish to study at postgraduate level, you will need to research whether funding may be available and should plan your finances well in advance, generally 12 months prior to the start of your course. Information about possible sources of postgraduate funding can be found at: www.direct.gov.uk/studentfinance and www.prospects.ac.uk The Grants Register As a prospective postgraduate student, you can seek funding from charities and trust funds. Information is available in the Grants Register, which is an annual publication listing details of awards from funders in many different countries. You can normally access this information in the reference section of your local library. Access to Learning fund If you are in financial hardship, you can apply to our Access to Learning Fund. You will not be considered for an award unless you have made adequate financial provision prior to the start of your course to cover both fees and living costs and have evidence to show this. You will also need to meet certain residence requirements. The Access to Learning Fund can not provide awards for fees. Further information is available from our Student Money and Advice Service in Student Services; see page opposite for contact details. Career Development Loans A Career Development Loan is a bank loan supported by the Learning Skills Council (LSC). You make an agreement with a participating high street bank to borrow an amount between 300 and 10,000, which is repayable on completion of your studies. The LSC will pay the interest accrued while you are studying, and for one month afterwards. For more information, visit the website below.
CLiCK:
iNTERNATiONAL STUDENTS
A full list of tuition fees for international students can be found online at: www.anglia.ac.uk/international/fees For more information about studying at our University as an international student, including information our International Merit Scholarship Scheme, see pages 13-14.
www.anglia.ac.uk/researchfees Can i pay my tuition fees by instalments? You may pay your tuition fees either in advance, annually, or by instalments. Please note: payment by instalments only applies to courses lasting longer than four months. Your first instalment is one-third of your annual tuition fees (minus your deposit), plus a 3% administration charge, and is due at the time of registration. Then the remaining two-thirds of your tuition fee will be due in two further equal instalments. Example based on courses commencing in September 2011 Tuition fee: 5,250 Deposit: 2,000 (5,250 2,000 = 3,250) 3% admin fee: 97.50 (3,250 + 3%) One-third of the remaining fee: 1,083.33 (3,250 3) Total payment at registration: 1,180.83 (1,083.33 + 97.50) Second instalment (due in November) 1,083.33 Third instalment (due in January) 1,083.33 Where can i find help with my tuition fees? If you are a UK or EU student and you have a query regarding your tuition fees, contact our student fees and invoicing team via our Contact Centre.
TUiTiON fEES
Tuition fees cover registration, tuition, most examinations and graduation. For the purpose of tuition fees, you will be split into one of two categories: Home (UK/EU) or Overseas (non-EU). If you are an EU student, you will be charged the EU fee if you can show that you have been a resident in the UK or EU for at least three years before the start of your course. If you are a resident from outside of the EU, you will be charged the appropriate international fee. Your fee-paying status will be assessed when you apply for one of our courses, and we will advise you which category your tuitions fees will come under. Tuition fees for taught postgraduate courses vary according to the type of course, its duration, the subject and your fee-paying status. You can find individual course fees detailed in our course listings, starting on page 56. Tuition fees are correct at the time of going to press but may be subject to change and will be confirmed in your offer letter. A deposit of 2,000 is required for our Masters courses. More information regarding your deposit will be outlined in your offer-holder letter. If youre an overseas student youll receive your visa letter after payment of your deposit has been made.
fOR mORE iNfORmATiON: CLiCK:

EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk CALL: 0845 271 3333
www.anglia.ac.uk/cdl
Employer sponsorship You may be able to negotiate sponsorship from your employer if the course you intend to study fits their business needs. You will usually need a written document to support your case. Sometimes you may also need to undertake a presentation to your organisation. However, your employer will usually benefit from a better-qualified, more productive and motivated employee. Students with disabilities If you have a disability, you may be eligible for the Disabled Students Allowance (DSA). This may include: a contribution towards any additional travel costs that you may incur on your course because of your disability general disabled students allowance non-medical helpers allowance specialist equipment allowance. If you have a disability but are ineligible for DSA, you can ask our Student Services about the possibility of alternative funding. Students with children Our Student Services childcare adviser can offer professional advice on childcare issues and information about possible sources of funding for childcare costs. For more information about our Student Services, see pages 2728.
hELP AND ADviCE

Dont hesitate to ask for help. Our Student Money and Advice Service can provide you with information and guidance about the funding options that may be available to you as a postgraduate student. CAmbRiDGE CAmPUS Call: 0845 196 2598 Email: moneyadviserscam@anglia.ac.uk ChELmSfORD CAmPUS Call: 0845 196 4240 / 4242 Email: moneyadvisers@anglia.ac.uk
Paid work can make life easier for students. Our Employment Bureau, on our Cambridge and Chelmsford campuses, can help you find part-time work during term time and part- or full-time work during the holidays. Our EB has strong ties with local employers. Contact them to hear about the latest permanent jobs and work placements. Overseas students should note that there are strict legal limits on how much work youre allowed to do. For more information, visit our website.
OUR EmPLOYmENT bUREAU (Eb)
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/international/work Our EB team can also help you with anything relating to employment law, current legislation, the national minimum wage, National Insurance and tax.
fOR mORE iNfORmATiON:

CLiCK: www.anglia.ac.uk/eb EmAiL: employment-bureau@anglia.ac.uk CALL: 0845 271 3333 iNTERNATiONAL: +44 (0) 1245 493131
10
CAREERS AND LEARNiNG RESOURCES

SUPERb LiNKS WiTh iNDUSTRY mEAN ThAT OUR STUDENTS ARE fULLY PLUGGED iNTO ThE WORLD Of WORK GiviNG ThEm GREAT ExPERiENCE, ExCELLENT CONTACTS AND EvEN mORE OPPORTUNiTiES WhEN ThEY GRADUATE.
11
CAREERS & EmPLOYAbiLiTY SERviCE

A postgraduate qualification may play an essential role in your career development, but it can also offer you the competitive edge in your industry. Employers are increasingly looking for people with the vital range of transferable skills that can make a difference to their organisation. Studying at postgraduate level demonstrates that you are committed to developing your knowledge base and skill set, but it may not be enough to help you secure employment. Our careers advisers can suggest ways of sharpening these skills up or supplementing them before you tackle the job market. They will help you to find work experience if required. Our University is not an insular educational institution. We have strong links with employers and access to a wide range of local, regional, national and international graduate opportunities. This gives our courses a real practical relevance and offers you the chance to gain invaluable experience in the world of work. You can explore your options in our careers information area, which is equipped with reference material, desk space and computer terminals. We also provide information and support online so you can access it at a time to suit your circumstances. For more information on career choices, employers, job markets and vacancies, visit our website.
UNivERSiTY LibRARiES
Our University has two main libraries in Cambridge and Chelmsford, and two smaller libraries at Fulbourn and Peterborough, supporting our Faculty of Health & Social Care. Collections include 351,000 volumes of printed book stock, 1,950 print journals with an increasingly important and expanding Digital Library of over 36,000 e-books, 3,000 e-journals and 136 databases. Each library offers a range of study facilities, including group study rooms, open-access computers, individual study spaces and well-equipped, bookable seminar rooms. Support is provided on- and off-campus through enquiry services, information skills training, and bookable, one-to-one appointments with specialist library staff. Our Cambridge and Chelmsford libraries have extensive opening hours, including 24-hour access during semesters. Our library website at libweb.anglia.ac.uk is the access point for digital collections and information about all of our library services. As an Anglia Ruskin student studying at University Centre Peterborough (UCP), you will have access to the significant collections held in our main University Libraries in Cambridge and Chelmsford, as well as the the Peterborough Regional College Library. In addition, you will have access to our online library. Inter-library loans can be arranged so that you can easily obtain materials from our other campuses.
Our communication system, e-vision, gives you direct access to your personal and academic record. You can update personal information and check your marks and grades. You will also be given your own Anglia Ruskin email account. For further information, visit our website.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/it The UCP Building has its own open-access computer rooms and printing facilities for you to use. Computers are also available in the study area on the second floor and there is a facility for you to use your own laptops via the wireless network. Advice is available when you arrive to help you make the most of the library resources and computing facilities at UCP.
RESEARCh RESOURCES AND CENTRES

Each of our Faculties offers subject-specific facilities and training for postgraduate research students, and each has a number of specialist research centres and groups. For more information, visit our individual Faculty research pages.
CLiCK:
ARTS, LAW & SOCiAL SCiENCES www.anglia.ac.uk/alssresearch AShCROfT iNTERNATiONAL bUSiNESS SChOOL www.anglia.ac.uk/aibsresearch EDUCATiON www.anglia.ac.uk/edresearch hEALTh & SOCiAL CARE www.anglia.ac.uk/hscresearch SCiENCE & TEChNOLOGY www.anglia.ac.uk/stresearch In addition to training and support offered by our Research, Development and Commercial Services Department and our Faculties, you will have access to some online research skills courses during your studies. You will receive a Research Student Handbook at the start of your programme that gives details of the support we offer and provides generic guidance and assistance.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/careers We believe in supporting our alumni long after theyve graduated. So the career services that you use as a student at our University will remain available to you after you graduate. This means you can access help with writing CVs, honing your interview skills, searching for jobs and making use of our formidable links with industry. For more information, email us via our website: www.anglia.ac.uk/careers and select the Ask careers button, or call us on the numbers below. CAmbRiDGE CAmPUS CALL: 0845 196 2298/2598 ChELmSfORD CAmPUS CALL: 0845 196 4240/4242
COmPUTiNG fACiLiTiES
Our campuses have open-access IT facilities, no matter what subject you are studying. There are significant departmental computing facilities, including specialist software related to particular disciplines. You will have access to word processing and analytical applications to help you with your assignments and projects, as well as free access to the internet and email, with wireless connectivity for your laptop. An IT Help Desk service is available within our University Library to assist with any technical problems.
12
iNTERNATiONAL STUDENTS
fROm ThE DAY YOU ARRivE TO ThE DAY YOU GRADUATE, WELL hELP YOU TO fEEL WELCOmE AND fULLY SUPPORTED. WELL EvEN hELP YOU PLAN YOUR NExT CAREER mOvE.
ThE RiGhT COURSE fOR YOUR CAREER
Taking a year out of your career to study for a Masters degree in the UK is a big decision, but we know that when you join our University youll quickly realise its the right decision. All of our postgraduate Masters courses are focused on the real world, and written with employability in mind. Many carry professional accreditation, and we have academic staff with distinguished records in industry who bring a wealth of experience to their teaching. As you near graduation, our experienced careers advisers can help you plan your next career move, and dont forget that you may be eligible to apply for post-study work, allowing you up to two years to stay and find work in the UK.
ThE vERY bEST SUPPORT

Our efforts to help our international students settle in were recognised in the International Student Barometer 2008, an independent survey of international students at UK universities. This ranked us in the top ten for our Welcome, Arrival and Orientation induction programme. Taking place before teaching begins, this induction will familiarise you with our University and its surroundings. Once you join Anglia Ruskin, our International Student Support Team is here to provide help whenever you need it, from the day you arrive to the day you graduate. Visas, immigration and welfare advice; guidance on health and working entitlements in the UK: our team will be glad to help you with all of these and much more. Our International Student Support Team works in parallel with Student Services, about whom you will read on page 27.
OUR ENTRY REqUiREmENTS

Turn to the requirements for international applications on page 227. If you dont have the necessary qualifications, we offer a range of foundation, preparatory and English language courses.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/prep/lang You may be eligible for free English language support during your postgraduate study. For more details, email us at answers@anglia.ac.uk We also offer a range of English language courses. For more information on these courses and how to apply, visit our website.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/efl
iNTERNATiONAL TUiTiON fEES AND SChOLARShiPS

A full list of tuition fees for international students can be found online at: www.anglia.ac.uk/international/fees Our University offers the International Merit Scholarship scheme, which provides awards of either 500 or 1,000 to well-qualified students applying for any full-time Masters course. Awards are made on the basis of academic merit and level of competence in the English language. Once you apply for a course at our University, you will automatically be considered for a scholarship, and details of any award given will be included in your offer letter.
13
fiNDiNG A PLACE TO LivE

As in most countries, to find the right accommodation for you, you need to know the local area. Happily we do, and we will help as much as we can. There are a number of options open to you: our halls of residence; university-owned shared houses and, of course, privately owned local accommodation. Given our two campuses central locations, living close to them will guarantee that shops, cafs and entertainment will all be nearby too. For more information about housing, visit our website.
WORKiNG DURiNG YOUR STUDiES

Most students entering the UK on a Tier 4 Student visa are able to work part-time, up to 20 hours per week. Our Employment Bureau can help you find suitable work. Find out more on page 10.
bEiNG NEW iN TOWN

As an international student, youll be a long way from home. This has many advantages. Gaining a fine, internationally recognised education from our University is the most notable, of course. You will also get to immerse yourself in a completely different culture. Youll have experiences you would never have had at home. And youll meet interesting new people (from all over the world, not just the UK). I decided to study in the UK because it has a high standard of education that is recognised across the globe, and I believe that I will have good employment prospects once I complete my course. I was attracted to Anglia Ruskin University because it is a Cisco Networking Regional Academy and one of the few institutions in the United Kingdom that is able to deliver the Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) award as part of their Masters degree course. I see this as an important step on my career path and thats why the postgraduate degree should not only enhance my subject knowledge, but also equip me with skills that will be useful throughout my career. muhammad Ziad international student, mSc Network Security
LifE AT ANGLiA RUSKiN

See pages 16 and 20 for more information about life in Cambridge and Chelmsford. And if youre keen to go exploring a little further afield, London is also close by. You can get a flavour of our capital citys many attractions at www.visitlondon.com And should you wish to go further still, Stansted International Airport is less than an hour away from either campus. For more information about Stanstead International Airport, visit the website below.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/housing
viSA REqUiREmENTS fOR ThE UK

If you come from outside the European Economic Area, then you will need to apply for entry clearance under the UK Points Based Immigration System (PBS). The visa route for students is called Tier 4 Students. As a licensed sponsor under the points based system, our University is able to issue the necessary documentation in order for you to apply for clearance to enter the UK. For more information visit our website.
CLiCK:
www.stanstedairport.com
fURThER iNfORmATiON
Please use the following contact details if you have any questions about studying at our University.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/international
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/visa
muhammad Ziad
14
CAmbRiDGE LifE
WERE RiGhT AT ThE hEART Of A CiTY WhiCh iS fAmOUS NOT ONLY AS AN ANCiENT SEAT Of LEARNiNG bUT ALSO A mODERN, vibRANT PLACE TO LivE.
15
This prospectus couldnt possibly hope to list all the attractions Cambridge has to offer. To get a good idea of what the city is really like, visit the website below.
ANGLiA RUSKiN iN CAmbRiDGE

Our Cambridge campus is right in the heart of the city, and its right in the heart of the present day, too. Over the past few years, a great deal of investment has been put into our buildings and facilities, with further developments currently underway. The result is a modern Cambridge campus thats a superb environment for learning. Running from the main reception is a walkway that links together gallery space, a caf, a restaurant, a bookshop and our Student Services. A visual treat, our Ruskin Gallery will really stop you in your tracks. This gallery space, surrounded by artists studios, is used to display exhibitions of work by staff and students in our Cambridge School of Art, as well as pieces by guest artists.
Watch this space We estimate that construction will be completed in 2011. For more recent information about our developments, visit the website below.
CLiCK:
www.visitcambridge.org University life is probably the first thing that people associate with Cambridge. Its fine educational heritage dates back many centuries. Some of the greatest scholars and scientists the world has ever seen have, at some time, called the city their home. East Road, in the city centre, is where it all began for Anglia Ruskin. This is where, in 1858, John Ruskin opened the Cambridge School of Art and laid the foundation for our Universitys Cambridge campus. Cambridge is a city where the new and the ancient sit very comfortably together. Its stunning architecture, medieval cobbled streets, college courts and public gardens make the city synonymous with history and culture. There are plenty of cultural events here, not least of which is the Shakespeare season that takes place in the Cambridge University gardens during the summer. Theres also the thrilling dramatic fare offered by our very own Mumford Theatre. For an annual programme of events, visit the website below.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/newspaces
OUR fACULTY Of hEALTh & SOCiAL CARE SiTES

Enjoying a spacious setting, our Fulbourn campus is conveniently positioned close to both our main Cambridge campus and Addenbrookes Hospital. There are excellent clinical-skills facilities on-site, including an operating theatre suite. It enjoys all the other features of a self-contained campus: library, IT suite, student common room and canteen. Fulbourn can be reached easily from the M11, A11 and A14. Stansted Airport is only 30 miles away. Bus services are frequent, both to and from Cambridge city centre. There are also regular trains to London Kings Cross and Liverpool Street. Our Peterborough site is at the Peterborough and Stamford Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust, which is within walking distance of the city centre. On-site facilities include a library, student common room and clinical-skills facilities. For more information about our Faculty of Health & Social Care sites, visit the website below.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/ruskingallery
mUmfORD ThEATRE
Something else weve every right to take pleasure in is our Mumford Theatre. As much a feature of the city as it is of our University, its an excellent venue with a varied programme of student performances, productions from local and national theatres and performing artists.
CLiCK:
www.artscouncil.org.uk/east
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/mumfordtheatre
ShOPPiNG
Should your mind occasionally drift away from lofty thoughts to something a little more retail-related, theres some great shopping to be done at the Grand Arcade in the heart of Cambridge; and also the Grafton Centre, just minutes from our campus.
bETTER AND bETTER

As part of our commitment to provide innovative new learning environments, our development of a state-of-the-art campus for students and staff in the centre of Cambridge is continuous. Its fast becoming one of the finest campuses in the country. A number of new buildings, each with outstanding teaching areas, will be built around a central courtyard. Additional rooms for teaching will be located within our University Library. Additionally, were developing new lecture theatres and flexible rehearsal areas. A future landmark for business and commerce in the region will be our Ashcroft International Business School, towards which Lord Ashcroft, Anglia Ruskin Universitys chancellor, has donated 5m. This impressive new building, completewith the latest technologies and equipment, will provide the finest teaching environment for any budding entrepreneur or business student.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/fhsc/sites
CLiCK:
www.grandarcade.co.uk www.graftoncentre.co.uk
SPORTS
If youre a sports enthusiast you can choose from a variety of healthy lifestyle pursuits in Cambridge, including sports clubs, swimming pools, public tennis courts and sports centres. For more information, visit the website below.
CLiCK:
www.cambridge.gov.uk/sport
16
fiNDiNG OUR CAmbRiDGE CAmPUS

TRAvELLiNG bY CAR
Cambridge is at the junction of a number of major roads, including the M11 and A14. m11 f youre coming via the M11, leave the I motorway at junction 11 (signposted South Cambridge and Harston). ollow the signs to the city centre. F This will take you through a village called Trumpington. eep going along Trumpington Road. K This eventually ends with two mini-roundabouts. t the first mini-roundabout, go straight A across, keeping to the right-hand lane. t the second mini-roundabout, turn right A into Lensfield Road. eep going straight on, crossing several K sets of traffic lights. oull now come into East Road. Just Y beyond the fire station, which is on your left, youll see our University reception on your right. A14 f youre travelling on the A14, leave the I road at the Milton, Waterbeach and Ely junction. t the end of the slip road theres a A roundabout. Take the Cambridge exit. ollow this road (Milton Road) for about F a mile, passing over several sets of traffic lights, until you reach another roundabout. urn left here, continue to the next T roundabout and go straight across. ead straight on and youll soon be on H Elizabeth Way, which crosses the river. ontinue until you reach the next C roundabout and go straight over. This is East Road. The Grafton Centre will be on your right. Our University reception is a little further down on the left. Car Parking Please note that apart from spaces for students with a disability, there is no car parking available on our Cambridge campus. There are a number of public car parks nearby, including the Grafton Centre and Queen Anne car parks, which are located within a ten minute walk from our campus. Alternatively, you can travel to the city centre via the Park & Ride service. For further information about car parking in Cambridge, visit the website below.
TRAvELLiNG bY bUS OR COACh

Most bus and coach routes go to Drummer Street bus station. Our University is about a quarter of a mile (0.64km) away. The main bus operator within Cambridge is Stagecoach, which runs a full range of services on its Citi network. Whippet buses also travel to Huntingdon and St Ives.
CLiCK:
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/stagecoach
www.anglia.ac.uk/cambridgeparking Park & Ride We highly recommend Cambridges Park & Ride services. In total, the city has five. All operate from Monday to Saturday. Three of the sites, Trumpington, Madingley Road and Newmarket Road, also operate on Sundays between 9am and 6pm. The sites are all staffed during opening hours, but theres no overnight parking. Travel times to our campus vary between 10 and 30 minutes. For more information, visit the website below.
TRAvELLiNG bY biKE
Cambridge is the unofficial cycling capital of the UK, so there are plenty of facilities for cyclists, including a cycle park at Park Street, a hire shop at the railway station and countless cycle routes. The Cambridge Cycling Campaign has a comprehensive map of the city and route planner.
CLiCK: mAPS
www.anglia.ac.uk/camcycle
CLiCK:
www.cambridgeshire.gov.uk/parkandride
TRAvELLiNG bY TRAiN
Trains run frequently between Cambridge and London (both Kings Cross and Liverpool Street stations), Ipswich, Peterborough (with connections to the North), Kings Lynn and Birmingham. For details of train times, visit the website below.
For maps, including those for our Faculty of Health & Social Care sites, visit our website.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/maps www.anglia.ac.uk/fhsc/sites
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/nationalrail
17
POSTGRADUATE STUDENT LifE | full-time Postgraduate Prospectus Entry 2011
CAmbRiDGE
KEY
Train Station bus Station Anglia Ruskin University Parking information Centre Park & Ride
500 METRES
18
ChELmSfORD LifE
ChELmSfORDS WARm AND SUNNY POSiTiON mATChES ThE WARm AND SUNNY DiSPOSiTiON Of iTS PEOPLE.
19
With a population of around 120,000 and growing, Chelmsford is the county town of Essex, just 30 miles north-east of central London. The town is a centre of industry and commerce and, as such, has a thriving and innovative ambience, perfect for budding entrepreneurs. The birthplace of broadcasting, Chelmsford attracts a wealth of cultures which makes it ideal for you to immerse yourself in its cosmopolitan environment. The towns history of attracting different cultures dates back to when it was one of the first Roman settlements in Britain and was named Caesaromagus (the market place of Caesar) by the invaders.
Chelmsfords architectural centrepiece is its impressive Cathedral Church of St Mary, St Peter and St Cedd, with its 15th century origins. It may be an urban environment, but there are plenty of countryside retreats here. The borough has far more than its fair share of parks and green spaces: 1,700 acres (687 hectares) of them, in fact. For example, theres Oaklands Park, with its Victorian borders, museums, award-winning Echo Garden and skate park, as well as Hylands House and estate: a Grade II property in landscaped parkland. And for those of you drawn irresistibly to water, there are three freshwater rivers: the Can, the Chelmer and the Wid. Theres also the tidal Crouch in the south of the borough and the coast isnt far away, either. Theres a wealth of retail outlets here, including unique independent stores as well as the trusted high-street brands. High Chelmer and The Meadows are shopping centres in the middle of town. The latter also has an 8-screen cinema.
ANGLiA RUSKiN iN ChELmSfORD

Our thoroughly modern campus in Chelmsford is set in green and lush surroundings right on the river, with impressive new buildings and industryleading facilities, all just a short stroll from the town centre. There is much on our Chelmsford campus to be proud of, including our new health and social care building with the very latest medical equipment; Mildmay sports hall; the Sawyers Gym complex; and a recently developed student centre. Plus, of course, theres our Ashcroft International Business School: the largest business school in the eastern region. Even its location, the award-winning Michael A. Ashcroft Building, is impressive. It combines striking aesthetics with the most advanced learning technologies. Students, employers and professional bodies alike acknowledge that this is a vital centre for business education and training. Our Chelmsford campus also boasts a building for our Faculty of Science & Technology and Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences. Its facilities include a mock law court and a 150-seat lecture theatre. Finally, our Chelmsford campus is also home to our student village. This has most of the life-sustaining facilities a student could possibly need, such as a launderette, pharmacy, shops and a medical centre, clustered together very conveniently.
AS SEEN ON Tv
Just a few years ago, Channel 4s Location, Location, Location rated this centre of industry and commerce 8th in their list of the best places to live in the UK. Speaking about the town the programme said: This is officially the UKs hottest spot, and were not talking nightlife or curry houses we mean microclimate. Summers here have hit the heights of 35.2C, and theres a distinctive lack of clouds over the local economy.
CLiCK:
www.chelmsford-shopping.co.uk www.highchelmershopping.co.uk If youre a sports fan, there are plenty of teams to whom you could pledge allegiance. Among them, the Essex County Cricket Club, Chelmsford City Football Club and the Chelmsford Chieftains ice hockey team. Chelmsford also boasts a number of private and public golf clubs, rugby and hockey clubs and the Riverside Ice and Leisure Centre.
CLiCK:
www.channel4.com/location
CLiCK:
www.chelmsford.gov.uk/sports Chelmsfords nightlife is anything but sleepy. Theres a world of bars, cafs and restaurants to explore. There are also two theatres, a multi-screen cinema and the Chelmsford Film Club. We also recommend checking out the excellent live-music venues, including Barhouse, The Fleece and The Bassment. On a rather grander scale, theres the famous V Festival, for which music lovers gravitate to Hylands Park every August.
CLiCK:
www.vfestival.com
20
fiNDiNG OUR ChELmSfORD CAmPUS

TRAvELLiNG bY CAR
Chelmsford is accessible from the A12, the main route from London to East Anglia. m25 f youre approaching via the M25, I join the A12 at junction 28. rom the A12, follow the local signs F to Chelmsford town centre and our University campus. ur main reception is located in the O Michael A. Ashcroft Building, which is at the junction of New Street and Rectory Lane. Car Parking Please note that apart from spaces for students with a disability, there is no car parking available on our Chelmsford campus. There are a number of public car parks nearby, including Rectory Lane long stay car parks and Riverside and Waterloo Lane short stay car parks, which are located within a short walk from our Chelmsford campus. Alternatively, you can travel to the town centre via Chelmsfords Park & Ride service. For further information about car parking in Chelmsford, visit the website below. Park & Ride Chelmsfords Park & Ride site is situated conveniently off the A12 at J18: the A414/ A1060 Maldon Road interchange. The site has over 900 parking spaces and buses run from 7am to 7pm every 6 minutes during peak hours. If you want to depart Chelmsford after 7pm, First Essex bus services 31 and 36 stop at the Park & Ride site.

Chelmsford bus station is on Duke Street, and our Chelmsford campus is only a 15-minute walk from there. This is where local buses (First Group) tend to terminate, whereas National Express coach routes tend to terminate at Victoria Road.
Chelmsfords second Park & Ride site is planned to open in March 2011 and will be CLiCK: located on the A130 (Essex Regiment Way) www.anglia.ac.uk/firstgroup at the roundabout near Pratts Farm and Back www.anglia.ac.uk/nationalexpress Lane. Operational times are to be confirmed. For more information, visit the website below.
mAPS
For maps, including those for our Faculty of Health & Social Care sites, visit our website.
CLiCK:
www.essexcc.gov.uk/parkandride
TRAvELLiNG bY TRAiN
Chelmsford is on the London Liverpool Street to Colchester line, with up to six trains an hour running on the route. Our Chelmsford campus is only a 10-minute walk from the station. For more information on train times, visit the website below.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/maps www.anglia.ac.uk/fhsc/sites
CLiCK:
www.chelmsford.gov.uk/carparks
CLiCK:
michael A. Ashcroft building, Chelmsford
Chelmsford bus station
Chelmsford Cathedral
21
ChELmSfORD
KEY
Train Station bus Station Anglia Ruskin University Parking information Centre Park & Ride
ChELmSfORD CAmPUS
PROPOSED PARK & RIDE ROUTE
ANE ALL L PH HO BIS

AY NS W FMA HOF
To Cambridge & Braintree
RECTORY LANE
STREET NEW
STUDENT VILLAGE
500 METRES
22
ANGLiA RUSKiN iN PETERbOROUGh
Peterborough Cathedral
23
UNivERSiTY CENTRE PETERbOROUGh (UCP)

In August 2008 a joint venture between our University and Peterborough Regional College was formally established to create University Centre Peterborough (UCP). The aim of our joint venture is to develop and deliver high-quality university education for Peterborough and its surrounding region. UCP represents the single most important development in providing higher education in Peterboroughs history, and is central to the citys economic strategy. We deliver a number of postgraduate courses at UCP, and are rapidly developing specialisms in a number of key areas, including education. Our new UCP campus is located on an attractive and extensive site near Peterborough city centre, in the grounds of Peterborough Regional College. Our new building is a three-storey development which provides a 100-seat lecture theatre, multi-purpose seminar and teaching rooms, computer laboratories and social areas. For more information about UCP, visit our website.
AbOUT PETERbOROUGh
Peterborough is a vibrant, exciting city and major regional centre. It has excellent road and rail connections with London, which is less than 50 minutes away by train. The city is rich in history and cultural diversity and its shopping centre, the Queensgate Centre, has been voted amongst the best in Europe. Peterborough has been chosen as one of the UKs four Environment Cities and the Peterborough Environment City Trust leads initiatives to improve the local environment and to develop practical solutions for a more sustainable future. The city offers a great nightlife, including the Showcase Cinema and Greyhound Stadium, as well as various pubs, restaurants and cafs. The city also holds many events during the year, such as the UKs biggest under-cover beer festival which takes place every August. For further information about our full-time postgraduate courses available at UCP, see our course pages starting on page 55.
OUR PARTNERS
Alongside our two main campuses in Cambridge and Chelmsford and our joint venture institutions, you can choose from a network of partner institutions across the East of England all offering courses validated by our University. In most cases teaching is face-to-face, while some institutions combine this with other forms of learning through electronic media. We offer full-time postgraduate courses at the following partner sites: Cambridge Theological federation (CTf) MA Pastoral Theology London College of Accountancy BA, PG Dip and PG Cert Business M Administration (International) Sc, PG Dip and PG Cert International M Accounting MA International Marketing MA Marketing and Innovation merseyside fire and Rescue Training Academy, Croxteth PG Cert Public Service Management Pilgrim Partnership School Centred initial Teacher Training (SCiTT) Scheme, bedford G Cert Early Years Leadership P
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/ucp

CLiCK: www.anglia.ac.uk/partners EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk CALL: 0845 271 3333
A506 A560 Croxteth M57 A59 Liverpool A5047 M62
Nottingham
A1 A47 A47 Peterborough A11 A12 M1 Northampton A14 Bury St Edmunds A14 Bedford Milton Keynes A6 A5 A1(M) A41 M40 A12 CHELMSFORD Luton M11 CAMBRIDGE Fulbourn Norwich A10
Leicester
Ipswich
A10 Stansted Braintree Colchester
Felixstowe Harwich
LONDON
M4 Heathrow A24 M3 A23
A13 A20
M25 M23 Gatwick
M20
Dover
60 Miles
24
fiNDiNG UNivERSiTY CENTRE PETERbOROUGh

TRAvELLiNG bY CAR
A1(m) eave the motorway at junction 17 and L join the A1139 towards Ortons. xit the A1139 at junction 5 and take the E first turning left onto Boongate. t the next roundabout, take the fourth A exit onto Eastfield Road. t the second set of traffic lights, turn left A into Broadway and then take the second right into Park Crescent. ou will see the entrance to University Y Centre Peterborough on your right. A47 eave the A47 at junction 19. L t the roundabout, take the exit towards A Dogsthorpe (Fulbridge Road). t the mini-roundabout, turn left into A St Pauls Road. t the next mini-roundabout, go straight A across onto Dogsthorpe Road. ou will come to a double mini-roundabout Y system. Keep right at the first roundabout and turn left at the second to continue onto Park Road. ake the second left into Park Crescent. T The visitors entrance will be on the left.
TRAvELLiNG ON fOOT
You should allow 30 minutes to walk from the train or bus station: eaving the train station entrance, L turn right into Station Road and head for the overhead walkway into the Queensgate Centre. ou will then see a lift on your left, which Y will take you down to the bus station. ead for the top of the bus station, H which will take you out onto Westgate. urn right on Westgate and keep walking T until you reach Lincoln Road, the first street on the left. eep walking down Lincoln Road, K passing Geneva Street, Fitzwilliam Street and Manor House Street on the right-hand side. t the mini-roundabout, turn right into A Burghley Road. ake the second left into Park Road, T passing Granville Street, Huntley Grove and Princes Gate on the left-hand side. urn into the fourth turning on the right T (Park Crescent), where you will see our entrance on your left.
TRAvELLiNG bY TRAiN
High-speed trains leaving every 20 minutes will take you from London to Peterborough in 45 minutes; slower commuter services also run. Additionally, trains operate from Birmingham, Cambridge, Ely, Ipswich, Lincoln, Liverpool, Norwich, and Stansted Airport. For details of train times, visit the website below.
CLiCK:

xit the train station on Station Road and E head for the overhead walkway into the Queensgate Centre. ou will then see a lift on your left, which Y will take you down to the bus station. atch Citi bus number 5 from bay 12, C which takes you to our Eastfield Road entrance. Alternatively, catch Citi bus number 2 from bay 13, which stops at our Park Crescent entrance. Both buses run every 10 minutes throughout the day. nce you have arrived, either cross the O road into Park Crescent or cross the park to reach our entrances.
TRAvELLiNG bY TAxi
There is a taxi rank just a few yards from the bus station in Westgate.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/stagecoach
UCP building interior
UCP reception area
UCP study area
25
PETERbOROUGh
KEY
Train Station bus Station University Centre Peterborogh Parking information Centre
UNIVERSITY CENTRE PETERBOROUGH

St. Ma rtin s St
To Market Deeping
To Spalding
All Sain ts R d Prin ces Str eet Hu ntle yG rov e

ille Str ee
Dog sth orp e
Park Cre s
Roa d
THE PARK
Prin ces Gt Prin ces
Peterborough Regional College
A15 J18
J19
ls Rd Pau St
J20 A47
nd lla We
S B Y- PA S EYE
A47
ad Ro
OAD KR PAR
A15
J8
nt ce
FRANK PERKIN S PARKW AY
BR OA DW AY
Bur ghle yR oad
EA ST FI E
Pad holm e Rd
Broa dw a Eas tfiel d Ro ad
J17
To Oundle
LON DO NR OA D
600 METRES
OLN LINC
Ver ge
LD
AD RO
New ark A venue
A1139
thorpe Rd Dogs oad oln R Linc
nv Gra
GES BLVD BOUR
UNIVERSITY CENTRE PETERBOROUGH

Park
J7
ns Gd
tte
Castor
To Stamford
ROAD
Cemetary Mon ume nt S tree t wt horn eR oa

d
A15
Rd
Cra
WESTGATE SHOPPING CENTRE
To Leicester
A47
J15
THORPE WOOD
THORPE PARK
Peterborough
gate Boon QUEENSGATE SHOPPING CENTRE
Peterborough
A1179
ve
r
J5
Ri
Nene
PETERBOROUGH CATHEDRAL THE REGIONAL SWIMMING POOL RIVERGATE SHOPPING CENTRE
J33
ORTON MEADOWS GOLF COURSE
A605
ad Ro le nd Ou
A15
A605
J32
A605 A605 A1139
A1260 J31 A605
Ortons
A1139 J30
A1
Reservoir Lake
A605
A1(M)
To London
A15
26
SUPPORTiNG YOU
Studying at postgraduate level is extremely rewarding. However, it can also be quite demanding, too. Rest assured that there is always help at hand to support and guide you through your studies. Youll find there are many people at our University that you can talk to in confidence. Our Student Services staff are sympathetic and supportive, and able to give good, clear, practical advice.
iNTERNATiONAL STUDENT ADviSERS

If youre a student from overseas, as many of our postgraduates are, you may have particular concerns that require specialist advice. This is where our international student advisers come in. The services they offer include: mmigration advice on arrival at our i University, including police registration, if required isa extension advice they can send v applications to the Home Office using the Student Batch Scheme dvice on health and working a entitlements in the UK, both during and after your studies elfare advice in case of difficulties w or emergencies social events Personal Development Planning.
COUNSELLiNG
If things are getting too much for you, for whatever reason, try our free and confidential counselling service. We offer a relaxed and friendly setting where you can share your worries. Our counsellors are experienced and qualified, sympathetic and non-judgemental. We also offer groups, workshops and self-help resources.
PERSONAL TUTORS
Soon after arrival, youll be assigned a member of the academic staff as your personal tutor. You can discuss with them anything thats worrying you, from academic matters to personal issues. Your personal tutor would also be happy just to get an update on how youre doing.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/counselling
ChiLDCARE fACiLiTiES
Knowing that your children are being well taken care of will be a considerable weight off your mind, and therefore help you to concentrate better on your studies. Our childcare adviser can offer advice about childcare in general, local childcare facilities and the bursaries and grants that may be available towards your childcare costs. Our Cambridge campus has an in-house nursery and there are a number of private nurseries a short distance away from our Chelmsford campus that offer discounts for our students.
STUDENT ADviSERS
Our student adviser team would also be pleased to see you if you have any troubles, whatever they may be. Our team have all been specially trained. They know our University inside out and have detailed knowledge of academic regulations. Youll find them friendly and informative, so dont be afraid to approach them. Theyre here to help you get the most out of your time at our University.
PERSONAL DEvELOPmENT PLANNiNG (PDP)

PDP is a feature of your course that we would encourage you to make the most of. There are numerous benefits: youll feel in control of your development youll develop a keen focus oull make best use of the opportunities y available to you oull maximise both your learning and y earning potential. The precise form that your PDP takes will vary. There are key features such as monitoring your progress against a range of skills and keeping your CV updated accordingly.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/childcare
University Library, Chelmsford campus
27
fAiThS AND bELiEfS

As youd imagine, the chaplaincy is the place to go if youd like to explore issues of faith or discuss spiritual and personal issues in confidence. But its also where youll receive practical support and find someone wholl talk to others within our University on your behalf if you need help, whatever your beliefs or philosophy. It also supports the student faith societies and encourages communication among all faiths and beliefs.
DiSAbiLiTY AND DYSLExiA hELP

Weve put plenty of facilities and systems into place at our University to assist those with disabilities or dyslexia. If this issue is relevant to you, please let us know when you apply. It will give us as much notice as possible to ensure you have whatever support you need. This could take the form of practical, physical measures as well as mentoring and other support. Our Student Services offer support if you have difficulties such as dyslexia, sensory impairments and mobility difficulties, autism, Aspergers Syndrome, mental health difficulties, diabetes and epilepsy. They can also help you seek additional funding from sources including the Disabled Students Allowance. Our Universitys initiatives are some of the most progressive in the whole of the higher education sector. Among these are: he Anglia Assessment Centre, T which assesses what assistance you may need to study comfortably. he Anglia Ruskin Regional Transcription T Centre, which provides Braille, audio and materials in other formats for the education, charity and business sectors. heatre resource, which promotes the T creativity of people with disabilities.
EqUALiTY AND DivERSiTY

Equality of opportunity is at the heart of our University. We deal swiftly with all forms of bullying or unlawful discrimination by students or staff, whether its direct, indirect or institutional. But we do more than simply abide by the letter of the law: we actively encourage staff and students alike to identify where certain processes seem unfair or limit true equality of opportunity. We then act on that. The result is an environment where diversity is valued and students are supported regardless of their background or personal circumstances. We want everyone to feel at home and welcome at our University. Our equality policies are published on our website along with links to other sources of relevant information and advice. Our Valuing Diversity and Promoting Equality Policy also appears in our staff and student handbooks.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/chaplaincy
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/equalops
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/learningsupport
28
UNivERSiTY ACCOmmODATiON SERviCES (UAS)

UAS are here to provide as much help as possible for students looking for somewhere to live. Based in both Cambridge and Chelmsford, UAS provides a full range of housing services.
OThER hELPfUL SOURCES imPROvED ACCESS Of iNfORmATiON Every year, we perform environmental
Student accommodation is also advertised by local newspapers, on our University notice boards, through letting agencies and on websites. To find out more about private-sector housing and house-hunting events in Cambridge and Chelmsford, visit our website.
UNivERSiTY ACCOmmODATiON
If youre from overseas and are coming to Cambridge or Chelmsford for the first time, our University does have single rooms available. We recommend you put your application in as soon as possible as places within University-managed halls of residence and houses are limited for postgraduate students.
audits on our sites. We find out what we need to do to improve access to, or aid safer evacuation from, our buildings and we carry out the necessary construction and maintenance work.

EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk CALL: 0845 271 3333 iNTERNATiONAL: +44 (0) 1245 493131
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/housing
PAYiNG fOR YOUR ACCOmmODATiON

Youll have to pay a deposit when you rent accommodation. This will typically be the equivalent of at least one months rent, and perhaps as much as six to eight weeks. To make sure your deposit money is safe and that you get independent arbitration if a deposit dispute arises, deposits paid for assured shorthold tenancies should be held in a government-approved tenancy deposit scheme. If in doubt, ask us for more details.
PRivATE-SECTOR hOUSiNG
UAS can also help you to find private accommodation, either to share or live in on your own. For instance, UAS administer a dedicated University Studentpad website that advertises privately owned flats and houses, as well as halls and lodgings. This essential site also includes house-hunting advice and message boards.
STUDENT ACCOmmODATiON iN PETERbOROUGh

Those students choosing to study a full-time postgraduate course at our joint venture institution, University Centre Peterborough, can find assistance with student accommodation through Peterborough Regional College. For more information, visit the website below.
CLiCK:
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/studentpad
STUDENTS WiTh SPECiAL REqUiREmENTS

If you require adapted accommodation, contact UAS about the specially adapted rooms available in both Cambridge and Chelmsford. There are also adjoining rooms available for carers.
www.tiny.cc/ucpaccom
29
Private-sector housing, Cambridge
30
OUR OUTSTANDiNG fACiLiTiES WiLL hELP YOU KEEP fiT, mAKE fRiENDS AND ADD TO YOUR ALL-ROUND PERSONAL DEvELOPmENT.
31
POSTGRADUATE STUDENT LifE | full-time Postgraduate Prospectus Entry2011
SPORT AND fiTNESS

ChELmSfORD SPORTS fACiLiTiES
Our Chelmsford campus can boast the Mildmay Sports Hall, the Mildmay Fitness Suite, Sawyers Gym and access to a number of outdoor and artificial pitches. Mildmay Sports Hall hosts international volleyball and National League basketball. It has four badminton courts (built to Badminton England specifications), two indoor cricket lanes and a netball court. Mildmay Fitness Suite has the facilities youd expect from a really good gym, but with student-friendly prices. Its fully airconditioned and has the latest pulse fitness resistance and cardiovascular equipment, with inclusive fitness accreditation. Just a ten-minute walk from our Chelmsford campus (less if you jog; less still if you sprint) is the Riverside Ice and Leisure Centre. This has indoor and outdoor pools, an international ice hockey rink and much more. For more information, visit the website below. Cricket Anyone wishing to pursue academic studies without abandoning their cricketing ambitions should know that our University is an active member of the Marylebone Cricket Club (MCC) University Centres of Cricketing Excellence, and that our facilities include a purpose-built indoor cricket school. We also have the reassuring support of an established sports injuries clinic at Addenbrookes Hospital and our Departments of Sports Science and Optometry. Garry Park, Tony Palladino and Chris Wright are three Anglia Ruskin alumni who are currently playing first-class championship cricket. For more information, visit our website.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/ucce Rowing Novices and seniors alike are welcome at our University boat club on our Cambridge campus. We rent space at Emmanuel College boathouse to house our fleet of six eights boats and two training sculls. Past team members have gone on to greater things, as youll see from our boat clubs website.
CLiCK:
www.tiny.cc/riversideice
CAmbRiDGE SPORTS fACiLiTiES

Our Cambridge campus also has plenty for the fitness- and sports-minded student. Theres a gym offering cardiovascular and fixed-resistance training as well as free weights. Our sports staff have compiled an extensive programme of activities to suit all tastes, including hula-fit, fencing, street dance, yoga, pilates and yogalates.
CLiCK:
www.angliaruskinbc.com football and rugby Whether youre a fan of the round or the oval ball, we have pitches on the outskirts of Cambridge: three for football and one for rugby. We also have a pavilion and floodlit training areas.
CLiCK:
www.anglia.ac.uk/sport www.anglia.ac.uk/active
32
JUST LiKE UNiONS iN ThE WORKPLACE, ThE STUDENTS UNiON iS AN iNDEPENDENT bODY. ThE REASON ThE UNiON ExiSTS iS TO REPRESENT, SERvE AND SUPPORT EvERY STUDENT.
STUDENTS UNiON
33
ThE TEAm
The Students Union (SU) is run by a team of five annually elected, full-time sabbatical officers (ex-students) and a number of volunteer part-time officers (current students) who are assisted by permanent staff. If youd like the opportunity to become one of those sabbatical or part-time officers, you can stand in the annual March elections. Every registered student is eligible to vote and become an officer.
ThE bENEfiTS Of mEmbERShiP

Youll receive automatic SU membership as soon as youve registered as a student. The SUs work touches so many aspects of student life. It provides different opportunities, facilities and services in order to make your time at our University as enjoyable and rewarding as possible. Here are some examples of what it does. The advice service If you have a problem of any kind, not just academic, you can go to the SU for free, independent and impartial advice. You can talk face-to-face with advisers on both our Cambridge and Chelmsford campuses. Or, if you prefer, they can provide guidance by telephone or email. Whichever form youd prefer their counsel to take, it will carry the Community Legal Service Quality Mark. This means that it meets the strict quality standards laid down by the Legal Services Commission.
Student representatives Your course, like all those taught at our University, will have an elected student representative wholl speak on behalf of all the students on that course. The representatives regularly meet with the SU to discuss matters affecting their fellow students. The SU, in turn, may then bring these concerns to the attention of our University. So when important decisions are made or there are issues with teaching, assessment and other academic affairs, your voice can be heard. The representatives are aided by sabbatical officers and SU staff. There is a part-time Membership Services Administrator, who is the SU representative at University Centre Peterborough (UCP), and is available on Mondays and Tuesdays from 10.30am12.30pm at the SU office located in the new UCP Building at Park Crescent in Peterborough. Clubs and societies The SU plays a major role in our Universitys social life, running a large number of activities on both campuses. Taking part in these can be a great way to meet other students, keep fit and have a fun break from your studies. There are 70 societies and clubs to join. That covers most tastes and interests, but theres always room for another if youd like to set one up. If so, just talk to the SU. Give it a Go sessions on each campus, which may include day trips and events, are opportunities for you to try out a number of different activities.
YOUR OWN NEWSPAPER

APEX is our Universitys student newspaper. Its both managed and funded by the SU. The papers agenda is set by you, the students. And all contributions come from you. The editor-in-chief is the SU communications officer. You can either pick one up on-campus or download the latest copy or back issues from the SU website.
CLiCK:
www.angliastudent.com
ShOPS
The SU shops on our Cambridge and Chelmsford campuses sell items including stationery, sandwiches and Universitybranded clothing. You can also make purchases via the SU website or at the SU offices in Peterborough and Fulbourn.
ThE OffiCES AND OThER SERviCES

The staff at the SU offices are friendly, helpful and know what life as a student is like. But more than that, they know what life as a student on your campus is like. As well as picking their brains, you can make use of their fax and photocopier services. They also issue NUS cards and NUS Extra cards. Buy one of the latter and youll be entitled to a range of discounts, both on the high street and online.
SPORTS fACiLiTiES
The SU has full accreditation by the Fitness Industry Association and runs personal fitness programmes, evaluations and more at our Cambridge gym, to industry standards. For more information about our other, University-managed sports facilities, see page 32.
34
Professor Shahina Pardhan Director of the Vision and Eye Research Unit, Postgraduate Medical Institute
OUR PiONEERiNG RESEARCh imPROvES ThE qUALiTY Of LifE Of PEOPLE RiGhT ACROSS ThE GLObE.
35
OUR ACTivE RESEARCh COmmUNiTY | full-time Postgraduate Prospectus Entry 2011
ALLiED hEALTh PROfESSiONS & STUDiES

The Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 acknowledged the outstanding achievements of our Vision and Eye Research Unit and Biomedical Sciences.
WORLD-CLASS REPUTATiON
The quality of our research allows us to enjoy a high international profile. Consequently, were in collaboration with a number of different overseas partners. Our research staff and students have been instrumental in creating breakthroughs that are more than just dry academic achievements; these projects directly improve peoples well-being across the world.
Seeing beyond myopia Uncorrected refractive errors are a major cause of blindness in many parts of the world. VERU has made great strides in advances in myopia research through its work with optometrists, computing engineers and international partners, notably Vision CRC (funded by the Australian government). Our research also covers those diseases, such as diabetes, dementia and strokes, which arent directly ocular themselves, but which can severely affect vision. Our research expertise in the epidemiology of eye disease is recognised internationally, which resulted in our University being chosen to coordinate the Global Disease Project with a number of international partners. Other successes The issue of childrens welfare is also important to VERU, particularly as regards our research into the relationship of vision to conditions such as amblyopia (lazy eye), autism and hearing difficulties. Our expertise in conducting trials and our state-of-the-art equipment have both enabled us to make a crucial contribution to the clinical testing of many newgeneration contact lenses and enabled fruitful collaborations with industry. Drug prescription Optometric independent prescribing is governed by the College of Optometrists clinical management guidelines. The process of developing these guidelines by members of VERU has highlighted deficiencies in the evidence base for the management of many conditions. To help improve this, VERU is well-placed to define the key areas to be addressed and to set up the necessary controlled clinical trials.
NEW TEChNiqUES iN CANCER DiAGNOSiS AND TREATmENT

Our biomedical science researchers have developed techniques that could result in novel cancer diagnostic and therapeutic approaches. Our investigations into human DNA replication, licensing and mitotic pathways have revealed fundamental new insights into the different growth-control strategies adopted by self-renewing, stable and permanent tissues and their dysregulation in cancer.
biOmEChANiCS
Other significant achievements have been made by our biomechanics researchers. For example, weve made breakthroughs in stress analysis, leading to improved aspects of implant surgery and hospital care. Weve developed a system for the early detection of wear and replacementjoint loosening in prosthetic implants, making it possible to predict the early onset of osteoarthritis, and weve successfully merged CT and MRI scan data, thereby enabling researchers to produce anatomically correct human-joint models incorporating both hard and soft tissue.
AbOUT vERU
One particular collaborative venture of which were justifiably proud is our Vision and Eye Research Unit (VERU). Theres a real spirit of collaboration within VERU. It has links with many Faculties and Departments within our University itself, but beyond that, we also work closely with the optical and pharmaceutical industries, the NHS, and a number of international research partnerships. Research activities Our areas of interest include: contact lens and anterior eye research; epidemiology of eye disease; glaucoma research; learning difficulties and dyslexia; low-vision research; myopia and the factors that influence its progression; psychophysical assessment of neural mechanisms in normal and anomalous vision; visual short-term memory and its clinical application in patients with impaired memory functions; diabetic retinopathy in Asians and Caucasians; and colour vision in performance horses and primates.
OUR fUTURE
Our ambition for VERU is to become an internationally recognised centre in a number of research fields, and to become a magnet for research students and other partners.
36
fROm fiNE ART AND viDEO TO STORYTELLiNG AND CULTURAL hiSTORY: OUR ECLECTiC RESEARCh hAS A bROAD APPEAL.
martin Salisbury Reader in Illustration and Course Leader of MA Childrens Book Illustration, Cambridge School of Art
37
ART & DESiGN

The Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 rated 70% of our art & design work as internationally recognised or internationally excellent. The submissions were incredibly diverse. They included artists film and video, cultural theory and history, fine art, illustration and performance contexts. In illustration in particular, our work was rated as world-leading. 2) fine Art Research Group This group is concerned with the formal and expressive qualities of painting, drawing, photography and printmaking. The agenda of the research group includes contemporary abstraction, the problems of representation and what is meant by the term real. David Ryan, one of our researchers, has been exploring these using the moving image, writing and sound in his Arts Council-funded project, Making Sounds. This explores European and American trends in new music. It also includes his interview with Pierre Boulez, the experimental French composer and conductor. 3) Performance Contexts Group Performance contexts research encompasses a multitude of activities. Among these are performance, scenography, animation and video games. The transliteracy of performance contexts and new approaches to stage performance and screen technology are all examined. The New International Encounter group was established by Alex Byrne in collaboration with the Lyric Theatre, Hammersmith. Its work in exploring new forms of storytelling in acting and staging impressed the Arts Council sufficiently for the group to secure a substantial award for new productions.
OUR RUSKiN GALLERY

This was another feature to catch the eye of the RAE. The Ruskin Gallery our unique exhibition space at the heart of Cambridge School of Art was described as enhancing research dissemination and debate. In 2009, our Ruskin Gallerys many memorable exhibitions attracted 10,000 visitors. Among these were the schoolchildren coming to see Sara Fanellis Pinocchio, and Pink Floyd fans on a pilgrimage to The Other Room: a tribute to Cambridge School of Art alumnus Syd Barrett. The 2009 programme also included retrospectives of the graphic design of war poster artist Abram Games, the screen prints of Josef Albers, and China Stories, a group exhibition of contemporary Chinese photography. There was also an international show of contemporary artists views of architecture and the urban landscape, Reconstructing the Old House. This exhibition, originally shown at the Nunnery in London, was curated by Benet Spencer, Pathway Leader for BA (Hons) Fine Art at Cambridge School of Art.
ThREE RESEARCh GROUPS

Research in art & design at our University is centred around three main groups. This allows our researchers to explore a diverse range of topics and to draw on the formidable academic expertise of a number of Departments within our University. The groups are: 1) The Centre for Childrens book Studies The centre draws together the research activities of staff and students from the Cambridge School of Art (CSA); the Department of English, Communication, Film and Media; and the Faculty of Education at Cambridge University. The main focus of the centres work is the practice and theory of the illustration of childrens books. The CSA now hosts the UKs first MA in Childrens Book Illustration. The centre is very well connected internationally, with research partners in Asia, Europe and South America. Such is the esteem in which the CSAs Martin Salisbury, Reader in Illustration, is held, he was recently one of the judges at the inaugural CJ Picture Book Festival in Seoul. His task? To select the winners of the Picture Book Awards and Illustration Awards. Other members of the panel included Thierry Magnier, the legendary French publisher, and Yuko Takesaka, director of the Chihiro Illustration Museum in Tokyo.
OUR fUTURE
Never one to rest on its laurels, Cambridge School of Art has seen the number and scope of its research programmes expand significantly in recent years. We hope this trend will be a virtuous circle, so that our Art & Design research continues to raise our international profile, thereby attracting additional external funding. This will allow us to carry out work in exciting new fields of research.
38
EDUCATiON
Nearly two-thirds of the academics in our Faculty of Education are active in research. In their capacity as sole authors, co-writers and editors, they have published books; contributed to research journals; and made speeches and presentations at national and international conferences. The culture of our Faculty is one where teaching and research are regarded as having equal value, and the interrelationship of the two is explored using books, journal articles, conferences and web-streaming.
ThE ThREE GROUPS

Our research is subdivided into three discrete groups: disability, inclusion and special education early childhood pedagogical research. i) Disability, inclusion and special education research This area of research is becoming increasingly important to our Faculty of Education, it has a particular focus on disability; special educational needs; mothering (parenting); reproduction; care; inclusive and special education; movement education; using drama for children with socially challenged behaviour; creative approaches for children with special educational needs; qualitative, reflexive and autobiographical research methods. Our researchers include Dr. Melanie Peter and Dr. Chrissie Rogers, who are both active in the field. ii) Early childhood research Our research in this area has a dual focus: 1) Pedagogies and young childrens experiences in diverse, early-year settings. This includes work exploring contemporary curricula and intercultural pedagogy; forest schools and playful learning environments; childrens identities and perceptions of their educational experiences; inclusion and therapeutic interventions; and fostering childrens personal, social and emotional development. 2) The education and training of students in higher education who are studying early childhood courses. This centres on innovative and participatory approaches to learning, teaching and assessment in early childhood studies; and investigating students professional learning experiences. Our researchers are Professor Theodora Papatheodorou, Julia Druce, Mallika Kanyal, Sara Knight, Pauline Loader, Paulette Luff, Rachel Pryor, Christine Such, Rebecca Webster, Hazel Wright and Professor Emeritus Janet Moyles.
iii) Pedagogical research This field of research includes: urban education, with a focus on pedagogies and curricula in changing urban contexts; leadership and management of urban primary schools; location and contextsensitive mobile-learning applications, and how they can enrich the learning experience and engage students more within the learning activities; assessment in higher education; widening participation; childrens literature; and moral and spiritual education. Our researchers are Dr. Simon PrattAdams, Alan Bradwell, Peter Cook, Dr. Philip Howlett, Dr. Margaret Hutt, Phil Long, Alpesh Maisuria, Dr. Heather Meacock, Shirley Pickford, Anthony Russell, Dr. Antoinette Wattebot and Reader Emeritus Dr. Gill Robinson. Research support Indicative research support activities for researchers include: esearch training programmes, e.g. r sessions on research proposals, bid writing for funded research, thesis-writing and writing for publications unch time brown bag sessions, where l informal discussion takes place on research issues and current debates in education and research Research matters sessions, where researchers present completed research or research in progress for peer review ur annual Faculty-based research o conference egular meetings organised by the r individual research groups.
OUR mODUS OPERANDi

Were proud of our high standards of scholarship and research. Our students are taught by, and undertake research with, scholars at the forefront of their disciplines. The skills that our postgraduate students acquire are transferable across all education sectors. All the working methods used by our research groups adhere to the same principals: hey support and develop all academic t staff as researchers hey extend the existing research t culture by using both full- and part-time postgraduate researchers hey undertake funded and t collaborative research hey generate additional consultancies t and partnerships with stakeholders and policymakers.
OUR fUTURE
The growth of our research groups has led to the creation of the Childhood and Youth Research Institute, and we welcome PhDs within this area. The Childhood and Youth Research Institute is a cross-faculty initiative with our Faculty of Health & Social Care, and the Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences.
39
Ernest Ampadu PhD Education Student
A fACULTY WiTh RESEARCh-ACTivE ACADEmiC STAff PERfORmiNG ON AN iNTERNATiONAL STAGE.
40
WORLD-CLASS ENGLiSh RESEARCh PRODUCED WiThiN AN ENviRONmENT AND CULTURE Of ExCELLENCE.
Professor Rowland Wymer Department of English, Communication, Film and Media
41
ENGLiSh LANGUAGE & LiTERATURE

The Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 gave its verdict: it said 20% of our work was world-leading. Our English research culture and environment were also recognised as internationally excellent. Of all the Departments in the country, ours was the twelfth best performing.
STRENGTh iN DEPTh
14 of our researchers were involved in RAE 2008. Even a cursory look at the submissions will reveal the Departments breadth of expertise and interests. They included novels, poetry, monographs, scholarly editions and journal articles. Among these were Sarah Annes Browns Devoted Sisters: Representations of the Sister Relationship in Nineteenth-Century British and American Literature; Tanya Horecks Public Rape: Representing Violation in Fiction and Film; Julia Swindells Glorious Causes: The Grand Theatre of Political Change, 17891833; and Rowlie Wymers Derek Jarman. We take great pride in traditional scholarship at our University, as exemplified by Professor Nora Crooks RAE submission: Mary Shelleys Literary Lives and Other Writings. This builds on Professor Crooks long-established international reputation for textual work on both Mary and Percy Bysshe Shelley.
Refereed journal articles are a crucial indicator of the international impact of our research. Our success in this area is therefore a clear acknowledgement of our works quality. Examples include Mary Joannous Nancy Cunards English Journey in Feminist Review; Patricia McCormacks Necrosexuality in Rhizomes; and Valerie Purtons The Divided Self: A New Reading of Tennysons Balin and Balan in Philological Quarterly.
DRAWiNG A CROWD
As well as conducting regular research seminars for our staff and postgraduate students, our Department excels at organising major conferences. Recent examples include the third Shakespeare and His Contemporaries: Performance and Adaptation (SCAENA) conference, Shakespeare and his Contemporaries: Performance and Adaptation; a colloquium on Rosamond Lehmann; and the latest in a long-running series of one-day conferences celebrating the work of mid-20th century women writers. These events have proved to be unmissable, not least to the high-profile, international speakers theyve managed to attract.
OUR ADvENTUROUS POSTGRADUATES

Our postgraduate students contribution to our success in English research is immense. We continually throw down the gauntlet, challenging them to explore areas of particular interest to them and to question received wisdom. They inevitably rise to the challenge. In addition to publishing their own work, our students make important contributions to research seminars and conferences.
OUR fUTURE
English is a flagship research subject at Anglia Ruskin. It serves as an inspiration for other research across our University. However, we take nothing for granted; we are working hard to build upon our current and historic successes and make an outstanding submission to the 2013 Research Excellence Framework. Oh, and did we mention that weve recently secured funds for research into the political implications of Twitter and Facebook? Watch this space...
fUNDiNG
The quality of research undertaken at our University has attracted external funding for our work. Just a few years ago, in collaboration with the universities of Durham and Warwick, we secured the largest Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC) grant ever awarded to a project in English Literature. This was an 832,000 grant for The Complete Works of James Shirley (1596 1666). An Edition in 10 Volumes. 344,000 of this went to our University. Eugene Giddens is one of the projects general editors.
ThE ROLE Of CREATivE PRACTiCE iN RESEARCh

The importance of creative practice within our Universitys research culture is increasingly being recognised. Dr. Laura Dietzs novel In the Tenth House was the product of extensive research into the relationship between late 19th century psychiatry and spiritualism; research that revealed some unexpected similarities between the work of the psychoanalyst and that of the psychic.
42
ENviRONmENTAL STUDiES
The Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 gave the following independent verdict of our submitted research. 65% was deemed to be of international standard or better, with 15% internationally excellent and 5% world-leading. We see that as a ringing endorsement of our Universitys clearly defined research strategy: namely, to focus on creating centres of international research excellence in specific areas. Our research in environmental studies involves two distinct groups: the Animal and Environmental Research Group and the Investigative Chemistry Research Group. This work is led by our Global Sustainability Institute, which has therefore been able to undertake a huge variety of research programmes, many of which have captured the interest of people way beyond the confines of academia.
NEW WORLD mONKEY bUSiNESS

The Animal and Environmental Biology Research Group is also developing new insights into animal behaviour. One of our recent studies demonstrated a trichromatic advantage in foraging New World monkeys. The paper became one of the most cited in its field that year. Another paper, published in Nature, was the result of colleagues at our University collaborating with researchers elsewhere to identify proximate mechanisms for olfactory communication in mice. Further work has shown how artificial selection has interfered with these naturally selected processes. This work is crucial in providing a greater understanding of animal behaviour in general: findings from this research are now being applied to develop insights into the behaviour of other species.
WORLDWiDE RENOWN
Egyptian mummies and manuscripts, mediaveal glass and a variety of precious stones: these are just a few of the artefacts and relics being examined by our Investigative Chemistry Research Group together with Cambridges Fitzwilliam Museum. Our research group is also in the vanguard of developing new techniques and understanding in drug chemistry, through the examination of impurities in newly controlled piperazines. Our recently established molecular cytogenetics laboratory has enabled researchers to carry out a detailed evaluation of the toxicity of these new substances. This builds on our earlier success in developing a harmonised method for profiling amphetamines using GC-MS analysis of chemical impurities. Such is the success of this method, its being adopted by the forensic science community across Europe, the United States and Australia. It has truly broken new ground by making profiling data available on a global scale.
bLACK SqUiRRELS ON ThE ONE ShOW

One example of this far-reaching appeal was the research picked up by The One Show, BBC Look East, ITV Anglia News and Shared Earth. Conducted by our Animal and Environmental Biology Research Group, this concerned the genetics of black squirrels. The group has also collaborated with the University of Cambridge to investigate the invasion of harlequin ladybirds into the UK. In doing so, they have attracted the support of the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA) and the National Biodiversity Network. The resulting grant has enabled us to monitor and evaluate landscape and wetland restoration projects in the fenlands of eastern England.
READiNG ThE bOOK Of LifE

The human palaeoenvironment is a thrilling new research field. Using the very latest DNA analysis tools, our researchers can now explore how the environment has influenced human genetic variation over the past 200,000 years, and discover how humans have in turn sought to change their own environment through animal domestication. This study includes groundbreaking research into 7,500-year-old DNA from skeletons of the first European farmers, as well as the analysis of the DNA of over 600 domesticated horses; the first survey of this kind. Unsurprisingly, this fascinating work has been seized upon by the media. It has been featured on the Discovery Channel and in the BBCs Motherland A Genetic Journey, winner of the One World media award for best TV documentary.
OUR fUTURE
This is just the beginning. Were determined that our excellent research programmes will continue to attract international attention. We have state-of-the-art technical resources and experienced and expert staff: We now look forward to meeting our latest postgraduate students.
43
RESEARCh ThAT ThE WORLD RESPECTS. RESEARCh ThAT ThE WORLD NEEDS.
Left to right: Peter brown PhD Student Department of Life Sciences Dr. Alison Thomas Senior Lecturer in Genetcs Department of Life Sciences
CLiCK: www.anglia.ac.uk /studypg | EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk | CALL: 0845 271 3333
44
iNTERNATiONALLY RESPECTED STAff, WiTh A RESEARCh PEDiGREE TO mATCh.
Dr. Rohan mcWilliam Pathway Leader and Senior Lecturer in History
45
hiSTORY
The Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 was unequivocally complimentary in its findings. It rated 20% of our work as world-leading in this field; 40% was internationally excellent; and 25% was internationally recognised. Our research in history is centred on two themes: key aspects of British labour history, and 18th and 19th century court and popular culture. This has enabled our researchers to become extremely knowledgeable in certain areas, yet there is still considerable scope for exploring a wide variety of research topics.
18Th AND 19Th CENTURY COURT AND POPULAR CULTURE

A departments research strength is largely dependent on its readers and lecturers. We are fortunate enough to have a number of figures who are prominent in their fields. r. Rohan mcWilliam: best known for D his work on Victorian radicalism and popular culture. larissa Campbell Orr: a reader in C enlightenment, gender and court studies. The subject of her latest book, a work in progress, is George IIIs consort, Queen Charlotte. r. San Lang: a specialist on British D India in the 19th century. Dr. Lang is currently devoting much of his time to writing a new book on the British Crown and India.
s Orr is currently contracted to write M a biography of Mary Granville Delany for Yale University Press and to co-edit a book of essays, An Enlightenment Statesman in Whig Britain: Lord Shelburne in Context (17371805) for Boydell Press, forthcoming, 2010. Dr. San Lang Obstetrics and Obstruction: Maternity Hospitals in Madras 18401854 in The Hospital Beyond the West (Orient Longman, 2009) by Margaret Jones and Mark Harrison (eds). Dr. Jon Davis he Labour Party and the Wider World, T co-edited with Paul Corthorn, I.B. Tauris (2007) r. Davis is also preparing to co-edit a D new work based on the second Labour government (192931). Professor John Shepherd ritains First Labour Government B (Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2006), jointly written with Keith Laybourn ritains Winter of Discontent 197879 B (MUP, forthcoming).
LAbOUR hiSTORY RESEARCh UNiT

Our research unit on Labour Party history was launched in 2008 under the directorship of both Dr. Jon Davis (Principal Lecturer) and Professor John Shepherd (Senior Research Fellow). Dr. Davis specialises in the history of the Labour Party and its relationship with the Soviet Union, and Professor Shepherd is best known for his biography of George Lansbury, the leader of the Labour Party from 1932 to 1935. Our unit is actively involved in new initiatives and projects. One such initiative was our sponsoring of the 2009 conference Britains Second Labour Government, 192931: A Reappraisal.
RECENT PUbLiCATiONS
Our research programmes consistently produce new insights and challenge conventional thinking. Youll get a flavour of our researchers interests from the selection of their recent publications given below. These have been enthusiastically reviewed by the research community. Dr. Rohan mcWilliam The Tichborne Claimant: A Victorian Sensation, Hambledon (2007) he Victorian Studies Reader (2007), T co-edited with Kelly Boyd. Clarissa Campbell Orr ynasticism and the World of the Court D in The Blackwell Companion to 18th Century Europe, (2008) ed. Peter H. Wilson ew Perspectives on Hanoverian History N in the Historical Journal, vol. 52: 2, March 2009
OUR fUTURE
The importance of this body of work has given our University an enviable reputation in the academic world. Our research has had a profound effect on our understanding of what we can all learn from past events. We are determined that our success in creating a high profile for history research at our University will continue, and that we will gain further recognition for the dedication and hard work of our staff and postgraduate students.
46
Professor helen Odell-miller Deputy Head of Music and Performing Arts Department; Head of Music Therapy Training and Director of Music for Health Research Centre
47
mUSiC
The Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 rated no less than 80% of our work as international standard, and 20% as internationally excellent or world-leading in this field. Music research, conducted under the auspices of the Department of Music and Performing Arts, focuses on four areas of empirical and theoretical enquiry: music therapy, composition, musicology and creative music technology. These include interrelated fields of activity, and colleagues frequently collaborate on joint publishing and conference projects.
AREAS Of ExPERTiSE
Professor Tony Wigram Professor Wigrams work explores the areas of diagnosis and assessment, vibroacoustic therapy, autism, Rett Syndrome, applied improvisation skills and music therapy education. Professor helen Odell-miller Professor Odell-Millers work as a clinician and researcher focuses on the field of adult mental health. Her research areas include: music therapy and dementia; music therapy and links with diagnosis in adult mental health; music therapy and personality disorders, and arts therapies and mental health. Dr. Amelia Oldfield Dr. Oldfields empirical research centres on learning disabilities, autism, child development and child and family psychiatry. The many invitations that our staff members receive worldwide to publish, speak and advise on research matters at doctoral and post-doctoral level is indicative of the esteem in which they are held internationally.
Dr. Kevin Flanagans creative work focuses upon the integration of musical styles and impulses and the aesthetic integration of sound and word. His collaboration with Gary Snyder, the Pulitzer Prize-winning beat poet, resulted in the recordings Riprap parts I & II. His Mode for Joe II has been performed at Queen Elizabeth Hall as part of the London Jazz Festival.
iNTERNATiONAL PERfORmANCES & iNTERNATiONAL RECOGNiTiON

The work of Dr. Julio dEscrivn uses music technology both for concert music and for film, video and new media. His Sueo Con Ranitas, a piece for marimba, accelerometer sensors and video, has been performed at many venues internationally, including the Percussive Arts Society International Convention in Texas and the Paris Conservatoire.
mUSiC ThERAPY: ThE ROLE Of CLiNiCAL PRACTiCE

Our University is widely known as a leader in music therapy research. We have excellent technical facilities within our Research Centre for Music & Health and our staff have a great breadth of expertise. Our investigations into the links between clinical practice and research findings underpin everything we do, especially in key areas such as autism and assessment; children and families; adult mental health; and dementia. Our RAE 2008 submissions comprised peer-reviewed articles and books, including major works by Professor Tony Wigram, Professor Helen Odell-Miller, Dr. Amelia Oldfield and Helen Loth.
OUR fUTURE
The RAE 2008 results were very gratifying for our University. Since then weve released a further five publications of world-leading standard. The academics responsible are key researchers within our Universitys interfaculty research institute, Cultures of Digital Economy (CoDE). Were keen to keep the momentum going and undertake the sort of fascinating, innovative work that the international research community is waiting to see.
ANGLiA RUSKiN UNivERSiTY mEETS qUEEN ELiZAbETh hALL

Our research in the field of composition and music technology is truly pioneering. Our staffs specialist areas range from sonic art, sound installation and algorithmic composition to contemporary techniques that fuse influences from different cultures.
OUR WORK iS iNTERNATiONALLY ACCLAimED, fROm mUSiC ThERAPY TO COmPOSiTiON, TEChNOLOGY AND SONiC ART.
48
PSYChOLOGY
WORLD-RENOWNED RESEARCh ThAT PRODUCES TANGibLE RESULTS
The Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 rated 45% of our research as either world-leading or internationally excellent, and a further 35% was rated as internationally recognised. Consequently, among of all the UKs many modern (post1992) universities, our University has the top-rated Psychology Department. Psychology research at our University is led by two distinct research groups: the Brain and Cognition Research Group and the Stress, Health and Emotion Research Group. They divided their RAE 2008 submissions into the following categories: aphasia, consciousness, dementia, emotion, language and memory.
LifE-ENhANCiNG RESEARCh
Producing academic work that has not only increased our understanding of cognitive processing but also benefited individuals has been incredibly rewarding for us. Two such streams of world-leading research were: Investigations of Amnesia, Conceptual Knowledge and Dementia by Dr. Peter Bright, and Language, Cerebral Asymmetry and Aphasia by Dr. Bettina Mohr. Both employed multiple methods, such as Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (fMRI), Electroencephalography (EEG) and behavioural investigations to deepen our understanding of how these functions operate in the healthy brain, and how they break down in patients with neurological impairments. The findings have important implications for the clinical care and rehabilitation of patients with a variety of clinical conditions.
APPLiED, SOCiAL AND hEALTh PSYChOLOGY RESEARCh GROUP

The research in this group focuses on the area of applied and health psychology, with particular strengths in developmental disorders, emotion, stress, sexual health, group processes, and consumer psychology. As a group we have published over 20 papers in peer-reviewed journals in the period 20082010, and also submitted three major research grants to the ESRC and the National Institute for Health Research. Two of our three PhD students successfully completed this year. Current research includes work on autistic spectrum disorders, Tourettes syndrome, the psychological and physiological impact of caring for a partner with dementia, and the development of emotional awareness in children. Dr. John Lambies pioneering work into the relationship between emotional experience, rationality and self-knowledge was a major contributor to our RAE 2008 success.
bRAiN AND COGNiTiON RESEARCh GROUP

This group comprises highly experienced scientists who are leading authorities in their fields, and who have a particular interest in cognitive functions in the healthy brain and the nature of impairment in clinical populations. Our group has seven senior researchers who are investigating areas as diverse as aphasia, cerebral asymmetry, dementia, developmental disorders, face perception, intelligence, language, memory and schizophrenia. Our work is proving to be very productive: since 2005, weve produced over 80 collaborative research papers that have appeared in high-impact international journals.
GARLANDED WiTh AWARDS

Another recent success was Professor Eamon Strains investigation, in local schools, of how the teaching of children with dyslexia could be improved. This important research has been awarded both the Lord Stafford Impact Through Innovation award (2009) and the UNICO Public Policy and Service Impact award (2009). And it was also a finalist in the Times Educational Supplements Outstanding Special-Needs Initiative of the Year award (2009).
OUR fUTURE
Our expertise and the dedication of our staff have achieved so much. But equally crucial for future achievements will be the commitment of our postgraduate students. This will ensure a stimulating research environment enabling staff and students to engage in world-leading research.
WERE ThE LEADiNG PSYChOLOGY DEPARTmENT AmONG bRiTAiNS mODERN UNivERSiTiES, CONTRibUTiNG TO ThE SChOLARShiP Of ThE iNTERNATiONAL PSYChOLOGY COmmUNiTY.
49
Dr. Peter bright Senior Lecturer in Psychology
50
OUR OUTSTANDiNG RESEARCh AND PUbLiCATiONS ARE hELPiNG TO ShAPE ThE WAY SOCiAL WORK AND POLiCY ARE PLANNED AND DELivERED.
Left to right: Stephen moore Reader in Social Policy Jenny Secker Professor of Mental Health Carol munn-Giddings Professor of Participative Inquiry and Collaborative Practice
51
SOCiAL WORK & SOCiAL POLiCY & ADmiNiSTRATiON

The Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 rated almost 90% of our work in Allied Health and Social Work & Social Policy as internationally recognised or internationally excellent, and over 5% as world-leading.
CURRENT AND RECENTLY COmPLETED PROJECTS

Open Arts: Professor Jenny Secker Open Arts was established with the support of South Essex Partnership University NHS Foundation Trust and local South Essex commissioners. The project gives arts opportunities to people experiencing, or at risk of, mental health problems. Community development work has included four exhibitions, interactive workshops, community involvement and an education programme at Tate Modern. Training Older People as Researchers: Professor Carol munn-Giddings, Dr. Andy mcvicar, melanie boyce and Niamh Obrien Developed in partnership with Essex County Council and funded by Skills for Care, this project recruited and trained 14 students aged 6080. Of those, nine then formed WhyNot!: a research group that has now completed four projects for ECC, with a further three years consultancy funding agreed. Researching with Children and Young People: Sue Collier, Dr. Tina moules, Carolyn Seeman, Niamh Obrien Our research team worked with clinical colleagues at Broomfield Hospital to create a Childrens Council. Now young people, including children as young as three (all patients and ex-patients of the Burns Rehabilitation Unit) are being asked for their input into the interior design of a new unit. international Comparison of Ten medical Regulatory Systems: Dr. Paul Sanderson Dr. Sanderson jointly ran, with Han de Vries of RAND Europe, a project commissioned by the General Medical Council (GMC). It contrasted medical regulation systems in the ten home countries of the largest groups of non-UK qualified doctors registered in the UK.
The study recommended: i) improved communication with other regulators about medical practitioners wishing to practise in the UK; and ii) the provision of assistance to non-UK-qualified medical graduates to help them adapt to and understand the UK approach. Should i Stay or Should i Go? Dr. Deborah holman, Dr. Claudia Schneider Dr. Holman and Dr. Schneiders report Longitudinal Study of Migrant Workers in the East of England was commissioned by the East of England Development Agency (EEDA). Their research then led to their paper: Should I Stay or Should I Go? New European Citizens Decision-Making on Length of Stay in the UK: A Preliminary Exploration. This was presented at the annual conference of the Social Policy Association (SPA). Theyve also secured 35,000 of external funding for the evaluation of the Team East for Skills 2012 programme for getting into employment through volunteering.
RECENT hiGhLiGhTS
ur staff have contributed to over 100 O publications and seven books, which have generated over 1.5m in external income. ur Postgraduate Medical Institute (PMI) O now has 15 partners across Essex. Next year, we will begin work on a new building and conference centre facilities. he Anglia Ruskin Colchester Hospital T ICENI Centre for research and training in laparoscopic surgery has been launched, and we now have planning permission for the Colchester Hospital site. ur University awarded University O Foundation NHS trust status to South Essex Partnership NHS Foundation trust (SEPT); the first mental health and social care trust in the country to be thus recognised. s part of the Cambridge University A Health Partnership, we were one of only five centres to be designated as an Academic Health Science Centre (AHSC). he Helen Rollason Cancer Care T Laboratory moved to new premises with purpose-built labs on our Chelmsford campus, with increased staff numbers. eve joined a select group of universities W in a partnership with the Royal Society for Public Health. s well as recruiting more staff, some A in partnership with NHS Trusts, were also encouraging existing staff members to undertake research through our staff development programme. Nearly 50 members of staff are undertaking research degrees and well soon appoint additional research and professorial staff, some in partnership with NHS Trusts, to strengthen our activities and research.
OUR fUTURE
The recognition we receive for producing world-leading research is important, not only to acknowledge the efforts of staff and students but to secure the funding of important new work that will help practitioners and carers to make a vital difference to peoples lives.
52
our Courses
on the following pages you will find a full list of our taught postgraduate courses. once you have decided on a field of study you can apply to us quickly and directly online:
Course title
Accounting and Financial Analysis Adult nursing Advanced Midwifery Practice Advanced Practice Applied linguistics and tesol Arts Management Audio and Video technology Chartered institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (Final test of Professional Competence) Children and Young People Childrens Book illustration Computer science Construction Management Contemporary theatre Corporate Governance Creative Music technology Creative writing
AwArd
MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MSc MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MA MA, PG Dip, PG Cert MSc CIPFA, PG Dip, PG Cert MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MA MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MSc MA MA/Grad ICSA MA MA
loCAtion PAGe
Camb Chelm, Fulbourn Chelm Camb, Chelm, Fulbourn Camb Camb Camb Chelm 5556 5758 5960 6162 6364 6566 6768 6970
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/apply we are continually developing new courses to enhance our varied postgraduate portfolio and its contemporary relevance. For 2011, we are developing a new MA in early Childhood studies and an MA in digital Culture and Media which focuses on the areas of specialism of our Cultures of digital economy research institute (Code).
Camb Camb Camb Chelm Camb Chelm Camb Camb Camb Camb Camb Chelm, UCP Chelm Chelm, UCP Chelm, UCP Chelm Chelm Chelm, UCP Chelm Chelm, UCP Chelm Camb Camb Camb Chelm Camb Camb, Hungary, India Camb Camb Camb
7172 7374 7576 7778 7980 8182 8384 8586 8788 8990 9192 9394 9596 9798 99100 101102 103104 105106 107108 109110 111112 113114 115 117118 119 121122 123124 125126 127 129
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/code All information in this prospectus is correct at time of going to print. For up-to-date information about our postgraduate courses, visit our website.
Cultures and organisational leadership MA MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert dnA Analysis dramatherapy education Primary education secondary Art and design education secondary Biology education secondary Chemistry education secondary english education secondary information Communication technology (iCt) education secondary Mathematics education secondary Modern languages education secondary Physics engineering Management english Film and television Production Film studies Financial Management Practice Forensic science Global Communication Health Promotion Human resource Management information technology MA PGCE PGCE PGCE PGCE PGCE PGCE PGCE PGCE PGCE MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MA MA, PG Dip, PG Cert MA MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MA, PG Dip, PG Cert MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MA MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert
CliCk:
53
our Courses | Full-time Postgraduate Prospectus entry 2011
Course title
information technology Management intercultural Communication international Business international Business economics international Business law international entrepreneurship international Finance international logistics international Management Practice international nursing studies international social welfare and social Policy international sustainable tourism Management leadership legal Practice legal Practice Course (lPC) Management Management and leadership in Health and social Care Management Practice Marketing and innovation Marketing Management Practice Master of Business Administration Master of Fine Art Mobile telecommunication Music therapy network Management network security Physiotherapy Printmaking Project Management Public Health Publishing social work sociology structural engineering sustainable Construction town Planning transnational Crime
AwArd
MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MA MA, PG Dip, PG Cert MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert LLM MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MSc
loCAtion PAGe
Chelm Camb, Eurocampus Camb, Basel, Groningen Camb Camb Camb Camb Camb Chelm Chelm 131132 133134 135136 137 139140 141142 143144 145146 147148 149150 151152 153 155 157 159160 161162 163164 165166 167168 169170 171172 173174 175 177178 179180 181182 183184 185186 187188 189190 191192 193194 195196 197198 199200 201202 203204
keY
Basel University of Applied Sciences, north-western Switzerland Camb Cambridge, East Road campus Chelm Chelmsford, Rivermead campus eurocampus Participating European universities, see pages 133134 Fulbourn Health & Social Care, Fulbourn Groningen Hanze University, the Netherlands Hungary Budapest Business School (BBS) india Mudra Institute of Communications Ahmedabad (MICA) Pboro Health & Social Care, Peterborough uCP University Centre Peterborough
MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Camb MA, PG Dip, PG Cert MA, PG Dip, PG Cert LLM PG Dip Camb Camb, Chelm Camb, Chelm Camb, Chelm
MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Camb, Chelm MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Camb MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MA, PG Dip, PG Cert MBA MFA MSc MA MSc MSc Chelm Camb Camb, Chelm Camb Chelm Camb Chelm Chelm
MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Chelm
MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Camb, Chelm, Pboro MA, PG Dip, PG Cert Camb MSc MA, PG Dip, PG Cert MA MA, PG Dip MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert MSc MSc MA, PG Dip, PG Cert Chelm Camb Camb, Chelm Camb Chelm Chelm Chelm Camb MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Chelm
CliCk: www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg | eMAil: answers@anglia.ac.uk | CAll: 0845 271 3333
54
ACCountinG And FinAnCiAl AnAlYsis

MSc
A keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Ashcroft International Business School Campus Cambridge duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates will normally be expected to hold an honours degree in a relevant discipline. Usually this will be at a minimum of a 2:2 classification. Holders of other awards, including those from non-UK universities, will be considered on the equivalence of their qualifications. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
Course oVerView
At a time of global concern with international financial and accounting issues, including the so-called credit crunch and associated problems with liquidity and solvency, it is vital that managers are aware of accounting and financial standards and their application. Our course will enable you to follow an academically rigorous course of study in the area of accounting and financial analysis, whilst giving due consideration to the environment in which practitioners must operate. The tutor team involved in the development and delivery of our course are closely linked with the accountancy profession and include authors, examiners and markers for the international bodies. On successful completion of our course you should be able to comment critically, and with some insight, on a range of accounting and financial problems and issues. You will also be able to work independently or as a member of a group: able to identify problems, evaluate possible solutions, and work to implement suitable changes.
Core Modules: PG Cert

Audit and Accountability This module examines how the role of audit has changed in response to criticism, and considers different approaches to audit. Such discussion considers the UK Audit Commission model of auditor appointment, client focus audits and the training of auditors. We also consider the concept of the audit expectations gap and review associated case law. decision Making and Problem solving This module will give you the skills and knowledge necessary to develop frameworks and approaches to decision making, by critically examining theoretical models and relating them to business experience. strategic Financial Analysis This module is relevant to all Masters level business students, with or without a relevant first degree, as it examines from a strategic prospective those financial analysis theories and practices applicable to modern business.
tHe reCent Credit CrunCH And AssoCiAted ProBleMs MeAn its neVer Been More iMPortAnt to know And APPlY tHe Most strinGent FinAnCiAl stAndArds.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/acfa
55
1 Tuition fees stated in this Prospectus are for the academic year 2011/12 and are correct at time of going to print. The tuition fees stated are applicable to that academic year only unless otherwise indicated. Please note that tuition fees may be subject to review.
Core Modules: PG diP

international Accounting This module adopts an international outlook on modern financial accounting and reporting, whereby the diversity of practices in various countries is evaluated from a historical, economical, political, sociological and technological perspective. strategic Management Accounting This module assumes a basic knowledge of management accounting techniques (such as marginal costing and cost-volume-profit analysis, absorption and activity-based costing) from which it develops into a variety of decision making areas. research Methods for Managers This module provides you with the appropriate knowledge, skills and abilities you will need to effectively carry out a piece of small-scale business or management research.
AssessMent
Assessment is through exercises, written assignments, presentations, examinations or any combination of these. Assessments can be completed either as part of a group or on an individual basis. A highly participative approach to teaching and learning is adopted, with considerable use of discussions, group work, case studies and presentations. You will also be expected to supplement each formal taught hour with three hours of self-managed study and learning, under general guidance from your module tutor.
student ProFile I decided to study at Anglia Ruskin as it is close to home, and a few of my friends and relatives had studied for their undergraduate degrees here and highly recommended the University to me. My pathway leader is fantastic. He has made our entire class feel like a close-knit family and has enhanced my experience significantly with his guidance and expertise. The Masters in Accounting and Financial Analysis is very useful for future employment purposes as it provides exemptions from Association of Chartered Accountants (ACCA examinations. So it is ideal for anyone who wants to go on to complete the ACCA qualification. iftaker Hussain, Msc Accounting and Financial Analysis
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our course will provide you with a general foundation for subsequent practice as an accountant or financial manager in a large, or possibly international, organisation.
Core Modules: MsC

Postgraduate Project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters stage project or Dissertation.
oPtionAl Modules
For a full list of optional modules available on this course, visit our website.
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/acfa
56
Adult nursinG
MSc
keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Health & Social Care Campus Chelmsford & Fulbourn duration 2 years start date March entry requirements Candidates should hold a good first degree or equivalent in a science-related subject. Additionally, candidates will be required to: provide evidence of recent study undertaken (within the last five years) provide two references academic and personal/ employment demonstrate insight into adult nursing undergo enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure undergo occupational health screening. Experience in the health and social care sector would be an advantage. This can include experience of community care work, hospital work, voluntary or paid work. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be required to undertake a language evaluation. tuition fees1 Tuition fee information for this course was unavailable at time of print. For up-to-date information please call our Contact Centre on 0845 2713333 or email answers@anglia.ac.uk
Course oVerView
The aim of our course is to enable you to achieve the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) proficiencies for entry to the professional register and to become a professional practitioner, assuming the responsibilities and accountability of a registered nurse caring for adults. It will also enable you to develop and influence nursing practice, and to demonstrate mastery of the evidence base that underpins adult nursing. To be a nurse, you need to see the individual beyond the case notes; to build trust and reassurance. Every day you will face challenges, elation and sometimes disappointment. As a career, it asks for a strong commitment, but a big part of the reward is knowing that what you do is likely to have a deep and lasting impact on your patients, their friends and families, and the people you work with.
Applied research for Health Practice This module is designed to support practitioners working within a health care environment to approach small-scale professional research. The module considers a range of research methods and paradigms appropriate to health practice, and enables you to evaluate published research. The learning outcomes will enable you to undertake work-based activities in your exploration of applied research these activities form the basis of the reflective report for module assessment. Consideration of the ethical dimensions of health care and the regulatory models which control research are key features of the module. long term and end of life Care In this module you will critically examine the issues for people diagnosed and living with long-term conditions, and for those who have reached the end of their lives. You will critically analyse the importance of interprofessional/intercollaborative working and establish how to meet the needs of clients and families within a multi-cultural community. Complexities of Acute Care This module will address the challenges of managing care when an adult is seriously ill as a result of a critical illness or serious injury. During this module you will have the opportunity to critically analyse the evidence base for interventions that enable rapid and continuing assessment in order to preserve life. In addition, you will also have the opportunity to consider the psychological impact that a life-threatening illness or serious injury can have upon adults and their families. Effective care of an acutely ill adult requires a robust understanding of assessment, treatment and care interventions and adaptability to their potentially rapidly-changing condition. developments and innovations in Health Care The focus of this module is the delivery of safe and effective quality care and the processes by which this is monitored. Current policy statements emphasise the need for clinical governance, high-quality care for all and a workforce who can help shape the National Health Service (NHS) agenda proposed by Lord Darzi. This module will focus on these issues and enable you to critically appraise developments in patient care and the role of quality, innovation, productivity and prevention in enhancing patient care.
Core Modules
Fundamentals of nursing Individuals do not function in isolation but form part of wider communities and societies. These communities and societies in which people live and work are (in many cases) made up of a diverse mixture of differing cultural, ethnic, political and religious groups. This can influence an individuals view of their world and their expectations in relation to health and social care provision. In this module you will critically examine the values and beliefs that are a fundamental part of every individual and consider the differences that exist between individuals and groups in society. Planning Care for the Adult Patient This module will provide you with the necessary theories that underpin nursing assessment and care planning, and provide an opportunity to apply these to practice. You will be required to gather, critically analyse and interpret information on patient assessment and critically appraise how this process develops into effective, evidence-based care delivery within an inter-professional care environment.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/adnu
57
You will be encouraged to discuss areas of good practice, implementing change in practice in response to the health and social care agenda. leadership and Management This module will provide you with the knowledge, underpinning evidence and skills required to manage the care of adults. The module will enable you to make the transition from student to registered practitioner. This transition involves adjusting to a new and challenging role accepting changing responsibilities and developing further complex skills that allow the effective management of care as well as its delivery. The module will provide you with opportunities to critically analyse factors that influence the effective management of care for adults, including leadership, teamwork, workforce planning, risk management, clinical governance, and evidence-based practice. Major Project The Major Project is of central importance to our Masters award. You will be expected to bring together aspects of learning from previous modules as well as using the learning as the basis for planning, conducting and writing a research- or work-based project.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
The NMC in the UK recognises our University teaching staff as committed, enthusiastic and very professional. Our course is taught by nurses and health professionals currently practising in the local healthcare services. On completion of this course, you will: be able to develop your research skills, which will open opportunities for you to work in nursing research upon qualifying be able to learn, participate and lead in nursing care, helping to make a difference with patients, clients and families work in a range of interprofessional health and social care teams to ensure the highest possible standard of care.
tutor ProFile Since qualifying as a nurse in 1986 my clinical experience has primarily been in Orthopaedic Nursing. I have worked in nurse education for over 18 years and I started work as a senior lecturer at Anglia Ruskin in 1994. I am currently the course leader for our extended Adult Nursing course and I am actively involved in its delivery. I have experience in a number of research projects which have resulted in developments in the pre-registration nursing course. I am also the course leader for the MSc in Adult Nursing. I believe that this course offers students an excellent and exciting opportunity to become a fully qualified adult nurse whilst studying aspects of health care at higher degree level. Patricia turnbull senior lecturer and Module leader, developments and innovations in Health Care
links witH industrY And ProFessionAl reCoGnition

You will be placed in a variety of adult settings, including inpatient and community. In order to provide opportunities for you to learn through practice and develop a sense of professional identity with your chosen nursing discipline, you will be introduced to practice early in the course through placements and other practice-focused activities.
AssessMent
The learning and teaching strategy underpinning our course ensures a studentcentered and enquiry-based approach; which develops creative problem-solving abilities and thereby supports evidencebased practice. Evidence-based practice is an approach to learning that acknowledges the gradual acquisition of skills and knowledge over a period of time through practice and study. A key factor in this process is the facilitation of learning by our practice placement supervisors, sign-off mentors and educational facilitators.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our course will enable you to: achieve the NMC proficiencies for entry to the professional register become a professional practitioner who assumes the responsibilities and accountability of registered nurses caring for adults, and who adheres to optimum professional standards.
58
AdVAnCed MidwiFerY PrACtiCe

MSc
A keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Faculty of Health & Social Care Campus Chelmsford duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an appropriate midwifery qualification and have a minimum of one years post-qualification experience of working as a midwife. An honours degree qualification is also required. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,150 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
Course oVerView
This course is designed for midwives who are passionate about their practice and wish to develop their knowledge and skills to an advanced level. The aim of our course is to enable experienced midwives to develop the skills of independent thinking required for advanced midwifery practice. The specialist modules that make up our MSc in Advanced Midwifery Practice will encourage you to further develop and enhance your existing knowledge and skills, both by exploring how to promote normality during childbirth and how to care for vulnerable women with complex needs. The supporting optional modules will help you to acquire the knowledge and skills necessary for assuming leadership roles in clinical practice or research.
Core Modules
Promoting normal Birth This module addresses one of the major national and international concerns about childbirth, the rising rate of intervention, and aims to provide you with the underpinning knowledge and confidence required to modify this situation. You will be encouraged to develop your existing knowledge and skills by exploring the concept of normality and determining how this might be promoted during the antenatal, intrapartum and postnatal periods. Both international and local perspectives will be analysed, enabling you to apply your learning to your particular position whilst deepening your understanding of alternative situations. Facilitating Complex Birth This module explores the role of the Midwife in supporting women with complex social, emotional, and physical needs. You will be encouraged to explore both direct and indirect causes of maternal death and the role of the Midwife in addressing these. You will also be expected to consider wider influences on maternal mortality and morbidity. Strategies for the maintenance of normality within such complex situations will be promoted. You will be supported in applying your learning to your own clinical practice and in developing your skills in caring for women with complex needs.
our Course is led BY A MidwiFe-AntHroPoloGist witH eXtensiVe eXPerienCe And An internAtionAl rePutAtion.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/amdp
59
research studies This module is designed to provide you with a critical overview of the main methodologies and designs applied to research within health and social care, professional practice, regulation and policy. It will provide you with an opportunity to explore the theoretical dilemmas that underlie the process of inquiry and its relationship to practice. The module will provide a framework within which to select, evaluate and justify the research methods chosen for your research project. Major Project The Major Project is of central importance to our Masters award. You will be expected to bring together aspects of learning from previous modules and use it as the basis for planning, conducting and writing-up a research or work-based project.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Our course is led by a midwifeanthropologist with extensive experience and an international reputation, supported by an exceptional academic team of experienced midwives. Our course is run within a Department that has a track record for innovative midwifery training. Our midwifery team maintains an extensive engagement with international agencies via links such as the UK Network on Sexual and Reproductive Health and Rights, World Health Organization (WHO), The White Ribbon Alliance and the London School for Health and Tropical Medicine. Our University is one of only a few universities in the UK to hold a BabyFriendly Certificate of Commitment and stage-one assessment; we are currently working towards stage-two assessment and full accreditation. We also maintain strong co-operative links with midwife-practitioners: we work in all eight National Health Service (NHS) trusts in our region, and through a monthly Midwifery Inter-professional Exchange (MIX) forum with an invited speaker.
tutor ProFile I have a passion for midwifery, firmly believing that the way we enable women to birth their babies holds fundamental implications for our society. My current work is aimed at motivating and engaging midwifery practitioners to be able to excel in their work supporting women. trudy stevens Course leader, Advanced Midwifery Practice
oPtionAl Modules
For a full list of optional modules available on this course visit, our website.
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/amdp
AssessMent
The forms of assessment vary between modules, and include written essays, seminar presentations with supporting papers, a research proposal and, for the Masters award, a Major Project of no more than 25,000 words. All the assessment methods are designed to demonstrate the range of knowledge and skills that would be expected of a practitioner working at an advanced level.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Successful completion of our course will offer you the potential to advance your career into leadership positions within clinical settings or the fields of management, research or teaching.
60
AdVAnCed PrACtiCe
MSc
keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Faculty of Health & Social Care Campus Cambridge, Chelmsford & Fulbourn duration 1 year start dates September & February entry requirements Candidates are required to be practising health, welfare or social care practitioners and possess an appropriate professional qualification or equivalent. In addition, candidates should be educated to degree level. Candidates without a first degree can apply to our course via the non-graduate entry route, which is facilitated by a member of our Universitys academic staff. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 7.0 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,150 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our MSc in Advanced Practice has been developed to enable practitioners from the health, welfare and social care arena to develop their knowledge and extend and advance their practice to meet the increasingly complex demands within health, welfare and social care services. Nowadays, broader responsibilities are being delegated to larger numbers of practitioners. Our course will enable you to advance your knowledge, skills and professional practice to undertake these new and extended roles. The readiness to work across organisational boundaries, to innovate and take on more demanding responsibilities will be explored, and innovation, research and creativity will be fostered, so that you can influence practice, service delivery and bring about change. Leadership and interprofessional multidisciplinary working will be developed in line with government initiatives.
Core Modules
research This module provides a critical overview of research philosophy and the major methodological and design approaches to research in order to equip you to appreciate the strengths and weaknesses of published research, whether in your specialist area or in the health, welfare and social care field. Major Project The Major Project is of central importance to our Masters award. You will be expected to bring together aspects of learning from previous modules as well as using the learning as the basis for planning, conducting and writing a research or work-based project.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/adpr
innoVAtion, reseArCH And CreAtiVitY will Be Fostered, so tHAt You CAn inFluenCe PrACtiCe, serViCe deliVerY And BrinG ABout CHAnGe.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/adpr
61
AssessMent
A range of assessments are used, including essays, presentations, the formulation of a research proposal, a research project and a patchwork text. Your assessment topics are generated from practice. By drawing on a range of conceptual frameworks, you will demonstrate your ability to think critically and innovatively. Through this process you will enhance your skills and support the development of your practice. Formative assessment strategies (such as seminar papers, group presentations and case reports) are integrated as part of the teaching and learning strategy. They are used to provide ongoing feedback about progress and to develop a range of communication skills which will support your professional development. Summative assessment is integrated closely with learning, and you will be able to focus your assignments to ensure relevance to your professional and personal development. The ability to problem-solve in practice will help to asses your creativity in addressing a range of issues specific to your practice.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Our course is well-established, with a very strong interprofessional focus, and you will be joining a vibrant community of health and social care professionals. You will have access to excellent facilities and academic staff with a wealth of experience and research interests that cross the broad spectrum of health and social care. We also offer a wide range of student support services you can draw on. If your first language is not English, you will benefit from a number of study skills sessions available throughout each semester. In addition, you will be allocated a personal tutor who will provide support throughout your time with us.
student ProFile The course has been fantastic. I have really loved the opportunity to meet and debate with lecturers and fellow students from diverse health and social backgrounds. sarah todd Msc Advanced Practice student
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our course offers many benefits to practitioners who wish to enhance and broaden their career progression. It aims to provide you with the opportunity to: develop your knowledge, skills and dispositions to undertake advanced practice prepare for new and extended roles enhance your understanding of interprofessional issues integrate primary research into your practice meet Continuing Professional Development (CPD) and re-registration requirements.
62
APPlied linGuistiCs And tesol

MA
A keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a first degree in a related subject, such as languages, linguistics, education, psychology or sociology. Teaching experience in Linguistics/TESOL will also be taken into account. A degree at a 2:1 classification or equivalent is required from other countries. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Language teaching experience is recommended but not essential. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 4,275 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our course is suitable for people from a wide variety of academic and professional backgrounds, including educators from the state and private sectors. It will be of interest to those involved in foreign language teaching and teaching English as a foreign language, language testers, curriculum developers, materials writers and others involved in teaching and learning languages. The Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) route is designed for teachers of English as a second language, and helps to provide an in-depth understanding of current theories about English language systems and how languages are taught and learned. Our course focuses on aspects of curriculum and syllabus development, second-language acquisition theories and classroom management, but also takes a sociolinguistic/sociocultural approach to looking at second-language acquisition, learning and teaching.
second language Acquisition This module evaluates some of the research evidence for the second-language acquisition process, looking critically at reports of second-language research and examines some of the theories which endeavour to interpret research evidence. Major Project The Masters stage Dissertation will enable you to conduct your own small-scale research project on a topic of your choice, under the supervision of an academic member of staff.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/alts
AssessMent
We use a wide range of assessments in order to enable you to illustrate both an understanding of theoretical issues and their practical application.
Core Modules
research Methods in Applied linguistics This introduction to research methods will familiarise you with conducting postgraduate research, with particular emphasis on the analysis and discussion of qualitative and quantitative data and the development of your critical-evaluative skills. Materials and Course design This module explores the factors related to the construction of courses and materials. It examines different types of syllabuses and explores the contribution of Second Language Acquisition (SLA) research and language teaching, learning theory and practice. discourse in society This module explores the factors relating to the relationship between language and society and the construction of discourse, by discussing sociological and sociolinguistic models and theories such as speech communities and communities of practice and ethno-linguistic vitality. Classroom theory and Practice This module examines key concepts and issues in TESOL through relevant professional and academic literature. A more practical element is realised through live and filmed observation of teachers in practice.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
All teaching takes place in the evening, enabling you to pursue paid employment during the day. Cambridge has an abundance of language schools, making it comparatively easy for those wishing to gain practical experience in language teaching to find part-time employment in this sector.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Graduates from our course work in a wide variety of language-learning and teaching-related professions. These include: teaching English or other languages to non-native speakers in both the UK and abroad; curriculum, test and materials development; and language policy. Some also choose to stay in academia to study for a PhD in a cognate subject.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/alts
63
student ProFile This course has had an immense impact on my future career, both as a researcher and teacher. It has broadened my horizons and acted as a springboard for my further graduate studies, which involve an MPhil and probably progression to a PhD. It has been a journey of self discovery and betterment. The course provided me with the opportunity to challenge and expand my abilities, interests and visions. It has made me become a multitasking, autonomous and all the more confident and ambitious individual. My overall experience at Anglia Ruskin has been extremely positive and beneficial. I fulfilled my aim of delving into second language acquisition, I came together with inspirational people (teachers and colleagues) and have always been met with support and a smile by the administrative staff. roxana scriminti MA Applied linguistics and tesol
64
Arts MAnAGeMent
MA
keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Ashcroft International Business School Campus Cambridge duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold a first degree at a 2:2 classification or above in humanities. Candidates who do not possess the entry criteria, but can demonstrate relevant work experience, will be offered some flexibility. Work experience in an arts or cultural environment is desirable. However, voluntary work experience is acceptable. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our MA in Arts Management covers the core skills required to manage arts and cultural organisations in the 21st century. Our course will enable you to gain a broad understanding of the institutions and major players that influence the cultural, political, social, and economic environment in which arts and cultural organisations operate. Our course is designed to provide you with a toolkit of key business skills, including marketing, business planning, finance, IT and fundraising. The work experience element of our course will enable you to apply your business skills in a practical context.

Management of Creative Practice (2): Business Planning, strategy and operations This module will support the main focus of our course by addressing further management issues affecting, and frequently threatening, the stability of content-led organisations. Arts Fundraising and sources of income This module will relate the importance of fundraising (whether through statutory, philanthropic or corporate means) to the overall achievement of artistic ambitions. This module will consider the full range of income sources available to arts organisations, including capital, revenue, project, sponsorship and donor development, and the strategies used to successfully harness them.

the Arts environment This module has been designed to serve as a foundation for other modules in the arts management field of study. It provides an overview of key practices, issues and theories that are diversified throughout the field and developed in greater depth in the other modules. Management of Creative Practice (1): Marketing and Communication This module has several themes: firstly, an appreciation and understanding of key marketing and communication tools, techniques, operations and activities; and secondly how that information informs organisational strategies to reach and develop key audiences for the arts. Arts Financial Management Whether in the for-profit or not-for-profit sectors, finance plays an important role in all arts organisations. This module develops many of the concepts, tools and techniques to help managers appreciate the financial perspective in arts organisations.
Core Modules: MA (oPtion 1)

work-based learning Project This module requires you to negotiate, plan and implement a course of learning or study in a complex specialised area, with minimum guidance or supervision. dissertation/Major Project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters stage project or Dissertation. This involves an assessment volume equivalent to 20,000 words, worth 45 credits.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/artm
65
Core Modules: MA (oPtion 2)

research Methods for Managers This module will provide you with the knowledge, skills and abilities you will need to effectively carry out a piece of small-scale business or management research. A particular emphasis will be placed upon developing your skills towards your workplace-based Masters project or Dissertation. work-based learning Project In this module you will be required to negotiate, plan and implement a course of learning or study in a complex specialised area, with minimum guidance or supervision. dissertation/Major Project In this module you will be supported in the preparation and submission of a Masters stage project or Dissertation.
AssessMent
Most modules are assessed by assignment, but there may also be group and individual presentations and project work. If you work in an arts organisation, or have secured a placement, you will be encouraged to illustrate your assignments with reference to the real situations, problems and issues facing your employers or host organisation. Assessment methods will have a strong practical and professional orientation and include assignments, oral individual and group presentations, research proposals and work-based learning projects.
student ProFile The MA at Anglia Ruskin had exactly the right modules to cover all of the gaps in my knowledge, as well as being offered close to where I lived. The training on the course was very vocational and allowed me to combine my University workload with my employment, ensuring that the costs of training were affordable as well as providing the experience I was lacking. elaine Midgley MA Arts Management
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our course provides access to arts management careers within the arts and cultural industries, in fields such as arts development, audience development and marketing, education and venue and project management.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/artm
You will GAin A BroAd understAndinG oF tHe institutions And MAJor PlAYers tHAt inFluenCe tHe CulturAl, PolitiCAl, soCiAl, And eConoMiC enVironMent in wHiCH Arts And CulturAl orGAnisAtions oPerAte.
66
Audio And Video teCHnoloGY

MSc
A keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Science & Technology Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree in a related subject, or a HND with appropriate work experience in media technology. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,000
Course oVerView
This course will enable you to develop advanced skills and knowledge in the fields of audio and music technology, video production and digital media processing. You will be taught the underlying principles and theories associated with advanced technologies in audio and visual media, as well as gaining hands-on skills and expertise in industry-focused practice. Our course will provide you with the flexibility to focus on your particular area of interest, and to enhance and broaden your current skills. For example, by choosing coursework projects carefully, you will be empowered to commit to either audio or visual media course deliverables, or a weighted combination of both. Our course is designed for students who have graduated in any science or engineering subject. An academic background in audio or visual media is not essential. You may already have knowledge of the underlying scientific and engineering theory, but are looking to convert your knowledge and skills towards the audio and visual mediarelated industries. If you hold a first degree in audio and music technology, you may want to enhance your scientific and engineering knowledge and take your practical skills to a higher level. You may also wish to move from a pure audio background to a mixed audio-video skill set in order to broaden your knowledge area and achieve your desired employment ambitions.
Core Modules
Audio and Music Production This module introduces the basics of performance recording and acoustics, and quickly builds up to professional-level music production and audio-content generation projects. Applied AV Processing This module covers advanced signal processing for audio and video manipulation, utilising Matlab software for applied analysis and design. Video Production This module covers the development of video material to a wide variety of specifications. For assessment, you will be required to produce a portfolio of work detailing the scripting, planning, shooting and editing processes used. AV software development This module covers the creation of audio and video software units, algorithms and plug-ins using specific development languages such as Matlab, C/C++, Max/ MSP and QTKit. research Methods This module covers the evaluation of research techniques for postgraduate study in general and specific to the field of Audio and Video Technology. dissertation This module involves a 60 credit Dissertation on a negotiated research investigation with respect to audio and/or video content creation.
AssessMent
Assessment is by a combination of exam, written coursework, oral presentation and Dissertation.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/aavt
67
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Our facilities include a suite of superbly equipped studios, all with Apple Mac Pro and G5 computers. Our main analogue studio features the new and incredible SSL Matrix analogue mixer and control surface with TL Audio Valve Classic pre-amps, EQs and compressors, Lexicon PCM 96 and TC Electronics M2000 and other effects, with a quad core Mac Pro running Logic Pro 8. Monitoring is by Genelec Mid-Field monitors and a pair of legendary Yamaha NS10s for Near-Field. We have two digital studios based around Yamaha 01v96 desks, again with Mac Pro running Logic 8, TL Audio Valve Classic EQs and compressors, TL Audio Valve Ivory EQs and Compressors, Focusrite Channel Strips, effects by TC Electronics, Alesis and Lexicon, and Mackie HR 824 and HR 624 monitors. There is also a studio dedicated to surround sound and video editing, featuring a Tannoy Reveal Surround system and Mac Pro with Final Cut Studio and Logic Pro 8, again with TL Audio and Focusrite outboard and a mastering room with TL Audio Valve Classic EQ and Compression, and TC Electronics Express Finaliser. We have an extensive AV lab with 20 iMacs loaded with a wide variety of music and other software. All studio computers are networked and have UPS power supplies. You will be allocated server space on one of the studio servers, and given a unique password enabling sole access and control of your work. In addition, we have a portable 16-channel studio rig with a Fostex HD recorder which you can book out along with mics, stands, leads, etc for location recordings in the evenings or over the weekend. We have a wide range of high-quality microphones, two studio drum kits and lots of other instruments, including some classics, such as Roland Juno 60, Akai S3000 XL and much more. There is a ProTools HD studio which has shared access with students on our music courses.

Our past students have gained valuable work experience through links with companies and events, including BMN Studios, ARM, Half-ton Studios, Junction CDC, Cambridge Corn Exchange, Smyle Productions, Strawberry Fair, Glastonbury Festival, Egglab Media and Dark Elf Productions.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Associated careers include: audio and video content creation; audio and video production; new media industry management; new media and publishing; digital rights management; and media asset management. Our graduates have found employment as acoustic consultants, studio mix and production engineers, freelance sound and video producers, technical support personnel, live sound engineers, audio electronics and loudspeaker designers, researchers, lecturers, teachers, TV production assistants and much more. Unlike most audio and video technology courses, which are solely media production or creative in nature, the science and technology emphasis to our course opens a very wide range of career paths unavailable to graduates from more media or creative-driven courses.
68
CHArtered institute oF PuBliC FinAnCe And ACCountAnCY

(Final Test of Professional Competence) CIPFA
keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Ashcroft International Business School Campus Chelmsford duration 2, 3 or 5 years start dates August & February entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a minimum of three GCSEs at grades A* C and two A Levels at grade A C, or the Scottish, Northern or Southern Irish equivalents. Subjects must include mathematics and English at either level. BTEC and SCOTVEC National Certificates are also accepted. The minimum vocational qualification is an NVQ/GNVQ at level three, or the Scottish equivalent. Candidates who do not possess any of these entry criteria, but who hold a minimum of three years relevant work experience and the support of their employer will be considered. tuition fees1 Tuition fee information for this course was unavailable at time of print. For up-to-date information please call our Contact Centre on 0845 2713333 or email answers@anglia.ac.uk
Course oVerView
Membership of the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) is an externally-awarded qualification. CIPFA is the leading public services accountancy qualification, and is ideal if you wish to lead public services strategically into the future. Upon qualification, you will have chartered status and may choose to work in the private sector or the public sector. Registration with CIPFA is required and more details are available at: www.cipfa.org Our course is will equip you with the skills for examination success, and our University has some of the highest pass rates for CIPFA in the country. The syllabus is wide-ranging and dynamic, providing you with a range of skills, including financial and management accounting, taxation and audit, leadership and management, strategic business management and an insight into public policy and finance.

leadership and Management This module covers management and organisational theory, and its application through management analysis, ethics and professional standards, motivation and performance management, Human Resource (HR) management, strategic and diagnosis analysis and the business-planning process. Audit and Assurance This module covers audit arrangements specific to the public services, including Audit Commission (health and local government) and National Audit Office (central government and agencies). It also looks at audit and inspection activities, including value for money and other forms of performance audit used in the public services. Financial and Performance reporting This module covers the external financial frameworks for the public services, focusing on local and central government and the National Health Service (NHS), as well as exploring the whole of government accounts procedure. The module also covers the application of current statute, regulation and professional codes of practice and the preparation and interpretation of key external financial statements. Accounting for decision Making This module covers decision making and the organisation in relation to pricing, risk assessment, performance management and cost management. Governance and Public Policy This is a unique paper in the accountancy profession. The module covers a wide range of issues impacting on public policy and the policy-making environment, such as constitutional and political structures, macroeconomic and socioeconomic factors. The module also considers issues of ethics, accountability and good governance in public life.

Financial Accounting This module covers the nature and environment of financial accounting, from double-entry bookkeeping to the preparation and use of financial statements. Management Accounting This module covers the nature and purpose of cost and management accounting, the preparation and interpretation of budgets and standard costs, and the use of cost data for decision making. Financial reporting This module covers the preparation, analysis and interpretation of financial statements. Financial Management systems and techniques This module covers the management of working capital, information systems and IT, the appraisal of an organisations finance function, project and contract management, and risk and asset management.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/cpfa
69
Public Finance This is a half module covering public expenditure and revenue through public borrowing and debt, public and private finance structuring, UK government and European financial assistance and treasury, and financial risk management. taxation This is a half module covering taxation, employee and business tax and taxefficient strategies.

CIPFA lecturers at our University are recognised leaders in their field, with strong links to the Institute, national examiner roles on behalf of CIPFA and a leading interest in public-service research.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Most senior finance managers in public services are members of the CIPFA. Membership gives access to the higherlevel management posts and chartered status. The CIPFA qualification is recognised throughout the world as the foremost public-service finance qualification in the world, and our University is the only full-time tuition provider worldwide.
Core Modules: FinAl test oF ProFessionAl CoMPetenCe (FtPC)

The FTPC comprises a large in-tray test or case study, a strategic business management module, and the submission of a portfolio of initial professional development.
AssessMent
Assessment is carried out by CIPFA.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
For the past eight years, our CIPFA course has been closely-associated with the Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) ranked journal, the Journal of Finance and Management in Public Services. Publication of the journal is co-ordinated from our University, and we are also journal sponsors.
tHe CiPFA quAliFiCAtion is reCoGnised tHrouGHout tHe world As tHe ForeMost PuBliC-serViCe FinAnCe quAliFiCAtion in tHe world, And our uniVersitY is tHe onlY Full-tiMe tuition ProVider worldwide.
70
CHildren And YounG PeoPle

MSc
keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Faculty of Health & Social Care Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a UK honours degree at a 2:1 classification or above. Candidates should normally be working, or hoping to work, in a setting where advanced practice with children and young people is relevant. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,150 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
Course oVerView
The aim of our course is to enable you to develop your expertise in critically appraising practice with children and young people from an inter-professional and contemporary perspective. It will facilitate debate on inter-professional and organisational patterns of care and service provision and the wider societal and political influences that impact on children and young people, as well as promoting effective joint working between and across sectors and agencies. Students from all professional backgrounds with an interest in children and young people will be able to enhance their intellectual and generic skills for career/ professional development on our course. It will equip you with the skills of synthesis and evaluation, so that you are able to lead or facilitate advanced and innovative practice with children and young people within an inter-professional context.
significant events in Childhood This module will enable you to choose an area of professional practice that is of personal interest, and to analyse and evaluate it in depth. You will be expected to bring a significant event from practice and be prepared to share this with the group in order to enable the development of critical evaluative skills. This will be facilitated by a formative presentation. research studies This module is designed to provide you with a critical overview of the main methodologies and designs applied to research within health and social care, professional practice, regulation and policy. It will provide you with an opportunity to explore the theoretical dilemmas that underlie the process of enquiry and its relationship to practice. The module will provide a framework within which to select, evaluate and justify the research methods chosen for your research project. Major Project The Major Project is of central importance to our Masters award. You will be expected to bring together aspects of learning from previous modules as well as using this learning as the basis for planning, conducting and writing a research or work-based project.
Core Modules
safeguarding Children and Young People In this module you will deconstruct explanations of child abuse and safeguarding children and young people, and critically reflect upon the findings. An examination of personal reflections related to children and young people, and the relevant issues, will also offer professional insight into current policy and procedure. The module will enable you to critically evaluate your own knowledge and skills which underpin your current practice and to take a more proactive and innovative stance when promoting the safeguarding of children and young people.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/cayp
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/cayp
71
AssessMent
The forms of assessment vary between modules. Assignments include the production of an action plan, essays and portfolio. A Major Project of no more than 25,000 words is also required for the Masters award.

Our University works closely with agencies which provide services for children and young people, and this course has been developed to meet the needs of practitioners from health, education and social care.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
This course enables professionals from all backgrounds working with children and young people to study together, enhancing their critical and evaluative skills. This will give you the opportunity to share your experiences with other people from a range of other disciplines relating to children and young people.
AssoCiAted CAreers
On successful completion of our course, you will be equipped with the knowledge and skills you need to develop your own careers and also develop service provision for children and young people.
tHis Course will GiVe You tHe oPPortunitY to sHAre Your eXPerienCes witH otHer PeoPle FroM A rAnGe oF otHer disCiPlines relAtinG to CHildren And YounG PeoPle.
72
CHildrens Book illustrAtion

MA
C keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences Campus Cambridge duration 1 years start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a good first degree in illustration, graphic design, fine art or another related subject. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Interviews and an art portfolio are also required. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 5,350* Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 10,500* *Total tuition fee for 1 years.
Course oVerView
Illustration at Cambridge School of Art (CSA) has recently been declared one of our Universitys areas of proven excellence. This is built on a tradition which goes back 150 years to the founding of CSA. Notable alumni include designer and war artist Edward Bawden; acclaimed graphic satirist Ronald Searle; and the founders of the TV phenomenon Spitting Image, Roger Law and Peter Fluck. The specific success of numerous undergraduates in this field led to the founding of this specialist, studio practice-based MA, which is the first of its kind in the UK. Interest in the art of illustration for children has grown considerably in recent years. Our UK heritage is particularly strong, going back to early chapbooks, through Thomas Bewick, Walter Crane, Randolph Caldecott, the golden age of Arthur Rackham and Edmund Dulac, and through the 20th century with Edward Ardizzone and Quentin Blake. Blake is the recipient of an Honorary Doctorate from our University. The increasingly global nature of todays childrens publishing industry is reflected in the research and practice of the staff team. The MA in Childrens Book Illustration is a taught studio course that focuses on the creative development and direction of each student artist. The teaching is delivered primarily by internationally recognised artists, writers and publishers who work professionally in the field of childrens book illustration. Each module requires you to propose and develop a project through negotiation with tutors, within the broad parameters of the module definition. One-toone tutorial support is seen as a key element of the student experience along with group critiques, briefings and seminars.
Core Modules
observation and experiment This module constitutes a foundation for our course. Focusing on drawing, you will propose and execute a thematic drawing project exploring a subject through observation and imagination. There is no requirement for the visual work to be consciously aimed at an audience of a particular age group. This reflects the course ethos of the importance of developing a visual language as an artist rather than pursuing preconceived notions of stylistic appropriateness. the sequential image You will propose and design a project that is presented in sequential visual form. Workshops and seminars will examine and discuss how we read visual sequence. Outcomes do not have to be aimed at children at this stage but must communicate clearly in sequential form. the diploma Project You will propose and negotiate a completed visual statement, designed to communicate with a child audience of a stated age group. Projects can vary greatly in form of outcome to include, for example, picture books, animated films, series of posters, portfolios of illustrations, and fiction or nonfiction texts for older children. Outcomes may be in any form or medium. the diploma review As the major written element of our course, you will propose and negotiate a 6,000 8,000 word essay, which places your own visual practice in the historical and contemporary context of the discipline. You will reflect on your practice, exploring personal influences and aspects of the industry that are of particular interest, historically or theoretically. The purpose of this module is to bring a more informed and reflective aspect to personal creative practice. Masters stage Project This is the final, summative project, the successful completion of which leads to the Masters award. You will negotiate and propose a substantial creative visual project which you will undertake with a mixture of scheduled group teaching and individual tutorial support. Projects will vary greatly in nature and form but will be sequential and will speak to the child.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/chbk
73
AssessMent
Assessment of the first three studio modules is weighted 80% on the visual submission and 20% on the essay produced in relation to the series of contextual study lectures that run each semester. The diploma review thesis is assessed 100% on the 6,000 8,000 word essay. The Masters Stage Project is assessed 90% on the body of visual work and 10% on the written project report. Work is normally handed in for assessment within two weeks of the final taught session of each semester.

The course has built strong links with the childrens publishing industry. The annual London graduation exhibition, which takes place in a leading West End gallery in February, is attended by representatives of most leading publishing companies and literary agencies. A more formal partnership exists between the course and Egmont UK, who work regularly with our students and provide work experience visits to their London offices.
student ProFile The course has given me the chance to challenge myself to develop my creativity. A lot of independent work is required, but I have felt supported and have been encouraged by the tutors. One of the best things about the course is that you are able to try new techniques which can be useful for your projects and future career. The printmaking and the letterpress rooms are amazing, and there are some workshops to show you how to use different techniques properly. The course offers many opportunities to make contact with publishers, through lectures or the final exhibition that takes place in a small gallery in central London. Another positive thing is that Ive met fantastic classmates who come from many different countries, and have different visions of illustration. Its very enriching to share the studio with people that have the same passion for picture books as you. Marta Alts MA Childrens Book illustration
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Our course features field trips and group excursions such as the Bologna Childrens Book Fair. Teaching staff on our course are researchers affiliated to our Universitys research institute: The Centre for Childrens Book Studies. In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) for art & design, 70% of our research work was internationally recognised, internationally excellent or, in some cases, world-leading. As a result, our income from the RAE to support our research is double our 2002 allocation.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Graduates of our course tend to aim for freelance careers as author or illustrators for children. Our course has an outstanding record of success in this area. Among the internationally-published recent graduates are Paula Metcalf, Lis Evans, Sam McCullen, Carol Liddiment, Pam Smy, Algy Hall, Anna Wadham and Kazuno Kohara.
tHis Course is tHe First oF its kind in tHe uk, And illustrAtion wAs reCentlY deClAred one oF our AreAs oF ProVen eXCellenCe.
74
CoMPuter sCienCe
MSc
keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Faculty of Science & Technology Campus Cambridge duration Up to 3 semesters start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a first degree at a 2:2 classification or above in a computer-related subject. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,000
Course oVerView
There is currently a continued growth in demand for specialists in computer science, and this course builds on the subjects core principles with a specific focus on the issues involved in implementing and maintaining an information system as well as its design and development. Our course will cover relevant aspects of software development, design and the technical infrastructures of an information system. During your studies you will be expected to develop software applications to support databases, multimedia tools, browsers and servers, and to set up the infrastructure to support them.
dissertation An independent research topic may be chosen from a departmental research group, previous or current work experience, a lecturer-suggested topic or a subject of specific interest (all subject to availability of suitable supervision).
AssessMent
A broad range of assessment methods will be used, measuring every aspect of your understanding and skilled application of the relevant technologies. These will include written assignments, software projects, presentations, and a final Dissertation module worth one-third of the total course assessment.
Core Modules
infrastructure Management and disaster recovery You will gain a detailed understanding of the design processes, equipment, and likely future trends in the IT infrastructure of a modern enterprise. Topics include resilience, scalability and system and network management. developing web Applications This module involves a study of web-based applications used in the deployment of server-side relational databases and the scripting languages involved. e-Business engineering The concepts behind what makes a successful e-business enterprise are covered, including key themes concerning the differentiation of supply chains, integration of selling chains, product procurement, and relationship management. research Methods Generic research activities common to many courses with a research element are covered, including project management and Dissertation preparation. Topics include consideration of suitable content, planning, and the use of projectmanagement software. secure systems This module will raise your awareness of the overarching IT security issues faced by business today, and will equip you with the necessary understanding to fulfil management responsibilities with regard to information security strategies.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
You will have access to specialist computer science laboratories containing a range of desktops, servers and operating systems. Those registered on our course will be able to freely obtain a range of software resources from the Microsoft Academic Alliance scheme.

Our course was developed in response to feedback from a consortium of employers local to the Cambridge area, the Cambridge Network, who have communicated a continued demand (both locally and nationally) for graduates with the skills this course provides.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Graduates might typically work as a support expert, systems administrator or internet software developer. Their Masters skills mean they would be likely to lead a team either immediately or shortly after graduation.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/cosc
75
76
ConstruCtion MAnAGeMent
MSc
C keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Science & Technology Campus Chelmsford duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold one of the following: a good honours degree in construction management or equivalent, at 2:2 classification or above an appropriate honours degree in a built environment subject at 2:2 classification or above Graduate Certificate in Construction Management awarded by our University Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB) Graduate Diploma membership at an appropriate level of a recognised construction institution, such as Royal Institute of British Architects (RIBA), Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS), Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB), Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE) a non-cognate honours degree at 2:2 classification or above, together with relevant postgraduate work experience, will be considered on an individual basis. Candidates may be invited for interview. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,000
Course oVerView
Our course will develop your knowledge and skills in the fields of management and construction management, and provide the specialist knowledge and skills you need to effectively manage construction projects. Our course is designed for built environment graduates and professionals who wish to enter a career in construction management, or further an existing career in construction management. It will provide a toolkit of key management skills which will undertake a variety of roles in the field of construction management or other management roles in the construction sector. Our course is built upon a strong management theme with specialist modules in construction management techniques, with an overarching emphasis on their practical application to the management of construction projects. Our course develops a comprehensive understanding of the role of the construction manager throughout the construction process. Emphasis is placed on the development of skills to lead and manage teams and to identify, synthesise and implement innovative managerial, organisational and technological solutions to construction-related problems.
Core Modules
Management theory and Management Practice These modules provide a strong management theme and a thorough understanding of the theories and principles of management. They will enable you to develop your own individual approach to management, which will be developed in the other modules and thereafter in your working career. As such the same theories, principles and some practices are applicable. Production Management This module provides an in-depth consideration of the specialist methods and applications required to manage the modern, complex and fast-paced construction projects, including Communications and Information Technology (CIT) systems. Procurement and supply Chain Management This module provides an in-depth consideration of the principles and practices of procurement across a wide range of different approaches and situations, including direct and integrated approaches such as supply chain management and partnering. sustainability and environmental Management This module considers with the wider developments in environmental protection and how these affect construction and how construction affects them. It examines the demands that greater environmental awareness places on the built environment.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/cnmn
77
Project strategy and Analysis This module examines a wide range of construction projects to see how the principles and practices learned during the course have been selected, adapted and applied in practice. reflective learning Portfolio This module is intended for students employed in construction organisations. You will reflectively evaluate and apply the knowledge, principles and practices learned on our course to the construction projects, situations and organisations in which you work on a day-to-day basis. economic, legal and Political Framework The wider context in which construction exists and from which it derives significant influence is provided by this module, together with an understanding of the influence and responsibilities that construction managers have on the wider environment. research design and Methods This module provides a sound understanding of the research process and a range of research methods to prepare you to undertake your Dissertation. dissertation This module provides the opportunity for you to identify and pursue a topic relevant to construction management that is of interest and in which you can develop a significant level of expertise.
AssessMent
Assessment is diverse to reflect the scope and aims of our course. You can expect to be assessed by a combination of assignments, case studies, examinations, group work and presentations.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Modules are delivered through lectures, tutorials and workshops by specialists in their field. Case studies are used to reinforce and develop your application of construction management theory and skills. Our virtual learning environment, WebCT, is used to support your learning; it provides access to teaching materials and electronic resources, including our University electronic library; lets you communicate with tutors and receive tutor feedback; and enables you to submit your work electronically.

Our course is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB) and The Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS).
AssoCiAted CAreers
Construction management is a dynamic and challenging field; it offers exciting opportunities in a variety of organisations. Successful candidates can expect to be involved in a wide range of management roles in the field of construction, as well as other management roles in the construction sector.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/cnmn
78
ConteMPorArY tHeAtre
MA
C keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold an honours degree at 2:1 classification or above in drama or a cognate discipline. Candidates may be invited to an interview where course details can be discussed. Interviews will be conducted by members of the course team. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 7.0 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 4,275 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 10,000
Course oVerView
Our course is practice-based, exploring varieties of performance at the cutting-edge of performance-making, including live and performance art, as well as innovations within traditional theatre such as new writing, multimedia and interdisciplinary performance. This focus encourages you to develop both as a researcher and performance-maker through an exploration of the relationship between theatrical innovation and the development of ideas and theoretical understanding. The integration of theory with practice is central to our teaching. The course seeks to blur the traditional distinctions between theory and practice: ideas are developed, tested and articulated by and through creative work. Taught sessions integrate critical analysis with practice-based exploration so that the combination of emphasis on process and performance, alongside theoretical and philosophical approaches, encourages you to be flexible, dynamic and informed theatre practitioners. Modules introduce a range of performance methodologies and theoretical understanding. These include: an engagement with critical and performance theories; new writing in theatre; an exploration of the work of the solo performer and the position of the self within performance; intercultural performance and the influence of non-Western performance making; and innovations in live and performance art. Critical theories will be deployed in relation to contemporary texts and, wherever possible, to new live work in dance, art, physical theatre, and/or devised performance.
Core Modules
Critical theory and Performance Practice This module introduces ideas from critical theory in relation to the innovative practices in 20th century and contemporary performance. Familiar concepts in mainstream criticism on theatre and performance (such as authorial agency, representation, character, identity, culture and meaning) will be reconsidered in relation to some major strands of critical theory. self-referential Practices This module will explore self-referential practice through critical investigations of key terminology related to notions of the self, such as subjectivity, identity and autobiography with reference to contemporary performance and live art. Self-referential practices are predominantly concerned with culturally and historically determined representations of the self and ways in which these will be challenged via strategies of resistance. The course will examine autobiographical texts in relation to actual written scripts as well as a performers/artists body as autobiographical materiality, paying specific attention to gender, sex, culture, ethnicity, class and age. Performance Cultures This module will explore the role of culture in performance-making. This could, indicatively, include a focus such as the relationship and tensions between Western and non-Western theatre cultures, at both a theoretical and practical level, or the impact of competing notions of culture on the performance process. This may include: a consideration of postcolonial performancemaking its ethics and implications; an examination of Orientalism in contemporary theatre; cultural memory; and cultural politics in performance. This module will consider the ethical considerations relevant to working between cultures and the critical tensions that have arisen from them.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/ctth
79
new Practices This module focuses on the detailed study of emergent performance work by attempting to identify and explore new performance work at the cutting-edge of experimentation. This might include new(er) performance modes, such as live art, multimedia work, biotechnology performance, digital art, site-specific events and dance theatre practices, alongside the work of appropriate companies and practitioners producing work at the time of module delivery. You will engage with current practice and theory as much as possible, in terms of seeing live examples and researching current critical address to these outputs. Major Project You may specialise in any area that our Department is able to supervise. Your project can take one of three forms: a publicly presented piece of practice, accompanied by a written critical evaluation; a series of assessed workshop investigations alongside a critical evaluation; or a 20,000 word Dissertation. You will be supported throughout the process by one-to-one staff supervision.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
You will be taught by a dedicated staff team who have extensive experience as both professional theatre practitioners and as theatre scholars and academics. In addition to our Departments own studio spaces you will have access to our Mumford Theatre and its technical staff, who fully support practical projects undertaken in our Department. The Mumford Theatre is a professional receiving house situated at the centre of our Cambridge campus.
student ProFile I have found the MA in Contemporary Theatre thoroughly enjoyable and challenging. I was initially attracted to the course design; it offered new and exciting fields of study, and opportunities to develop as a theatre practitioner and potential researcher. The course facilities are excellent and the Department keeps abreast of every new innovation, and this is reflected in the interests of the staff and their research. The emphasis is very much on personal development, and individual research is actively encouraged. Ive discovered a whole new world of research: new theorists and theories, and a whole new kick-start to my life. My horizons have been expanded and my understanding of performance as a study and a practice widened, taking me into a greater understanding of my subject than I had ever expected. I certainly did not imagine, a year ago, that it would lead to me embarking on a PhD, which I am now undertaking at Anglia Ruskin. simon Bell MA Contemporary theatre

We have fostered close links with The Junction, an arts venue in Cambridge, where you can see a variety of theatre and music performance works. Visiting artists and performers are regularly invited to give master classes and workshops across our courses.
oPtionAl Modules
AssoCiAted CAreers
This course is intended for those wishing to pursue careers in the creative industries or education, or those wishing to go on to further academic study at PhD level. You will have the opportunity to develop practical skills in conjunction with academic understanding. Thanks to our emphasis on versatility, innovation, intelligence and creativity, our graduates offer a diverse and exciting range of skills to employers in a variety of areas. Research shows that the study of theatre to an enhanced level provides the ideal training for any position requiring quick thinking, self-reliance, creativity, teamwork and the ability to organise both yourself and others.
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/ctth
AssessMent
Each module offers theoretical and practical assessments, including traditional forms and more innovative methods seeking to draw both approaches together. There are opportunities to work in groups and as solo performers, and you are encouraged to develop both as a researcher and as a creative artist. The emphasis is on independent learning with clear support through workshops, seminars and individual tutorials.
80
CorPorAte GoVernAnCe
MA/Grad ICSA
C keY FACts
Faculty Ashcroft International Business School Campus Chelmsford duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start date September entry requirements Candidates are normally expected to hold a degree from a UK university at a minimum of a 2:2 classification. However, a 2:1 is preferred. Work experience is also preferred, if possible. Holders of other awards, including those from non-UK universities, will be considered on the equivalence of their qualifications. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 7.0 or equivalent. Our course is open to candidates who have successfully completed the ICSA Foundation (ICSA Certificate) and Pre-Professional Programmes (ICSA Diploma), or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our course is taught in an integrated fashion, so that the links between the various subjects are considered in the context of corporate governance as a whole. It asks why? rather than the how? of a non-academic course. Extensive use is made throughout each module of guest speakers with practical experience of corporate secretaryship or governance. Uniquely, our Faculty teaches corporate secretaryship using the same blueprint software used by major commercial organisations to fulfil their statutory record-keeping responsibilities.

Corporate Governance and the shareholder This module will examine principally theoretical aspects of the subject and concentrate on the inward-looking element of governance that affects the relationship between the corporation and the shareholder. One of the main focuses for the design of this module has been the further development of relevant employability and professional skills. Corporate Governance and the stakeholder This module will develop the theoretical basis further and extend it to an examination of the outward-facing aspect of corporate social responsibility. Finance for non-financial Managers This module covers a range of financial skills and knowledge expected of non-financial managers, but it is not intended to be a comprehensive module in accountancy. The focus of the module is the operational financial issues most likely to be faced by managers; budgets, budgetary control and decision making. staff Management trusts and Pensions This module is designed principally with the needs of aspiring chartered company secretaries in mind. It is structured to critically examine the role and responsibilities of the chartered secretary in relation to the management of staff and the associated issue of pensions and trusts.
APPlY online:
tHe Course is desiGned on tHe FoundAtion oF AskinG wHY? rAtHer tHAn How? oF A non-ACAdeMiC Course.
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/corp
81

Corporate secretaryship This module is designed to satisfy the professional (Grad ICSA) requirements of the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators (ICSA) with respect to the basic professional competences required of a chartered secretary intending to practise. The law requires that a company secretary be appointed to every company and, as the primary adviser to the board, the role is one of pivotal importance given the increasing significance of corporate governance. Company law This module will provide you with a detailed awareness of the various options for operating a business and the legal significance of such options. It will consider the relationship with management and control, and analyse how this can be managed both formally and informally within the parameters of the law. international strategic Financial Management The primary objective of this module is to provide a conceptual and analytical framework for looking at organisations operating internationally in capital, financial and operational markets. To this end, international and global considerations, both quantitative and qualitative, will be given high prominence.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/corp
AssessMent
Assessment is via assignment (extended essay), presentation and examination.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Graduates of our course have entered the professions; joined regulatory agencies and entered commercial careers. Many of our students are from the public sector.
student ProFile As a mature student returning to study after several years of working overseas, choosing the right university was very important to me I wanted to feel like more than just a number. Overall, my experience of studying at the University was a pleasurable one. I enjoyed the opportunity to study full-time, over one year, having spent many years working and studying part-time. I was able to interact with other students from many different backgrounds and I made use of the full resources available to me in the University Library. I completed my course as an ICSA graduate, which meant that I was able to apply immediately for Associate Membership of the ICSA. Completion of my course also led to a promotion at work. I am now the assistant company Secretary of Britvic Plc, reporting directly to the Company Secretary. Vanessa lewis MA/Grad iCsA Corporate Governance
Core Modules: MA
dissertation/Major Project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters stage project or Dissertation. research Methods for Managers This module will provide you with the appropriate knowledge, skills and abilities to effectively carry out a piece of small-scale business or management research. A particular emphasis will be placed upon developing your skills towards your workplace-based Masters Dissertation or project.
82
CreAtiVe MusiC teCHnoloGY

MA
C keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold an honours degree at a 2:1 classification in creative music technology, or music with a strong music technology element, or a related degree accompanied by evidence of practical experience in music technology and software tools for composition and sound design/editing. Candidates may be required to produce a portfolio or attend an interview to establish their suitability if they hold a related honours degree that shows promise and relevance to our course. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 4,275 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 10,000
Course oVerView
Our course will equip you with a range of practical knowledge and skills for the application of music technology to a variety of other media. You will develop an advanced level of knowledge and understanding of aesthetic, technical and creative approaches to the application of digital music to a range of different media, such as film and video. Additionally, you will explore and develop interactive compositions, focusing on the interface between machine and human gesture. You will take four core modules for the Masters award, which capture different multimedia scenarios ranging from traditional applications of music to image to more complex interactions between music, the performer and digital information. Our course will also provide professional advice on preparing a music portfolio for the media industry, as well as on the presentation and planning of musical media art. The Major Project will enable you to prepare an individually negotiated project that will emphasise professional and autonomous application. The Major Project is the most sustained piece of work on our course. It may comprise a composition (or other creative artefact) or an installation both of which must be supported by a written critical evaluation/contextualisation, or an extended Dissertation. This module enables you to demonstrate your ability to raise and investigate significant questions in relation to your specialist research area, either through composition and/or academic writing. Our course is delivered through weekly seminars in state-of-the-art electronic music laboratories. Within these environments it is possible to critically evaluate your own work and that of other students. The presentation of work to fellow students, and both self and peer review, forms an important part of our learning and teaching strategies. Course materials are available via the internet and use virtual learning environments and other web-based methods of communication to enable continuous interaction between our tutors and students.
Core Modules
resources for Media This module provides an opportunity for you to familiarise yourself with the variety of software and hardware options available for your work. Key hardware and software components will be investigated, and you will have the opportunity to use and experiment with these resources. Issues studied and methods used will depend on projects undertaken. However, a variety of module-specific tasks will also be undertaken. These will be primarily practical in nature, and will involve ensuring that you obtain a keen understanding of contemporary technical resource issues. Perspectives on sonic Art Practice You will be equipped with appropriate theoretical and practical skills relevant to the creation and critical understanding of sonic art practice in relation to different cultural, historical, practical and theoretical contexts. You will experience a guided exploration through key areas involving contemporary sonic-art practice, including site-specific sonic installations, soundwalks, cinema for the ears, hardware hacking, creative sonification, algorithmic and generative approaches to sonic-art, sonic intermedia and multimedia, media art, live performance and live-coding. Composing Music for Film This module will prepare you for the different working scenarios you are likely to encounter in the audiovisual industry. It will equip you with the technical skills, theoretical understanding and cultural awareness needed to create successful audiovisual work for a variety of contemporary applications. During seminars, our module tutor will examine the role of sound and music in a broad range of audiovisual work, charting the historical evolution of film-with-sound from its very beginnings to contemporary digital practice. Marketing Music This module involves a critical exploration of the nature of the market as a defining context in which music and other sonic work is experienced. You will be introduced to the theoretical and practical issues surrounding creative work viewed as intellectual property in the public domain.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/mumd
83
Major Project You may specialise in any area that our Department is able to supervise. Your project can take one of the following forms: a composition or other creative artefact, accompanied by a written critical evaluation; an installation alongside a critical evaluation; or a 20,000 word Dissertation. You will be supported throughout the process by one-to-one staff supervision.

We have fostered close links with a range of industry partners, including The Junction, an arts venue in Cambridge, where you can see a variety of theatrical and musical performances; Hazard Chase, one of the leading international music management companies; and the Britten Sinfonia, one of Europes most celebrated and innovative chamber orchestras. We are also an Appleapproved Training Centre. We encourage composers, performers and technologists to collaborate in creative and innovative performance. Each year there are two or three public concerts of material written, arranged and performed by our students. We are a substantial contributor to, and supporter of, the annual Kettles Yard New Music Mornings in Cambridge.
oPtionAl Modules
student ProFile I was attracted to this course because of the combination of creative and technical modules, especially composing music for film, which is particularly relevant as I want to work as a composer for media after I complete my Masters. The University is well-equipped, with facilities including software programmes such as Logic Pro and MAX/MSP, which I have found useful in training for a career in music media. Overall, the course is wellstructured and I have found the teachers helpful and inspiring. Makis Maniadakis MA Creative Music technology
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/mumd
AssessMent
Assessment is via the preparation of portfolios that demonstrate developmental, analytical, creative and technical responses to given tasks, in addition to substantial pieces of self-generated creative work.
AssoCiAted CAreers
A range of career opportunities will be open to successful graduates, encompassing areas such as: composing for film and television; musical post-production work; composing for commercial and corporate video; sound designing; music editing; composing for video games; and new media and music software development. Employers will find that graduates of our course will have a thorough grounding in practical approaches to music and media. They will also be in command of concepts and terminology appropriate at an advanced level, allowing for critical thinking and an informed creative approach to project developments.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Teaching is provided by first-class, research-active staff who are recognised, nationally and internationally, as experts in their field and who are often professional practitioners. Our music provision was rated excellent by the governments Teaching Quality Assessment exercise. In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise (RAE), set up to monitor the quality of research in UK universities, 80% of our Departments work was judged to be of international standard, with 20% judged to be either internationally excellent or world-leading.
84
CreAtiVe writinG
MA
keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a first degree at a 2:1 classification. Candidates without a 2:1 will be considered on an individual basis. Candidates must also submit a writing portfolio and a letter of application. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 7.0 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 4,275 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our course is intended for candidates who are seriously committed to writing fiction. You should be a practising (but not necessarily published) author who wants to develop your skills in a relaxed and stimulating literary and intellectual environment. The main aim of our course is to help you develop creative and imaginative skills which you can use professionally, whether as full-time writers or in related areas, such as publishing and the media. During the course you will examine your own writing critically through the close observation of the skills and techniques of established writers. The special topic option provides opportunities for writing in different modes such as Performance, Screenwriting, Poetry or Genre Fiction.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/cwri
AssessMent
In addition to weekly reading, writing exercises, and peer critiques, you will submit one piece of writing of up to 4,500 words for each module you take, plus a critical reflection on your work and your writing process. The final project, due at the end of the course, requires a portfolio of up to 15,000 words (including the critical commentary). Individual tutorials are built into each module. You can consult a Royal Literary Fund fellow for additional one-to-one work on your writing.
Core Modules
Patterns of story: Fiction and its Forms This literary history course for writers, examines the novel from its formation in the 18th century and asks you to work with traditional and experimental literary forms. workshop: the short story In this workshop-based module you will study and practise the techniques of shortstory writing. Tasks include writing, reading, critical reflection and detailed peer critiques. workshop: the novel In this module you study and practice novel-writing. The workshop format puts your novels in progress at the centre of the curriculum: peer critiques help develop a given chapter as well as examining the techniques of novelistic craft in practice. Seminars also include lecture and discussion, and some structured exercises, on topics including characterisation, dialogue, plot structure, narrative voice, setting, time frames and time sequencing. writing: special topic This module gives you the opportunity to study a specialised genre with one or more practitioners. Recent topics have included genre fiction with a focus on crime and mystery) and writing for performance, including units on writing for the stage, screenwriting, and performing ones own work. Future topics might include writing for children, creative non-fiction, or poetry.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Our Department was awarded an excellent in the last national assessment of teaching quality and 95% of our work submitted in the last Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) was judged to be of international standard, with 60% judged to be either internationally excellent or world-leading. This places us amongst the top departments in the country for teaching quality and research expertise. Our Department and Faculty each offer a wide-ranging research seminar series of papers by staff and visiting speakers. You are welcome to attend and to present your own research.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our degree will help prepare you to pursue a career as an author, or in related areas such as publishing and the media.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/cwri
85
student ProFile Taking the MA in Creative Writing is, without doubt, one of the best decisions I have made in recent years. The MA has been pivotal to my development as an early career writer. It has provided me with a core set of skills on which to build, and feedback to enable me to refine my work to find its hard, bright edge. One of the most valuable aspects of the course has been the opportunity for me to develop my interest in art and writing. I am now writing a series of stories that explore the work of British artist Julian Opie. Guin Glasfurd-Brown MA Creative writing Guin has won first prize in the National Galleries of Scotland Prize for a story she wrote that responds to a painting, Imagine You Are Driving, in the gallery. The competition is co-sponsored by the Scottish Poetry Library and English Speaking Union and The Scotsman. Guins story will be published in The Scotsman and in a collection of winning work in 2011.
86
Cultures And orGAnisAtionAl leAdersHiP

MA
C keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold a good honours degree or equivalent in a relevant discipline. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our new, cross-Faculty Masters is to be delivered jointly by staff from our Ashcroft International Business School (AIBS) and our Faculty of Arts, Law and Social Sciences (ALSS) and located within the Department of English, Communication, Film and Media. Our course is of interest to practising managers from small and medium-sized enterprises or public institutions, as well as outstanding graduates from both business and humanities backgrounds. The focus of our course is reflected in a highly interdisciplinary staff group that includes distinguished lecturers from AIBS and ALSS, as well as senior managers from global enterprises such as Bosch and Proquest Publishing. Our four core modules introduce and critically interrogate a range of current theoretical debates in the field of intercultural and transcultural communication, international management and leadership. Within this theoretical framework, all modules address very practical questions of cultural differences and interconnectedness supporting current and future leaders of private and public organisations in effectively managing an increasingly culturally diverse workforce.
Core Modules
impacts of Migration This module explores the push and pull factors which stimulate migration to Europe, and investigates the impact of cultural difference and interconnectedness at a national, regional and local level. international leadership This module investigates recurring themes and dilemmas of leadership in different ages and different cultural settings. You will familiarise yourself with the various theoretical frameworks and identify your own development needs in leadership and followership. intercultural relations and Communication This module examines the development of relations, communication styles and values between individuals and groups of different cultural backgrounds. It does so within the framework of intercultural theory and pragmatics. leading the Contemporary organisation This module explores critical issues in contemporary organisational life and develops management competences needed to lead organisations in the private, public and charitable sectors. Major Project Our Major Project module supports you in the preparation and submission of a Masters Dissertation. Your Dissertation may be research-based or more practical, depending on your own particular choice and career plans.
A HiGHlY interdisCiPlinArY stAFF GrouP tHAt inCludes senior MAnAGers FroM GloBAl enterPrises suCH As BosCH And ProJeCt PuBlisHinG.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/corl
87
AssessMent
A variety of assessment strategies is used to enable you to demonstrate a range of skills, particularly with regard to your knowledge, experience and practice. For example, a module might require you to make a presentation or to write a research proposal, in which case the word length of the essay will be reduced (e.g. 3,500 essay plus 3,000 word research proposal in Leading the Contemporary Organisation).

We have links with the National Health Service (NHS), Bosch, Proquest Publishing and Motorola.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our course reflects the needs and interests expressed by senior leaders in global enterprises who are looking to recruit interculturally competent managers, and who have volunteered to join our Advisory Board. It is expected that our course will prepare you for a career in international business in both the private and public sectors, national organisations such as the NHS, and local administration bodies with a focus on the effects of migration and diaspora. All forms of international organisations require people with skills in general management and aspiring to leadership positions. Human resources departments, in particular, need people with training and consulting skills to assist in the delivery of services and products to clients/consumers of multiple cultural backgrounds.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Our new course is distinctive in: combining intellectual rigour with vocational and transferable skills enhancing your employment opportunities in areas such as international business, national organisations with a migration and diaspora focus, and globally working cultural industries developing and strengthening links with industry and public organisations at local, national and international level encouraging and supporting research in intercultural and transcultural communication, international management and leadership theory bringing together expertise from two of our Faculties to offer a multidisciplinary focus on issues that span economy and society.
tutor ProFile Our MA in Cultures and Organisational Leadership addresses very practical questions of cultural difference and interconnectedness in supporting current and future leaders of private and public organisations in effectively managing a workforce which is increasingly complex, both culturally and geographically. To enhance your career opportunities, this course will be taught by a combination of subject specialists from our business school and humanities areas, as well as senior managers from global enterprises and public-sector bodies. Overall, it offers further development opportunities for those who intend to seek a career in international business, national organisations with a focus on migration and diaspora, and/or globally-oriented cultural and creative industries. Prof. Guido rings Professor of Postcolonial studies, director of research unit for intercultural and transcultural studies and Pathway leader of MA intercultural Communication in europe
88
dnA AnAlYsis
MSc
keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Faculty of Science & Technology Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree in a subject such as biology, chemistry, forensic science, biochemistry, biomedical science or genetics. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 7,200 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,500
Course oVerView
Our MSc in DNA Analysis involves study at the leading edge of molecular biosciences. It provides an opportunity to work with world-leading institutions, including the Forensic Science Service laboratories in Huntingdon, Addenbrookes Hospital, Cambridge University and the Sanger Centre. Our course will instil the highest level of understanding of the theory and application of DNA analysis as required in a career in academic or industrial genetics. Our facilities include state-of-the-art DNA sequencing equipment, new genetic clean room facilities, the largest accessible human osteological collection in England, and an internationally-renowned anthropological research output.
specialised topics This module will enable you to customise your course of study to include subject areas not otherwise covered in the course, and in which you may well have personal expertise or other professional interest. research Methods and Preparation This module represents a pilot phase in which laboratory consumables are negotiated and ordered, techniques tested, and preliminary results obtained. The pilot project will determine whether your project can be carried through to the full project phase. Masters research Project This module will require you to undertake a significant research project in your chosen field of study and to present the results of that research in a thesis prepared to the highest scientific professional standards.
Core Modules
Applied Genetic Analysis This module develops the theoretical and practical application of genetics, concentrating on forensic science and biomedical applications. The techniques considered will include the detection of DNA polymorphisms, various marker systems used to ascertain DNA profiles, complex profiles and low copy number DNA. Molecular Genetics and Bioinformatics This module aims to establish a core understanding of genetics to underpin the techniques of laboratory work taught in other parts of this course. The application of bioinformatics is also covered. techniques of dnA Analysis This module provides the basic tools for practical DNA analysis, including extraction and analysis from quantitation, primary DNA analysis such as restriction fragment length polymorphisms, the Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) and a variety of post-PCR analysis and sequencing techniques.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/dnaa
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/dnaa
89
AssessMent
Modules will be assessed by a combination of written reports from your practical sessions (either laboratory- or computer laboratory-based) and final exams. For the Masters Research Project module, submission of a thesis and a presentation are required.

We have excellent working relationships with a number of forensic science practitioners, including several police forces, the Forensic Science Service and a number of University Departments.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
All of the lecturers on our course are experienced forensic practitioners and most are actively engaged with case work. The equipment base is mostly new and all the laboratories have been recently refurbished. Our instrument rooms are air-conditioned and we have state-ofthe-art facilities in gene sequencing, drug analysis, isotope ratio mass spectrometry and forensic spectroscopy.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our course is designed for both graduate students and forensic practitioners who wish to gain both practical and theoretical knowledge with regard to genetic technologies and DNA analysis.
All oF tHe leCturers on tHe Course Are eXPerienCed ForensiC PrACtitioners And Most Are ACtiVelY enGAGed witH CAse work.
90
drAMAtHerAPY
MA
keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences Campus Cambridge duration 2 years start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a first degree or equivalent in drama, performing arts or a related subject. Candidates should have a minimum of one year or equivalent clinical/field work experience, preferably working with children or adults in a caring capacity, including teaching, social work, mental health and community drama. Interviews, Criminal Records Bureau checks and occupational health clearance are also required. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent at entry stage, and at least IELTS 7.0 or equivalent at the end of the course. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 8,375* *Total tuition fee for 2 years.
Course oVerView
Our MA in Dramatherapy provides you with professional training in dramatherapy with an emphasis on clinical placements and an introduction to various dramatherapy approaches. Alongside our well-established MA in Music Therapy, through separate and some shared teaching, this course trains suitable, experienced practitioners at Masters level, adhering to UK professional standards. Our course qualifies you to work as a dramatherapist and, pending official approval, successful candidates will be eligible for registration with the Health Professions Council. You will be expected to involve yourself in self-reflection in small- and large-group activities, lectures, dramatic activity through role play, myths, story-telling, autobiographical improvisation, case discussion and theoretical analysis. A significant component of experiential learning is undertaken through tutorials and supervision groups, embracing a central teaching style. Clinical placements are key to the experience. You will benefit from learning about the latest effective dramatherapy approaches with adults and children. Connections between the body and mind will be emphasised and you will draw on your previous training/ experience in theatre, drama and the clinical field. Through this experience you will learn about how dramatherapists create methods to engage clients in effecting psychological, emotional and social changes.
Core Modules
Practical and Clinical skills (Year one) Improvisation/role play/enactment skills are taught in small groups. You will be encouraged to attend theatre performances and compile a portfolio of reflections of relevance to autobiographical and client expressive forms. Multi-disciplinary theoretical studies (Year one) Foundations of clinical knowledge and theoretical understanding of dramatherapy and other related disciplines are taught by leaders in the field. Theory and practice are linked, through workshops and presentations by the core team and other experts. Clinical Placements and experiential development Modules (Years one and two) You will undertake block placements in at least three clinical fields, including in the community, schools, hospitals, and hospices in years one and two. University-based small supervision groups will support you for casework, and supervision from qualified therapists on placements will also be provided. You will work with a variety of patients/clients and in multidisciplinary teams. Weekly experiential workshops will encourage reflection on your clinical and training experiences. In year two, there are two three-month placements across two different settings or one six-month case, which will be supported by supervision and further dramatherapy workshops. theoretical/Major Project (Year two) This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters Dissertation or Major Project. Your Dissertation may be research or more clinically oriented, depending on your choice.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/dram
1 Tuition fees stated in this Prospectus are for the academic year 2011/12 and are correct at time of going to print. The tuition fees stated are applicable to that academic year only unless otherwise indicated. Please note that tuition fees may be subject to review. The overseas tuition fee for this course was unavailable at the time of going to print. For up-to-date information please email alssinternationaladmissions@anglia.ac.uk
91
AssessMent
Assessment takes place against clear criteria and learning outcomes which you will be made aware of and prepared for. Assessed activities range from formal essay-writing to experiential learning, group learning, clinical improvisation and fieldwork, including clinical placements. You will also be assessed through selfanalysis and reflection, in discussion with your personal tutor.

Investing in this course will enable you to gain a qualification which, on successful completion, will permit you to register with the Health Professions Council (pending the next approval visit). This is a legal requirement for practising dramatherapists in the UK. Our course also has close links with the British Association of Dramatherapists and other allied health professions through staff members who hold national offices in these organisations. There are strong links with other practitioners, such as psychotherapists, other arts therapists, psychiatrists and multidisciplinary teams. Most teaching staff are also practitioners (employed in a variety of settings) and researchers. This makes for a strong professional profile, and we have established collaborations with institutions across the world, providing a rich interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary milieu.
tutor ProFile The new dramatherapy course at our University will provide you with diverse clinical placement experiences in a variety of settings, including a unique experience of mother-infant/ toddler observations, linking this to dramatherapy theory and practice, and will (subject to successful Health Professions Council [HPC] approval) enable you to learn alongside music therapy students on the existing established HPCapproved course. Prof. Helen odell-Miller deputy Head Music & Performing Arts department and Head of Music therapy training
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Dramatherapy at our University is a newly established course, situated within our thriving Music and Performing Arts Department. Drama at our University scored 94% in the 2008 National Student Survey, and Music Therapy research was rated world-leading in the recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE). Our course offers intensive clinical placements similar to that of a working dramatherapist. You will have the opportunity to work with patients/clients and gain experiential learning as well as experience of other arts therapies.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Dramatherapists are employed within a variety of contexts, such as the National Health Service (NHS), social services, the education sector and in community projects. There are also opportunities to work privately or on a freelance basis. A qualified dramatherapist is able to work with a broad range of clients, including adults and children with learning difficulties and mental health problems, and other special needs. Settings include prisons, hospices and other related outreach areas, and sometimes with patients in medical environments. The NHS Agenda for Change has led to improved career paths, with dramatherapists now being employed at levels similar to, or higher than, those of other allied health professions.
92
eduCAtion PriMArY
PGCE
keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Education Campus Chelmsford & University Centre Peterborough duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree at a 2:2 classification or above from a recognised university. Candidates are required to hold GCSEs in English language, mathematics and science at grade C or above. Candidates are required to have at least two weeks recent UK experience in a state primary classroom. Interviews and Criminal Records Bureau checks are also required. tuition fees Home (UK/EU Students) PGCE = 3,290 1 Overseas (Non-EU Students) PGCE = 9,500 2
Course oVerView
Our one-year, full-time Postgraduate Certificate of Education (PGCE) leads to Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) as a primary teacher. Our teacher training for primary teachers covers Key Stages 1 and 2 (ages 511) or early primary (ages 37). Our course integrates professional practice with academic enquiry. You will explore the different ways in which pupils develop and learn, and how you can support and develop learning. Our course will prepare you to teach the whole primary curriculum. You will be introduced to creativity, communication, English, mathematics, modern-language teaching, science, foundation subjects and professional values through a variety of approaches, including workshops, lectures, online activities, seminars, and classroombased activities. Our sessions are enjoyable, interactive and demanding. Our course is offered at Masters degree level only.
qualifying school experience This module will develop your confidence and competence to lead learning and meet the professional standards to achieve Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). You will also be prepared for your induction year as a Newly Qualified Teacher (NQT). theories, themes and issues in education This module will focus on your professional development as determined by your Personal Development Planning (PDP) and integrates theory and practice through delivery in professional settings. You will explore theories and principles of teaching and learning, the derivation and design of the curriculum and the role of schools and education within the wider community. You will engage with national strategies, frameworks and international dimensions that will inform your management of teaching and learning. the thematic Curriculum Taking a thematic approach and delivered as a series of workshops, this module will develop innovative and imaginative approaches to the delivery of the primary curriculum through the identification of appropriate themes and topics. Underpinned by the subjects covered in the Essential Curriculum module and the foundation areas of learning, including modern foreign languages, you will consider the implications for your first school experience in taking a thematic approach to teaching and learning.
Core Modules
the essential Curriculum This practice-focused module will explore the place and purpose of the core subjects of literacy and language, mathematics and Information and Communications Technology (ICT) within the primary curriculum. You will have the opportunity to learn about subject pedagogy and to explore its application in a school context. developing Classroom Practice This module will provide you with an initial experience of teaching and learning in a primary school environment. You will observe and shadow a classroom teacher and a range of other practitioners who support learning in the primary classroom and school. This will enable you to develop an awareness and understanding of the context of primary learning, which is critical preparation for practice.
How to APPlY:
Apply via the Graduate Teacher Training Registry. CliCk: www.gttr.ac.uk
1 UK/EU PGCE tuition fees stated in this Prospectus are for academic year 2010/11. These tuition fees will be increased for entry in 2011/12 in line with the national increase in full-time undergraduate fees when announced by The Department of Business, Innovation and Skills (BIS). 2 Overseas PGCE tuition fees stated in this Prospectus are for academic year 2011/12. The tuition fees are applicable to that academic year only unless otherwise stated. Please note that tuition fees may be subject to review.
93
AssessMent
A variety of assessment methods are used, including school-based tasks, plans, evaluations, case studies, presentations, written assignments, observations and portfolios. These have been carefully designed to provide you with a variety of ways of reaching success. You will have the opportunity to assess your own progress through core subject audits and to undertake supported independent study. During each block of school experience you will be assessed against the government standards for the award of Qualified Teacher Status.

On completion of our course, we will recommend you for Qualified Teacher Status. This will then be confirmed by the General Teaching Council for England.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Following on from our course, you will be ideally-equipped to enter the teaching profession. Employment prospects are good, with many of our partnership schools employing former trainee teachers from our University.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
You will be placed in two different schools during our course to enable you to meet the professional standards for Qualified Teacher Status. Your school experiences total a minimum of 18 weeks and will cover the full age range you are training to teach. The taught part of our course and the school experience run concurrently. You will be supported by a named mentor in the school and a link tutor from our University. You will also spend time in an educational setting away from a school.
tHis deMAndinG, interACtiVe And HiGHlY enJoYABle Course oFFers PlentY oF PlACeMent eXPerienCe And leAds to quAliFied teACHer stAtus.
94
eduCAtion seCondArY Art And desiGn

PGCE
e keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Education Campus Chelmsford duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree at a 2:2 classification or equivalent, at least half of which should be in the subject you wish to teach. Candidates are required to hold GCSEs in English and mathematics at grade C or above. An art portfolio, enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure, occupational health clearance and interviews are required. We are happy to consider applications from those who have taken Training and Development Agency for Schools (TDA) subject enhancement or extension courses. tuition fees Home (UK/EU Students) PGCE = 3,290 1 Overseas (Non-EU Students) PGCE = 9,500 2
Course oVerView
Our Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) is a one-year, full-time qualification that will prepare you to be a subject-specialist art and design secondary school teacher working with pupils aged 1116 years and beyond. Our course will develop your theoretical and practical understanding of secondary education and its contemporary issues, and to enable you to meet current professional standards as a practising teacher. 60 of the 120 credits on our course will be at Masters degree level. Throughout your studies you will explore the different ways in which pupils and young people learn, and how you can support this process. You will examine the importance of professional values as well as classroom organisation and management. Key themes will include working with parents and other professionals, creativity, equality, inclusion and Information Communication Technology (ICT). In particular, our course will focus on developing the pedagogical understanding and professional knowledge you need to teach your specialist subject (art and design) to 1116 year-olds, and will include practical tasks and activities that can be completed with pupils. We will provide you with opportunities to reflect on strategies for learning and teaching and to develop your subject knowledge, as well as consider national policies and initiatives. Primarily concerned with meeting the professional standards required by the appropriate bodies, our course is also about supporting you in developing the abilities and confidence to become an inspired and inspiring teacher.
Core Modules
initial school experience This module will focus on the development of professional practice skills: planning, preparation, delivery and evaluation in a practical context with the support of an experienced mentor. This module will provide you with an initial experience of teaching and learning in a secondary school environment. You will have the opportunity to observe, shadow and interact with a range of professionals. qualifying school experience This module is designed to develop your confidence and competence to lead learning and meet the professional standards to achieve Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). You will also be prepared for your induction year as a Newly Qualified Teacher (NQT). theories, themes and issues in education This module will focus on your professional development as determined by your Personal Development Planning (PDP) and integrates theory and practice through delivery in professional settings. You will explore theories and principles of teaching and learning, the derivation and design of the curriculum and the role of schools and education within the wider community. knowledge and Pedagogy This module will enable you to organise, synthesise and disaggregate your subject knowledge to provide access, progress and assessment for the benefit of the children and young people with whom you will work. You will have an opportunity to develop a philosophy for teaching your subject discretely and in a cross-curricular context. Curriculum and Pedagogy This module will enable you to apply and evaluate your subject pedagogy, focusing on the practical aspects of your subject. It reconceptualises topics covered in Knowledge and Pedagogy, with an emphasis on developing the delivery of subject knowledge or skills. You will consider the role of your subject in enhancing the capacity of children and young people to learn.
How to APPlY:
95
AssessMent
You will be assessed on your practical teaching ability through a series of formal observations during the year. These are carried out by your placement schools and are moderated by our University tutors. Academic assignments will enable you to develop your own subject knowledge and to become familiar with the literature and research around teaching your subject. In addition, you will keep a professional development portfolio to provide evidence that you have met the standards for qualifying to teach.

AssoCiAted CAreers
After graduating, you will be equipped to enter the teaching profession as a secondary school art and design teacher.
work PlACeMents
You will undertake two school placements, where you will be supported by a supervisor from our University as well as a school-based mentor. Additionally, you will complete an alternative placement in an appropriate educational setting, such as a museum or art gallery. You will also spend time in a primary school in order to appreciate teaching and learning prior to the beginning of your career in secondary education.
we will HelP You deVeloP tHe ABilities And ConFidenCe to BeCoMe An insPired And insPirinG teACHer.
96
eduCAtion seCondArY BioloGY

PGCE
e keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Education Campus Chelmsford & University Centre Peterborough duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree at a 2:2 classification or equivalent, at least half of which should be in the subject you wish to teach. We welcome candidates who have significant work experience in science-related industries. Candidates are required to hold GCSEs in English and mathematics at grade C or above. An enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure, occupational health clearance and interviews are required. We are happy to consider applications from those who have taken Training and Development Agency for Schools (TDA) subject enhancement or extension courses. tuition fees Home (UK/EU Students) PGCE = 3,290 1 Overseas (Non-EU Students) PGCE = 9,500 2
Course oVerView
Our Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) is a one-year, full-time qualification that will prepare you to be a subject-specialist art and design secondary school teacher working with pupils aged 1116 years and beyond. Our course will develop your theoretical and practical understanding of secondary education and its contemporary issues, and will enable you to meet current professional standards as a practising teacher. 60 of the 120 credits on our course will be at Masters degree level. Throughout your studies you will explore the different ways in which pupils and young people learn, and how you can support this process. You will examine the importance of professional values as well as classroom organisation and management. Key themes will include working with parents and other professionals, creativity, equality, inclusion and Information Communication Technology (ICT). In particular, our course will focus on developing the pedagogical understanding and professional knowledge you need to teach your specialist subject (biology) to 1116 year-olds, and will include practical tasks and activities that can be completed with pupils. We will provide you with opportunities to reflect on strategies for learning and teaching and to develop your subject knowledge, as well as consider national policies and initiatives. Primarily concerned with meeting the professional standards required by the appropriate bodies, our course is also about supporting you in developing the abilities and confidence to become an inspired and inspiring teacher.
Core Modules
initial school experience This module will focus on the development of professional practice skills: planning, preparation, delivery and evaluation in a practical context with the support of an experienced mentor. This module provides an initial experience of teaching and learning in a secondary school environment. You will have the opportunity to observe, shadow and interact with a range of professionals. qualifying school experience This module is designed to develop your confidence and competence to lead learning and meet the professional standards to achieve Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). You will also be prepared for your induction year as a Newly Qualified Teacher (NQT). theories, themes and issues in education This module will focus on your professional development as determined by your Personal Development Planning (PDP) and integrates theory and practice through delivery in professional settings. You will explore theories and principles of teaching and learning, the derivation and design of the curriculum and the role of schools and education within the wider community. knowledge and Pedagogy This module will enable you to organise, synthesise and disaggregate your subject knowledge to provide access, progress and assessment for the benefit of the children and young people with whom you will work. You will have an opportunity to develop a philosophy for teaching your subject discretely and in a cross-curricular context. Curriculum and Pedagogy This module will enable you to apply and evaluate your subject pedagogy, focusing on the practical aspects of your subject. It reconceptualises topics covered in Knowledge and Pedagogy, with an emphasis on developing the delivery of subject knowledge or skills. You will consider the role of your subject in enhancing the capacity of children and young people to learn.
How to APPlY:
97
AssessMent

AssoCiAted CAreers
After graduating, you will be equipped to enter the teaching profession as a secondary science teacher.
student ProFile The training and practice on my course, together with some high-quality mentoring, has put me in a good position to meet the Qualified Teacher Status standards and start my teaching career. The ability to practise in schools locally has been a great way to develop opportunities for my first teaching post. The real-world demands of teaching and the close support offered by school staff have made the abstract pedagogy lectures real and have helped me to improve my professional practice, as well as teaching me the unstated facts about how school communities work in our society. Carlos Huggins Postgraduate Certificate in education secondary science
work PlACeMents
You will undertake two school placements, where you will be supported by a supervisor from our University as well as a school-based mentor. Additionally, you will complete an alternative placement in an appropriate educational setting. You will also spend time in a primary school in order to appreciate teaching and learning prior to the beginning of your career in secondary education.
tHis Course oFFers A suPerB MiX oF essentiAl skills, An understAndinG oF tHe lAtest PoliCies And initiAtiVes, And PrACtiCAl work eXPerienCe.
98
eduCAtion seCondArY CHeMistrY

PGCE
e keY FACts
Course oVerView
Our Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) is a one-year full-time qualification that will prepare you to be a subject-specialist science secondary school teacher working with pupils aged 1116 years and beyond. Our course will develop your theoretical and practical understanding of secondary education and its contemporary issues, and enable you to meet current professional standards as a practising teacher. 60 of the 120 credits will be at Masters degree level. Throughout your studies you will explore the different ways in which pupils and young people learn, and how you can support this process. You will examine the importance of professional values as well as classroom organisation and management. Key themes will include working with parents and other professionals, creativity, equality, inclusion, and Information Communication Technology (ICT). In particular, this course will focus on developing the pedagogical understanding and professional knowledge you need to teach your specialist subject (chemistry) to 11-16 year-olds, and will include practical tasks and activities that can be completed with pupils. We will provide you with opportunities to reflect on strategies for learning and teaching and to develop your subject knowledge as well as consider national policies and initiatives. Primarily concerned with meeting the professional standards required by the appropriate bodies, this course is also about supporting you in developing the abilities and confidence to become an inspired and inspiring teacher.
Core Modules
initial school experience This module will focus on the development of professional practice skills: planning, preparation, delivery and evaluation in a practical context, with the support of an experienced mentor. This module provides an initial experience of teaching and learning in a secondary school environment. You will have the opportunity to observe, shadow and interact with a range of professionals. qualifying school experience This module is designed to develop your confidence and competence to lead learning and meet the professional standards to achieve Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). You will also be prepared for your induction year as a Newly Qualified Teacher (NQT). theories, themes and issues in education This module will focus on your professional development as determined by your Personal Development Planning (PDP) and integrates theory and practice through delivery in professional settings. You will explore theories and principles of teaching and learning, the derivation and design of the curriculum and the role of schools and education within the wider community. knowledge and Pedagogy This module will enable you to organise, synthesise and disaggregate your subject knowledge to provide access, progress and assessment for the benefit of the children and young people with whom you will work. You will have an opportunity to develop a philosophy for teaching your subject discretely and in a cross-curricular context. Curriculum and Pedagogy This module will enable you to apply and evaluate your subject pedagogy, focusing on the practical aspects of your subject. It reconceptualises topics covered in Knowledge and Pedagogy, with an emphasis on developing the delivery of subject knowledge or skills. You will consider the role of your subject in enhancing the capacity of children and young people to learn.
How to APPlY:
99
AssessMent

AssoCiAted CAreers
After graduating, you will be equipped to enter the teaching profession as a secondary science teacher.
work PlACeMents
iF Youre eXCited BY CHeMistrY tHen PAss it on to tHe neXt GenerAtion witH tHis stiMulAtinG And PrACtiCAl deGree.
100
eduCAtion seCondArY enGlisH

PGCE
e keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Education Campus Chelmsford duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree at a 2:2 classification or equivalent, at least half of which should be in the subject you wish to teach. Candidates are required to hold GCSEs in English and mathematics at grade C or above. An enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure, occupational health clearance and interviews are required. We are happy to consider applications from those who have taken Training and Development Agency for Schools (TDA) subject enhancement or extension courses. tuition fees Home (UK/EU Students) PGCE = 3,290 1 Overseas (Non-EU Students) PGCE = 9,500 2
Course oVerView
Our Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) is a one-year, full-time qualification that will prepare you to be a subject-specialist English secondary school teacher working with pupils aged 1116 years and beyond. Our course will develop your theoretical and practical understanding of secondary education and its contemporary issues, and enable you to meet current professional standards as a practising teacher. 60 of the 120 credits on our course will be at Masters degree level. Throughout your studies you will explore the different ways in which pupils and young people learn, and how you can support this process. You will examine the importance of professional values as well as classroom organisation and management. Key themes integral to your studies will include working with parents and other professionals, creativity, equality, inclusion and Information Communication Technology (ICT). In particular, our course will focus on developing the pedagogical understanding and professional knowledge you need to teach your specialist subject (English) to 1116 year-olds, and will include practical tasks and activities that can be completed with pupils. We will provide you with opportunities to reflect on strategies for learning and teaching and to develop your subject knowledge as well as to consider the national policies and initiatives. Primarily concerned with meeting the professional standards required by the appropriate bodies, our course is also about supporting you in developing the abilities and confidence to become an inspired and inspiring teacher.
Core Modules
initial school experience This module will focus on the development of professional practice skills: planning, preparation, delivery and evaluation in a practical context, with the support of an experienced mentor. This module will provide you with an initial experience of teaching and learning in a secondary school environment. You will have the opportunity to observe, shadow and interact with a range of professionals. qualifying school experience This module is designed to develop your confidence and competence to lead learning and meet the professional standards to achieve Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). You will also be prepared for your induction year as a Newly Qualified Teacher (NQT). theories, themes and issues in education This module will focus on your professional development as determined by your Personal Development Planning (PDP) and integrates theory and practice through delivery in professional settings. You will explore theories and principles of teaching and learning, the derivation and design of the curriculum and the role of schools and education within the wider community. knowledge and Pedagogy This module will enable you to organise, synthesise and disaggregate your subject knowledge to provide access, progress and assessment for the benefit of the children and young people with whom you will work. You will have an opportunity to develop a philosophy for teaching your subject discretely and in a cross-curricular context. Curriculum and Pedagogy This module will enable you to apply and evaluate your subject pedagogy, focusing on the practical aspects of your subject. It reconceptualises topics covered in Knowledge and Pedagogy, with an emphasis on developing the delivery of subject knowledge or skills. You will consider the role of your subject in enhancing the capacity of children and young people to learn.
How to APPlY:
101
AssessMent

AssoCiAted CAreers
After graduating, you will be equipped to enter the teaching profession as a secondary English teacher.
work PlACeMents
students tAuGHt well in enGlisH will Be equiPPed For liFe: MAke An eVen BiGGer iMPACt on tHeM witH Your MAsters deGree.
102
eduCAtion seCondArY inForMAtion CoMMuniCAtion teCHnoloGY (iCt)

PGCE
e keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Education Campus Chelmsford duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree at a 2:2 classification or equivalent, at least half of which should be in the subject you wish to teach. Candidates are required to hold GCSEs in English and mathematics at grade C or above. An enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure, occupational health clearance and interviews are required. We are happy to consider applications from those who have taken Training and Development Agency for Schools (TDA) subject enhancement or extension courses. tuition fees Home (UK/EU Students) PGCE = 3,290 1 Overseas (Non-EU Students) PGCE = 9,500 2
Course oVerView
Our Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) is a one-year, full-time qualification that will prepare you to be a subject-specialist ICT secondary school teacher working with pupils aged 1116 years and beyond. Our course will develop your theoretical and practical understanding of secondary education and its contemporary issues and enable you to meet current professional standards as a practising teacher. 60 of the 120 credits will be at Masters degree level. Throughout your studies you will explore the different ways in which pupils and young people learn, and how you can support this process. You will examine the importance of professional values as well as classroom organisation and management. Key themes will include working with parents and other professionals, creativity, equality, inclusion and ICT. In particular, this course will focus on developing the pedagogical understanding and professional knowledge you need to teach your specialist subject (ICT) to 1116 year-olds, and will include practical tasks and activities that can be completed with pupils. We will provide you with opportunities to reflect on strategies for learning and teaching and to develop your subject knowledge as well as to consider national policies and initiatives. Primarily concerned with meeting the professional standards required by the appropriate bodies, this course is also about supporting you in developing the abilities and confidence to become an inspired and inspiring teacher.
Core Modules
How to APPlY:
103
AssessMent

AssoCiAted CAreers
After graduating, you will be equipped to enter the teaching profession as a secondary ICT teacher.
work PlACeMents
tHis Course is Also ABout suPPortinG You in deVeloPinG tHe ABilities And ConFidenCe to BeCoMe An insPired And insPirinG teACHer.
104
eduCAtion seCondArY MAtHeMAtiCs

PGCE
e keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Education Campus Chelmsford & University Centre Peterborough duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree at a 2:2 classification or equivalent, at least half of which should be in the subject you wish to teach. We welcome candidates who have significant work experience in mathematics related industries. Candidates are required to hold GCSEs in English and mathematics at grade C or above. An enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure, occupational health clearance and interviews are required. We are happy to consider applications from those who have taken Training and Development Agency for Schools (TDA) subject enhancement or extension courses. tuition fees Home (UK/EU Students) PGCE = 3,290 1 Overseas (Non-EU Students) PGCE = 9,500 2
Course oVerView
The Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) is a one year, full-time qualification that will prepare you to be a subject-specialist, mathematics secondary school teacher working with pupils aged 1116 years and beyond. As well as gaining a PGCE, you will be assessed against the national standards in order to be recommended for the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). The opportunity to undertake Masters-level study within our course enables you to progress on to our MA in Education after completion of the PGCE course if you wish. Our course will encourage you to think creatively about tasks and activities within mathematics, whilst continuing to develop your subject knowledge. You will be prepared to help children and young people to gain a better understanding of mathematics in the widest sense. The quality of support throughout our course is excellent. You will explore different teaching methods, learn about pupils errors and misconceptions, deliver presentations, develop and use creative teaching materials, and engage in mathematics research and debate. The role of Information Communication Technology (ICT) is valued within the teaching of mathematics, so you will be supported in becoming an enthusiastic, effective user of a wide range of ICT resources.
Core Modules
How to APPlY:
105
AssessMent

Our course leads to the recommendation of Qualified Teacher Status.
AssoCiAted CAreers
The career prospects related to our course are excellent: most students gain their first teaching post in secondary schools before they even qualify.
work PlACeMents
GrAduAtes FroM tHis Course enJoY GreAt CAreer ProsPeCts: Most oBtAin tHeir First teACHinG Post BeFore tHeY eVen quAliFY.
106
eduCAtion seCondArY Modern lAnGuAGes

PGCE
e keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Education Campus Chelmsford duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree at a 2:2 classification or equivalent, at least half of which should be in the subject you wish to teach. Candidates are normally required to hold A Level French if their degree subject is not in French. Candidates are required to hold GCSEs in English and mathematics at grade C or above. An enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure, occupational health clearance and interviews are required. We are happy to consider applications from those who have taken Training and Development Agency for Schools (TDA) subject enhancement or extension courses. tuition fees Home (UK/EU Students) PGCE = 3,290 1 Overseas (Non-EU Students) PGCE = 9,500 2
Course oVerView
Our Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) is a one-year, full-time qualification that will prepare you to be a subject-specialist modern languages secondary school teacher working with pupils aged 1116 years and beyond. Our course will develop your theoretical and practical understanding of secondary education and its contemporary issues and enable you to meet current professional standards as a practising teacher. 60 of the 120 credits on our course will be at Masters degree level. Throughout your studies you will explore the different ways in which pupils and young people learn, and how you can support this process. You will examine the importance of professional values as well as classroom organisation and management. Key themes will include working with parents and other professionals, creativity, equality, inclusion and Information Communication Technology (ICT). In particular, our course will focus on developing the pedagogical understanding and professional knowledge you need to teach your specialist subject (modern languages) to 1116 year-olds, and will include practical tasks and activities that can be completed with pupils. We will provide you with opportunities to reflect on strategies for learning and teaching and to develop your subject knowledge as well as to consider national policies and initiatives. Primarily concerned with meeting the professional standards required by the appropriate bodies, our course is also about supporting you in developing the abilities and confidence to become an inspired, and inspiring teacher.
Core Modules
How to APPlY:
107
AssessMent

AssoCiAted CAreers
After graduating, you will be equipped to enter the teaching profession as a secondary school modern foreign languages teacher.
work PlACeMents
in tHe GloBAl eConoMY, its VitAl to HAVe ForeiGnlAnGuAGe sPeAkers. Your teACHinG will MotiVAte More PuPils to eMBrACe tHe world.
108
eduCAtion seCondArY PHYsiCs

PGCE
e keY FACts
Course oVerView
Our Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) is a one-year, full-time qualification that will prepare you to be a subject-specialist secondary physics teacher working with pupils aged 1116 years and beyond. Our course will develop your theoretical and practical understanding of secondary education and its contemporary issues, and enable you to meet current professional standards as a practising teacher. 60 of the 120 credits on our course will be at Masters degree level. Throughout your studies you will explore the different ways in which pupils and young people learn, and how you can support this process. You will examine the importance of professional values as well as classroom organisation and management. Key themes will include working with parents and other professionals, creativity, equality, inclusion and Information Communication Technology (ICT). In particular, our course will focus on developing the pedagogical understanding and professional knowledge you need to teach your specialist subject (physics) to 1116 year-olds, and will include practical tasks and activities that can be completed with pupils. We will provide you with opportunities to reflect on strategies for learning and teaching and to develop your subject knowledge, as well as to consider national policies and initiatives. Primarily concerned with meeting the professional standards required by the appropriate bodies, our course is also about supporting you in developing the abilities and confidence to become an inspired and inspiring teacher.
Core Modules
How to APPlY:
109
AssessMent

AssoCiAted CAreers
After graduating, you will be equipped to enter into the teaching profession as a secondary science teacher.
work PlACeMents
Could You PlAY A CruCiAl role in enCourAGinG More YounG PeoPle into tHe PHYsiCAl sCienCes?
110
enGineerinG MAnAGeMent
MSc
e keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Faculty of Science & Technology Campus Chelmsford duration September intake: 13 months January intake: 15 months start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a first degree in an engineering discipline, including civil and software engineering, at a 2:2 classification or above, or at a 60% plus average if a recognised classification is not available. Candidates should also demonstrate relevant work experience. That means managing reasonably sized projects with a number of staff and budgets above 50,000, and three years or more experience at this level. Alternatively, candidates should have 15 years or more work experience and at least a HND or equivalent in a relevant area. Candidates are also required to demonstrate a good level of spoken and written English. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 4,275 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,000
Course oVerView
Our course provides the wide range of management tools and techniques required to control and manage complex technical organisations. These skills include: managing people; controlling finances; managing operations; making optimum use of all resources; ensuring quality in its widest sense; and a study of contract law. There is an increasing global demand for continuing professional development and this course will be of particular interest to engineers who wish to expand their careers into the management arena, irrespective of their area of technical expertise. It is designed for engineers in a wide range of technical fields, including civil, mechanical, electronic and manufacturing engineering. Technical competence alone is not enough for the successful operation of engineering companies, and this course will enable you to develop your intellectual capabilities and your performance with respect to your wider professional role.
A Virtual test environment for Business Processes This module establishes the link between the Virtual Enterprise (VE) and agility; an improvement of the firms entrepreneurial behaviour in its markets. The term Virtual Enterprise has become common to multidisciplinary research and development initiatives. It is the objective of this module to clarify the core ideas behind the concepts of the VE and to structure the mainstream of VE developments. First, this will enable you to relate the developments from the many different sources for application and adoption to your specific business situation. Particular emphasis will be put on business opportunities and managerial challenges associated with the VE. Advanced Project Management The key element of this module is the planning and control of projects in order to achieve them on time and within budget. The module will consider the importance of design control in the achievement of the project objectives. It will also study the legal aspects of the contractual relationships involved in projects. dissertation/Major Project This is an integral part of our course. It is expected to be a major piece of work, based around module content and/or real-life, work-based issues.
Core Modules
Managing People and Finance in an Advanced technology Business This module has two key themes; the first reflects on the importance of leaders unleashing the potential of the individual to achieve the organisations goals and objectives. The other theme is the need to control the finance in businesses that, by their very nature, employ vast amounts of capital. engineering Management systems This module examines a range of engineering operating systems, including manufacturing, quality assurance, planning, plant resources and maintenance. Other critical areas considered include services, marketing, finance and personnel. There is an emphasis on quality-management methods, which are essential in todays business environment.
AssessMent
A variety of assessment methods are used, including assignments, seminars and examinations.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
A key member of our teaching team, Prof. Hassan Shirvani, has just been awarded the East of England Lord Stafford Award for Innovation.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our course is aimed at experienced engineers who wish to progress their careers or who have recently taken up a post as an engineering or project manager.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/engm
111
student ProFile I was initially attracted to the MSc in Engineering at Anglia Ruskin because the structure of the course comprised various concepts and techniques associated with the managerial aspect of engineering. So far the course has exceeded my expectations as it has enabled me to specialise in different aspects of the industry, which has been great as my ambition is to work in the oil and gas industry. I have also benefitted from the ultra-modern facilities that the University has to offer, particularly the modelling simulation software on my course. The support from the teaching and general University staff has been remarkable. I have enjoyed being in such a conducive environment for learning. Ayodeji Palmer Msc engineering
112
enGlisH
MA
keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are usually required to hold a degree at a 2:1 classification in English or a cognate subject. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 7.0 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
Course oVerView
This course gives you the opportunity for advanced study in an intellectually lively Department with a long tradition of excellent teaching and an international reputation for research. Our MA in English is focused on three periods of literary history: the Renaissance, the long 19th century, and the 20th century. The fourth module, Research Methods, equips you with the skills needed to complete your Major Project. One of these modules can be replaced by an independent learning project, tailored to meet your individual requirements, or a module from our MA in Creative Writing or our MA in Film Studies (subject to the pathway leaders approval). In addition to accessing the good library facilities at our University and major electronic resources such as Early English Books Online and JSTOR, a high-quality, interdisciplinary archive to support scholarship and teaching, you will be able to make use of the world-class Cambridge University Library. Our course will appeal to you whether you want to improve your career prospects (for instance as a teacher), go on to doctoral research or simply broaden your intellectual horizons.
the long nineteenth Century: Controversies and Cities This module explores writing from the long nineteenth century that engages with key controversies of the period, including the move from country to city, the conflict between religion and science and the woman question. research Methods This module provides expertise in the practical and critical skills necessary for a Masters Dissertation. Exploring topics such as how to develop research questions, methodologies and bibliographies, it also offers the opportunity to reflect upon the discipline of English. Major Project You may choose any topic that our Department is able to supervise and assess. Recent topics have included Intertextuality in Ishiguro; Ageing in Jean Rhys; the Shoreline in Victorian literature; and Animated Statuary in Renaissance Drama.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/ftpg/engh
Core Modules
renaissance drama and Cultures of Performance This module approaches Renaissance plays and related materials through what can be known of the original staging and printing conventions. Historical study is complemented by a consideration of the production of Renaissance drama in 21st century contexts. re-reading Modernism, Practising Postmodernism This module surveys the literature and theory of the 20th and 21st centuries, analysing it in a framework of critical and historical contexts. It considers modernism and postmodernism both as cultural epochs and as aesthetic strategies.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/engh
113
AssessMent
Essay consultation workshops are built into our course, and sample assignments are available in study packs or for consultation from our Faculty office. There is a Royal Literary Fund fellow whom you can consult for one-to-one assistance with your writing. Modules one and three are assessed by a short critical review and an essay. Module two is assessed by an essay and a presentation. Research Methods is assessed by an annotated bibliography, critical review essay and Dissertation proposal. The Dissertation is assessed on the basis of a 15,000-word piece of research.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Our Department was awarded an excellent in the last national assessment of teaching quality and 95% of the work submitted in the last Research Assessment Exercise (2008) was judged to be of international standard, with 60% judged to be either internationally excellent or world-leading. This places us amongst the top departments in the country for teaching quality and research expertise. Our Department and Faculty each offer a wide-ranging research seminar series of papers by staff and visiting speakers, which you are welcome to attend and to present at.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Recent graduates have taken positions in arts administration, furthered their careers in teaching and pursued doctoral degrees. By providing employees with the opportunity to develop their knowledge of English at the graduate level, this course is of particular benefit to secondary school and sixth-form teachers and their employers.
our Course will APPeAl to You wHetHer You wAnt to iMProVe Your CAreer ProsPeCts, Go on to doCtorAl reseArCH or siMPlY BroAden Your intelleCtuAl Horizons.
114
FilM And teleVision ProduCtion

MA
F keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree at a 2:1 or first-class classification in film and/or television production, or a related degree from a UK, EU or accredited overseas university. Candidates with an honours degree in any other discipline at a 2:1 or first-class classification from a UK, EU or accredited overseas university who can show, through interview and/or a portfolio of work, that they can participate fruitfully as part of a production team, and progress to mastery of the production processes, will be considered. Candidates are also required to supply two satisfactory references. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 10,000
Course oVerView
Our course will introduce learners to, and develop their skills in, the uses of qualitative audience research in the conception and design of factual programming. It will show how such research is used to engender effects on audiences, whether in terms of awareness, more substantial knowledge, attitude or behaviour. It will look at successful models of expository programming drawn from a range of documentaries, video and broadcast campaigns, marketing-related programming and educational and training programming, and work to a deduction of the ways in which the content, narrative structure and creative elements of such programmes have achieved their effects. From such analysis, you will construct your own shared models of the ways in which design and effect optimally relate. You will also look at models of how supporting web-delivered materials can be used to reinforce, supplement or provide follow-up for programming and, again, produce deductive models of good practice against an agreed range of critical parameters.
Major Project: Production You will produce a viable programme pitch, with a realistic budget, and make the pitch to real-world commissioners and other funders. You will produce a high-quality programme or series of short films. dissertation Your 10,000 word Dissertation will enable you to draw together all you have learned, underpinned with original research into an aspect of production of most interest to you.
AssessMent
You will be assessed in terms of your competences in designing and implementing audience research; your application of such research to programme design; your ability to modify design in the light of developmental testing of work-in-progress; and your uses of feedback from the completed programming, to modify and enhance your own research and production processes. Assessment will be of reflective written accounts which show both your methodology and your ability to identify, analyse and evaluate the strengths and any weaknesses of your approaches. These written accounts will be in the form of journals in which you will describe and analyse your work at all stages of preproduction, production and follow-up.
Core Modules
Audiences and effects Who are you talking to? This module shows how qualitative audience research can help ensure that your programme will be truly effective. From research to screen: 1 Here you will learn how to use your knowledge of your audiences to design and produce targeted programming. You will make a variety of short films. the Business of Production This module looks in detail at the macro- and micro-economics of production: at sources of funding, and at ways of managing your programme budgets to best effect. From research to screen: 2 You will produce more complex programming, with a particular emphasis on maximising spends to achieve the greatest effects, in terms of communication, on your target audiences.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Our course is a mix of production, including of web-delivered materials as well as films and videos, and a focus on the ways in which messages, in the broadest sense, can be constructed on the basis of market and audience research.

Our course features a substantial input from producers and other programmemakers and industry professionals.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Graduates generally enter roles within TV and other moving-image production.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/ftpr
115
116
FilM studies
MA
keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a degree at a 2:1 classification or above in a film studies or equivalent subject, such as communication, media, English, sociology, history, languages or philosophy. However, candidates with a degree in another discipline will be considered. Candidates with professional experience are also welcome to apply. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 7.0 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 4,275 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
Course oVerView
This exciting course offers you the opportunity to explore a range of films (mainstream, experimental, international, past and present), and to discuss many of the key critical debates, concepts approaches and contexts that are important to this subject. Our study facilities are outstanding, with an expanding collection of books, journals and films in our campus library. There are several designated screening facilities on-campus with DVD, video and 16mm projection facilities. We enjoy strong and productive links with the cinemas in Cambridge (mainstream and arthouse), providing opportunities for work placements and participation in special industry events, such as the internationally renowned Cambridge Film Festival. Our course draws upon the expertise of distinguished scholars of film with strong research profiles in a range of areas. Core modules will cover key developments in theory, history and technology, and topics may include: cinema and the transnational; cinema, sexuality and the post-human; cinema and the visual arts; the new extremism: and contemporary European cinema.
Cinema and the transnational This module enables close study of those films, film-makers and film-making contexts that exist outside Hollywood. It involves a focus on up to four regional film-making contexts (African, Latin American, Middle East and Asian cinemas), and considers both local conditions and relationships with other cinematic environments. The idea of the transnational offers a useful approach to understanding the success or otherwise of certain so-called national cinemas and film-makers on the global stage, and to their investigations of issues of identity. The exploration of transnational activity in cinema includes a critical address to the cross-border travel of directors and stars, research into new funding projects that draw on a range of sources, and the proliferation of film festivals and technological advancements that give rise to exciting and creative collaborations. Global power politics are addressed, as are themes such as the relationship between cinema and political conflict. Cinema, sexuality and the Post-human This module addresses the issue of the post-human body in contemporary cinema, positing gender, corporeal materiality, sexuality and politics as volatile terms useful in defining and disrupting traditional notions of agency, volition and self-representation. In what sense can these terms be important toward thinking a future for the body, gender and sexuality? This question is addressed through two streams: the representation of the post-human in cinema (with a special emphasis on horror, science and technology) and the idea of spectators as post-human. The module will involve analyses of films which trouble both the gender of the spectator and representations of gender and bodies as stable. It will draw on theorists such as Gilles Deleuze, Rosi Braidotti, and Judith Halberstam. the new extremism: Contemporary european Cinema This module explores the so-called new extremism that is a defining feature of a growing number of contemporary European films, considering the controversies surrounding the depiction of explicit sexuality and violence in contemporary European cinema.
Core Modules
the Projected image: Cinema and the Visual Arts This module addresses the interaction between cinema and the visual arts in an attempt to uncover some affinities between the two areas by looking at common themes and approaches. It examines the critical, aesthetic and historical issues that have shifted practitioners in the traditional visual arts (painting, sculpture) towards cinema, and film-makers toward the visual arts and the gallery as an exhibition space. You will have the opportunity to consider how the influence of visual art has informed the work of film-makers like Carl Dreyer, Michelangelo Antonioni and Derek Jarman, and how cinema has informed artists like Hiroshi Sugimoto, Jeff Wall and Andy Warhol. Topics for discussion include: cinema and landscape; tableau and cinema; cinema and colour; the relationship between the still and moving photographic image; avant-garde film; and the role of artist film and video.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/fmst
117
You will consider how these films implicate the spectator in complex and uncomfortable ways, problematising notions of visual pleasure and calling into question theoretical assumptions about the primacy of the gaze. The module considers how the films of the new extremism attempt to rethink notions of cinematic realism through their address to time, duration and aesthetics of sensation. The module will include discussion of such contemporary film-makers as Catherine Breillat, Bruno Dumont, Gaspar No, Michael Haneke and Lars Von Trier. independent learning Module and research Methods Module In consultation with our MA convenor, you may replace one module with an independent learning module. This module will enable you to work independently on topics of your own choosing, within the area of film studies. This independent project may take the form of a critical essay. Acceptance of critical essays will depend upon appropriate staff expertise for supervision. You may also replace one module with a Research Methods module, which deals with research skills and methodologies. Major Project You may choose any film topic that our Department is able to supervise and assess for your Major Project. You will be supported throughout the Major Project process by one-to-one staff supervision.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Regular industry guest speaker events are held on-campus. Recent guests include: Steve Volk (screenwriter), Richard Bracewell (director), John Smith (artist film-maker), Sue Salinger (IndyMedia), Jack Cardiff (Oscar-winning cinematographer), Kate Adie (broadcaster), Terence Davies (film-maker) and Malcolm Le Grice (avant-garde film-maker). Film staff in our Department were included in our submission to the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise (RAE), 95% of which was judged to be of international standard, with 60% judged to be either internationally excellent or world-leading. Our Department and Faculty each offer a wide-ranging research seminar series of papers by staff and visiting speakers, which you are welcome to attend and to present at.
student ProFile I had studied comparative literature in my undergraduate degree and had experience in publication, but I wanted to change direction and do a Masters in film. I would recommend the MA Film Studies course at Anglia Ruskin, as the modules offer a very broad range of films and different theories that challenge established frameworks of viewing them. I was very impressed by the module structures and teaching from the first class I had. The classes were always very interactive, the discussions very stimulating. During my time at the University I have decided to do a PhD and to pursue a further career in teaching at university level. I am extremely grateful to the staff in the Department for motivating me to focus on my future ambitions and enhance my capabilities. Their guidance and support have always been excellent, effective and encouraging. Gzde naiboglu MA Film studies

Our Department enjoys strong links with local film-industry organisations, especially via the Cambridgeshire Film Consortium, Cambridge Arts Picturehouse and Cambridge Film Festival.
AssessMent
Assessment takes the form of critical essays and presentations for each taught module. The topic for the Major Project is chosen within any area of film studies, subject to available supervision from the range of scholarly expertise within our Department. Essay consultation workshops are built into our course, and sample assignments are available for consultation from our Faculty office. There is a Royal Literary Fund fellow whom you may consult for one-to-one assistance with your writing.
AssoCiAted CAreers
It is anticipated that those taking this course will have a high level of enthusiasm for exploring film in great depth. This course should enable you to consider careers in, for example, teaching, journalism and criticism, research (industry or academic), archiving, cinema or festival programming, film education or policy.
118
FinAnCiAl MAnAGeMent PrACtiCe

MSc
F keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Ashcroft International Business School Campus Chelmsford duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree at a minimum of a 2:2 classification. Holders of other awards, including those from non-UK universities, will be considered on the equivalence of their qualifications. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Candidates who do not possess any of these entry criteria, but can demonstrate appropriate relevant experience in a post of management or professional responsibility, may be admitted if, in the opinion of our admissions tutor, they are capable of profiting from and contributing to our course. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our MSc in Financial Management Practice is an innovative new course at our Ashcroft International Business School, designed to meet the growing demand in both international and corporate markets for a core degree in the practice of management, specialising in financial management. Our course will support the development of management practitioners and not just business graduates, who (through their academic studies, practice-based learning and experience) are able to gain both generic and context-specific skills, competencies and knowledge which will support confident futures in management within regional, national and international business organisations.
Core Modules: MsC

Postgraduate Major Project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters stage project or Dissertation. Management Practice Portfolio This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a portfolio equivalent to a Masters stage project or Dissertation.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/fmpr

Management theory into Practice Theories of strategy and management are often avoided by many operational managers. This module, designed and delivered by two industry practitioners, provides you with a way to bridge this theory/practice divide. the reflective Practitioner This module will enhance your selfawareness and self-understanding through the use of theoretical approaches, models and tools to support self-analysis. One of the main focuses of this module is the further development of employability and professional skills.
AssessMent
Assessment reflects management practice in the work environment and includes assignments, presentations, reflective portfolios and personal development plans, all related to management practice in real organisations. There are no formal examinations.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Associated careers include management roles within the private, public or non-profit sectors at junior or middle management level.

Action learning for Managers This module will provide a framework to support managers through the processes involved with designing, undertaking and critically evaluating an action learning intervention within a selected organisation.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/fmpr
119
120
ForensiC sCienCe
MSc
keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Faculty of Science & Technology Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a good honours degree or equivalent in forensic science or a related science, or another cognate or acceptable subject. Applications from experienced practitioners lacking a formal degree qualification will also be considered. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 4,275 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,500
Course oVerView
This course is heavily biased towards analytical science in the broadest sense, reflecting the requirements of employers in forensics and the wider science and technology field. It will enable you to develop a range of analytical skills developed in a forensic environment, and will offer you a strong grounding in the design and implementation of research programmes.
Masters research Project This module requires you to undertake a significant research project in your chosen field of study, and present the results of that research in a thesis prepared to the highest scientific professional standards. specialised topics This module enables you to customise your studies to include subject areas not otherwise covered in your course and in which you may have personal expertise or other professional interest. research Methods and Preparation This module involves a pilot phase in which laboratory consumables are negotiated and ordered, techniques tested, and preliminary results obtained. The pilot determines whether the project can be carried through to the full project phase. evidence Collection and Management This provides the theoretical and practical skills necessary for examining crime scenes and analysing the evidence collected. Evidence recovery will be covered in depth, as will laboratory and other analytical techniques.
Core Modules
Mastering Forensic evidence This module addresses the important issue of how different evidence types interrelate, and how to assess which types may be most important in a particular context. It will enable you to identify the evidential value of diverse types of evidence. Mastering Forensic Analysis This module involves the analysis of physical and biological materials within a forensic science context, mainly offences against a person. The presentation of forensic expert evidence will also be a significant part of this module.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/frsc
121
AssessMent
This is mostly a combination of laboratory and court reports (including witness statements), oral presentations and closed examinations. Some essay and report writing is required. The research project is by submission of a Dissertation and oral presentation.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Graduates may take up employment in specialist forensic science laboratories or a wide range of careers in the chemical, biological, environmental, pharmaceutical and law-enforcement industries. Employers benefit from graduates with a highly developed skill base in specialist analytical methodologies. Graduates from our course will also have an excellent grounding in the theory and practice of good laboratory practice, valid analytical measurement and other quality-assurance and management issues.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
All lecturers are experienced forensic practitioners and most are actively engaged with case work. Our equipment base is mostly new. All our laboratories have recently been refurbished and our instrument rooms are air-conditioned. State-of-the-art facilities in gene sequencing, drug analysis, isotope ratio mass spectrometry and forensic spectroscopy are particularly noteworthy.
student ProFile After completing my undergraduate degree in biotechnology back in India, I knew that I wanted to focus my career in forensics so I began to research into various universities that offered the course in the UK. Out of all of the courses I looked at, the MSc in Forensic Science at Anglia Ruskin seemed to have the best reputation. Its an extremely practical course with great facilities, including real crime scenes, gene sequencing and other DNA analytical equipment. The use of case studies has enabled me to put the theoretical skills that I have learnt into practice by examining crime scenes and analysing the evidence collected. I am confident that this course will help me to secure a solid career in the field of forensics when I graduate. Jais George MsC Forensic science

We have excellent working relationships with most of the major employers in the forensic science industry, including the Forensic Science Society (FSSoc), police and fire services. We are currently in the process of seeking accreditation from both the FSSoc and Skillsmark (Skills for Justice).
eXCellent FACilities And reAl CriMe sCenes will enABle You to Get to GriPs witH tHe lAtest teCHniques in solVinG CriMes tHrouGH ForensiC eVidenCe.
122
GloBAl CoMMuniCAtion (duAl AwArd)

MA
G keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Ashcroft International Business School Campus Cambridge, Budapest Business School & Mudra Institute of Communications, Ahmedabad duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a good first degree from a UK university, or a recognised equivalent from another international higher education institution. Candidates should also hold a Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) score of 600 or above and three years work experience. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 7,500 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 7,500
Course oVerView
There is a growing demand for culturally sensitive, globally aware, effective communicators in the international labour market. Research in the UK and overseas shows that effective communications skills are among the most sought-after qualities in graduates who intend to work in a multicultural environment. Our course will prepare you for a career in the area of international communications management. It will: build upon previous knowledge and skills gained as a result of undergraduate studies in a cognate area develop deep knowledge and understanding of international communications management within a wide organisational and contextual framework explore current issues and thinking along with techniques applicable for research in the area of international communications management enable you to develop both theoretical and applied perspectives on international communications management and to apply those perspectives within the organisations in which you (aspire to) work develop a range of wider intellectual and transferable skills consistent with creative thought, problem-solving, ethical decision making and independent learning.
entrepreneurship and innovation This module will review the classical models of entrepreneurship and examines the main characteristics of entrepreneurs within organisations of all sizes. Commercial, public sector and not-forprofit-distribution organisations can be included in this assessment. intercultural Management This module will provide an insight into the complexity of intercultural management. It offers a number of theoretical frameworks and an overview of the history and the current state of cultural research.
Core Modules: PG diP (AHMAdABAd)

Customer oriented, integrated Marketing This module will discuss the latest concepts related to the beneficial effects of consumer-centric organisations, how communication planning needs to be done, and how the focus has to be on total customer experience. Globalisation: theory, Politics and Culture Here, you will examine the dynamics which lead to globalisation, focusing on theories and perspectives interlaced with variables such as culture, politics, economics and sociology. Crafting Creative Communications This module aims to tap into the creative talent of all participants. It develops ideagenerators who can also execute their ideas independently in any of the following streams: copywriting, art direction, TV commercials or digital design. research Methods for Managers in an international Context This module will prepare you to undertake a piece of business or management research for your Major Project by developing appropriate knowledge, understanding and transferable intellectual and practical skills.

international Business environment This module will provide a broad-based introduction to the environment in which the international business must operate, focusing on economic, legal, political, socio-cultural, ethical, ecological and technological factors. international leadership The module will give a historic overview of leadership, identifying reoccurring themes and dilemmas of leadership throughout human history in different ages and different cultural settings. The main theories and trends of leadership research will be explored.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/glco
123
Core Modules: PG diP (BudAPest)

Communication of international organisations This module will offer a general overview of the new world order and global contexts of international relations, with special regard to the most significant international organisation types as important scenes of international public sector communication. Customer orientated integrated Marketing This module will discuss the latest concepts related to the beneficial effects of consumercentric organisations, how communication planning needs to be done, and how the focus has to be on total customer experience. Media sociology This module will offer you an in-depth view of the influence of the media on society. Emphasis is placed on developing skills most likely to lead to an understanding of how the media strives to live up to the ever-changing expectations of the public. research Methods for Managers in an international Context This module will prepare you to undertake a piece of business or management research for your Major Project by developing appropriate knowledge, understanding and transferable intellectual and practical skills.
Core Modules: MA
Postgraduate Major Project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters-stage project or Dissertation.
AssessMent
Assessment will take a variety of forms, including written assignments, portfolio development, presentations, case studies, examination and group work. The assessment will be directed to test your achievement in the outcomes of the modules and to develop your wider skills and knowledge in effective communication in a global context. Teaching will include a wide range of approaches, including lectures, seminars, video and case studies.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our course will prepare you for a career in the area of global communication management. However, it will also equip you in a broad range of management and business-related activities within private and public sector organisations.
tHere is A GrowinG deMAnd For CulturAllY sensitiVe, GloBAllY AwAre, eFFeCtiVe CoMMuniCAtors in tHe internAtionAl lABour MArket.
124
HeAltH ProMotion
MSc
keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Faculty of Health & Social Care Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a minimum of an honours degree or equivalent. Candidates should normally be working, or hoping to work, in a health promotion/public health setting. Candidates are not required to hold a professional qualification for access to the course but must demonstrate a strong interest in health promotion and health improvement. Candidates with extensive relevant professional experience will be offered the opportunity to gain access to our course by completing a non-graduate entry profile in accordance with our University regulations. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,150 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
Course oVerView
The promotion of health is a central feature of the World Health Organization (WHO) and international health and social care policy. It is widely acknowledged that health is influenced by a range of factors including socio-economic conditions (e.g. poverty, social exclusion, unemployment and poor housing), disempowerment, life stressors and individual health-related behaviour. Hence, students on the MSc Health Promotion course will gain knowledge and skills in behaviour change, strategic intervention and individual and collective empowerment, sustainable communities and the concomitant socio-political foundations of practice. This course is for those wishing to pursue a career in health promotion, health improvement and public health or who want to develop further this aspect of their practice. Our course will also inform the practice of qualified public health nurses (health visitors), school nurses, community nurses, midwives, social workers and social care professionals and teachers. It is also aimed at those working in, or who want to pursue, a related career in local government, community, medical and non-medical public health development/outreach or the third and voluntary sectors.
empowerment and sustainable Communities This module is designed to develop your knowledge and critical analysis skills in relation to health promotion empowerment strategies, both from an individual and collective/communitarian perspective, and the concomitant socio-political issues. You will be encouraged to reflect on your own practice and develop further your understanding of health-promotion models, theory and evidence-based interventions for promoting individual and community empowerment, development and sustainability. research studies You will be provided with a critical overview of the main methodologies and designs applied to research within health and social care, professional practice, regulation and policy. You will have an opportunity to explore the theoretical dilemmas that underlie the process of inquiry and its relationship to practice. The module will provide a framework within which to select, evaluate and justify the research methods chosen for your research project. This module is taken by students on a variety of different Masters courses. Major Project The Major Project is of central importance to the Masters award. You will be expected to bring together aspects of learning from previous modules as well as using the learning as the basis for planning, conducting and writing a research or work-based project.
Core Modules
Behaviour Change and strategic Practice This module will develop your knowledge and critical analysis skills in relation to behaviour change, the strategic aspects of health promotion and the concomitant socio-political issues. You will be encouraged to reflect on your practice and develop further your understanding of health-promotion models, theory and evidence-based interventions for promoting health for individuals and populations.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/hprm
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/hprm
125
AssessMent
The assessment of this course will challenge your critical thinking and enable you to demonstrate your ability to advance health promotion theory and practice through the synthesis of existing and new knowledge. Reflective practice is also encouraged to help integrate theory and practice. Each module is assessed by appropriate coursework, although the precise form of assessment may vary to include written essays, reports, case studies and a Dissertation. Assignments include the production of reports, essays and a portfolio. For the Masters, a Major Project of no more than 25,000 words is also required.
Our MSc in Health Promotion will also enable you to: develop your expertise in critically appraising epistemological and ontological dichotomies in healthpromotion theory and policy in relation to contemporary practice critically reflect on and develop skills in the design, conduct and management of primary research and to increase your insight into, and the critical appraisal of, contemporary health-promotion research facilitate your intellectual, generic and applied health-promotion skills for career and professional development develop the evaluative and synthesis skills in order to lead, facilitate and innovate evidence-based health-promotion practice.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Our MSc in Health Promotion follows a modern approach by directly addressing individual, community, strategic-action and social-marketing approaches in relation to global issues such as HIV/AIDS, individual and collective empowerment, health policy within the developed world and socio-political perspectives. Our aim is to equip both professional and non-professional students with the knowledge and skills they need to work in the fast-changing and dynamic world of health promotion. During our course you will gain knowledge and skills in behaviour-change, strategic intervention and empowerment, sustainable communities and the concomitant sociopolitical foundations of practice.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Whether you see your future career in local public services or in global nongovernmental organisations, our course will provide you with an essential foundation. It will benefit anyone wishing to pursue a career in health promotion, health improvement and public health.
HeAltH ProMotion is CentrAl to internAtionAl HeAltH And soCiAl CAre PoliCY. tHis Course will PrePAre You For A wider rAnGe oF essentiAl And FulFillinG CAreers.
126
HuMAn resourCe MAnAGeMent

MA
H keY FACts
intermediate Awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Ashcroft International Business School Campus Cambridge duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a relevant degree, normally at a minimum of a 2:2 classification. They must also hold graduate membership of the CIPD for entry at Stage 3. Holders of other awards, including those from non-UK universities, will be considered on the equivalence of their qualifications. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
Course oVerView
The Human Resource (HR) manager of the future will be concerned with the wider issues of organisational effectiveness in increasingly globalised markets, where the impact of managerial decisions has major ramifications for the effectiveness of the organisation. In a world which is changing rapidly and where stability is a thing of the past, the HR manager will be central to the proactive management of the workforce, operating from a strategic viewpoint in terms of the future structure and functioning of the organisation.
Core Modules: MA
MA Human resource Management This is the final stage of the course, where you are encouraged to approach HRM more strategically. You use your organisational practice as a mechanism for critical evaluation of the abstruse concepts involved in the management of the employment relationship, through the completion of a Major Project.
AssessMent
The course is assessed through written work or group and individual presentations comprising the following as appropriate for each module: Major Project, case study, oral presentation, examination, individual/ group presentation, and knowledge/workbased assignments.

Certificate in leadership and Management This will introduce you to the operational level of management and a number of key management skills required in Human Resource Management (HRM).
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our course is academically rigorous whilst maintaining a focus on the skills and knowledge you need for a successful career in HRM. Thus, our course will benefit those individuals who are preparing for strategic and international roles in HRM as a business partner.

Postgraduate diploma in Human resource Management This stage is for individuals wishing to follow a career in, and gain a qualification in, human resource management. Stages one and two closely follow our Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) modules.
in Future, Hr MAnAGers will Be At tHe HeArt oF tHe ProACtiVe MAnAGeMent oF tHe workForCe, oPerAtinG FroM A strAteGiC ViewPoint.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/hrme
127
128
inForMAtion teCHnoloGY
MSc
i keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Faculty of Science & Technology Campus Cambridge duration Up to 18 months start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree at a minimum of a 2:2 classification in any non-computer science related discipline as standard. However, some basic computer literacy is expected. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,000
Course oVerView
This course is for graduates whose first degree is in a non-computing discipline. The principal areas of focus are programming, networking, hardware and analysis. Your skills in these areas will be developed to a level sufficient for you to apply them in a professional environment. You may already be employed within an IT environment, and would like to gain some formal qualifications to enhance your position. Alternatively, you may have no computing experience whatsoever. This course is flexible enough to meet your demands in either case. Whatever your current situation, this course will give you a depth of understanding that will enable you to evaluate alternative solutions to a range of computing challenges. Its about equipping you with a set of skills that are likely to prove attractive to potential employers in a range of sectors.
system design This module introduces the tools and techniques required to capture requirements through software design methodologies. These are demonstrated and practised in order to analyse and capture the process, data and event requirements of a system. research design and Methods This module will ensure you develop the understanding and techniques necessary at the start of your Dissertation. This will include consideration of suitable content, approaches and planning. Major Project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a major piece of independent research. The Major Project (Dissertation) will involve 600 hours of your commitment and will be in a form equivalent to a maximum of 25,000 words.
AssessMent
You will be assessed through a variety of methods, including written coursework (individual and group), examination, presentation and Dissertation.
Core Modules
software engineering The module covers software development from specification to implementation, documentation and testing. Critical analysis and problem-solving are developed through work that provides increasing opportunities for independent contribution to the design and implementation process. Computer systems and servers This involves a combination of theoretical knowledge of computer systems and networks together with hands-on practical understanding of installing, administering and configuring a networked operating system at both client and server level. web server Applications This module examines how the elements of the widely used Linux Apache MySQL PHP (LAMP) platform fit together and design and develop their own data-driven website/ system on the platform.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our course provides a foundation for a variety of IT-related career roles, including software project management, software engineering, systems analysis and design, database administration, network management and technical support.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/itec
129
130
inForMAtion teCHnoloGY MAnAGeMent

MSc
i keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Faculty of Science & Technology Campus Chelmsford duration September intake: 13 months January intake: 16 months start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a degree in computing/IT at a 2:1 classification or above, plus a minimum of two years relevant work experience in the information technology industry. Candidates with degrees in other subjects will be considered subject to interview if they have significant (five years) relevant experience. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,000
Course oVerView
Our course is aimed at graduates who wish to study how to manage and deploy complex, enterprise-wide IT infrastructures. It will cover relevant aspects of management theory, including project and resource management, IT governance, and the complex issues of infrastructure design and performance management.
secure systems Secure Systems examines the strategic importance of information security techniques and the inherent security weakness of our information technology in a world where organisations are more than ever before dependent on public infrastructure data communications. research Methods and Preparation This module will equip you with the primary and secondary research skills relevant to your intended Dissertation/Major Project. Research methodologies are explored and critically evaluated. dissertation/Major Project This is an integral part of our course. It is expected to be a major piece of work, based around module content and/or real-life work-based issues.
Core Modules
Managing People and Finance in an Advanced technology Business This module has two key themes. The first reflects on the importance of leaders unleashing the potential of the individual to achieve the organisations goals and objectives. The other theme is the need to control the finance in businesses that, by their very nature, employ vast amounts of capital. A Virtual test environment for Business Processes This module establishes the link between the Virtual Enterprise and agility; an improvement of the firms entrepreneurial behaviour in its markets. The term Virtual Enterprise (VE) has become prevalent in multidisciplinary research and development initiatives. It is the objective of this module to clarify the core ideas behind the concepts of the VE and to structure the mainstream of VE developments. First, this will allow practising managers to relate the developments from many different sources for application and adoption to their specific business situation. Particular emphasis will be placed on business opportunities and managerial challenges associated with the VE. it infrastructures This module will introduce you to current best practice in the design, deployment and maintenance of an enterprise-wide IT infrastructure. You will cover the design of core IT infrastructures and will deploy network management software to monitor the performance of the network and associated components.
AssessMent
A broad range of assessment methods will be used, measuring all aspects of your understanding and skill application. These will include written assignments, laboratory practice, presentations and a Major Project-based Dissertation. Recognising that this course relies heavily on knowledge and practical skills, there will be a significant emphasis on laboratory-based assignments.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Graduates of this course would typically work in IT departments as architect designers or operations or project managers. Their Masters skills would mean they would be likely to progress quickly to the position of a senior manager, leading a team of support staff.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/itmg
131
student ProFile I decided to undertake a Masters degree in the UK as I felt that this would be the best way to give my CV an edge compared to those with undergraduate degrees looking for employment in my field. While I was at home in Nigeria, I got advice and recommendations about the various universities which offered courses that met my requirements. I was attracted to the MSc Information Technology Management at Anglia Ruskin in particular because of the course content, which caught my interest, and I also liked the look of the Universitys location. Overall, I feel that I have learnt a lot from my course. Most of my assignments have involved case studies which have taught me how to apply the knowledge gained through my course in a work environment. I hope to embark on a career as an IT analyst or a project manager after I complete my Masters and I believe that this course has equipped me with the skills required to achieve a career in this area. ololade oluyinka Msc information technology Management
132
interCulturAl CoMMuniCAtion
MA
i keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences Campus Cambridge & Eurocampus duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold an honours degree, or equivalent, in a relevant discipline. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 4,275*/5,350** Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500*/10,000** *Cambridge only. **Cambridge and Eurocampus.
Course oVerView
Contact between cultures is of prime economic and sociocultural importance in our increasingly global world, and well-qualified people are needed to deal successfully with increasing intercultural interaction. Our Masters course will enable you to: understand how cultural differences impact on human interaction in both the workplace and social contexts develop your own intercultural communicative competence enhance your business and professional communication skills acquire both theoretical understanding and practical analytical skills acquire methodological tools for understanding language and communication develop independent, critical analysis and original thinking within a challenging interdisciplinary and often multinational context. We offer two routes through this course. Route A takes place entirely in Cambridge; route B enables you to study for one semester at a European university (the Eurocampus). Whilst at the Eurocampus you will take a course of studies equivalent to those that other students will be taking in Cambridge on route A. English will remain the language of study.
Core Modules
language, identity and Policy This module explores the psychological and social intricacies of language interaction and examines the conflicting demands of intercultural understanding and the preservation of cultural and linguistic diversity. nations and nationalisms This module explores the background and consequences of convergence and the effects of convergence on the historic regions of nation states and on new emerging transnational areas. discourse and identity All forms of identity, whether of a political, social, economic or cultural nature, are presented and controlled via discourse. This module will explore the construction and reproduction of different competing forms of identity. intercultural relations and Communication This module explores the development of relations, communicative styles and values between individuals and groups of different cultural backgrounds. You will analyse and discuss the interaction between linguistic and social behaviour, values and knowledge in intercultural encounters.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/intt
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/intt
133
AssessMent
All four Cambridge campus core modules are assessed by written coursework (6,500 word essays for each module, worth 30 credits each); the MA Dissertation is 20,000 words (60 credits). Assessment on the Eurocampus route is regular and varied and you must achieve at least 30 European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System (ECTS) credits (60 Anglia Ruskin credits).

Our course has twice been awarded the UK Trade and Investment National Languages for Export award for the Eastern region in the category innovative courses in adult, further and higher education which prepare students for working in, or with people from non-English-speaking markets.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Both the Cambridge and Eurocampus routes attract many students from all over the world, including the US, Canada, Germany, France, China, Japan, Taiwan, Spain, Italy, Finland, Turkey and Lithuania. Studying alongside students from other countries and cultural backgrounds will provide additional insights and intercultural understanding to supplement your academic study. Teaching for core modules usually takes place in the early evening to enable you to more easily combine study and employment. We aim to keep group sizes small to enhance intercultural interaction in the seminars. Our Department has excellent international links through our Research Unit for Intercultural and Transcultural Studies (RUITS) network, and visiting scholars regularly give seminar papers.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Graduates of our course have gone on to a variety of careers, including: intercultural training; intercultural mediation in educational and social contexts; work with nonGovernment organisations (Unesco, Unicef); language teaching (both English and others in the UK and abroad); translating and interpreting (in agencies or community contexts); administration (in business, education or embassies); international property sales; and human resources. A number of students have also continued to PhD study. Our course is relevant to a range of professional activities within local government, European institutions, international companies, social work or education and training.
ContACt Between Cultures is oF PriMe eConoMiC And soCioCulturAl iMPortAnCe in our inCreAsinGlY GloBAl world.
134
internAtionAl Business
MA
i keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Ashcroft International Business School Campus Cambridge, Basel & Groningen duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start date September entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold an honours degree in a relevant discipline. Usually this will be at a minimum of a 2:2 classification. Holders of other awards, including those from non-UK universities, will be considered on the equivalence of their qualifications. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our course focuses on issues critical to all organisations within the global economy. The global economic slowdown, following problems in the sub-prime mortgage market in the USA, has made it all too clear how interconnected the global economy really is. This course emphasises the importance of multidisciplinary perspectives to the understanding of international business activity, including economic, political, legal, socio-cultural and technological perspectives. It is designed for those aiming at a career in international business and management. There are opportunities to take a double degree, either in Groningen in the Netherlands (MBA International Management) subject to meeting their (additional to our), entry requirements with regard to qualifying work experience, or to go to Basel in Switzerland (MSc International Management). In both cases, you will be expected to spend the diploma semester in either Groningen or Basel. If you opt to study at one of our partner institutions, you will follow equivalent modules to those you would have studied had you stayed in Cambridge.
research Methods for Managers in an international Context This module prepares you to undertake a piece of business or management research for your Masters project by developing the appropriate knowledge, understanding and transferable intellectual and practical skills.

international Marketing This module examines the processes that companies go through in the development of their international activities. Particular attention will be paid to the environmental issues relating to international market entry. intercultural Management This module provides an insight into the complexity of intercultural management. It provides a number of theoretical frameworks and an overview of the history and the current state of cultural research. international Accounting This module adopts an international perspective on modern financial accounting and reporting whereby the diversity of practices in various countries are evaluated from a historical, economic, political, sociological and technological context.

international Business environment and strategy This module provides a broad-based introduction to the environment in which the international business must operate, focusing on economic, legal, political, socio-cultural, ethical, ecological and technological factors influencing the decision making of the business or organisation. international Management decision Making This module provides some of the conceptual and theoretical skills which prospective managers need in order to understand the competitive environment in which their business operates.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/intb
135
Core Modules: MA
dissertation/Major Project This module supports you in the preparation and submission of a Masters-stage project or Dissertation.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
This course provides an opportunity for students to liaise with researchers and practitioners within the field of business. You will be invited to share your experiences and culture with other Masters students in an informal, supportive environment. Specialists from across the world provide regular workshops and presentations throughout the course.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/intb
AssessMent
Assessment is mainly through written assignment or portfolio and presentations. These can be completed either as part of a group or on an individual basis.

Our course brings you into close contact with practitioners and specialists from a wide range of functional areas of business.
student ProFile I came to the UK to study from China, and I was initially attracted to Cambridge because of its worldwide cultural reputation. The city is very diverse and has a lot to offer. I want to be a manager in the future so I chose MA International Business at Anglia Ruskin because it covers transnational and multinational business, which is particularly relevant to me as an international student. I have found the theoretical approach to key business issues and disciplines particularly useful. The teaching and support staff at Anglia Ruskin are very friendly and patient. If I have any questions I always just ask and they are happy to help. ling quan Huang MA international Business (dual Award)
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our course has produced graduates who have been highly successful in a wide range of business, management and professional careers throughout the global economy.
tHis Course ProVides An oPPortunitY For students to liAise witH reseArCHers And PrACtitioners witHin tHe Field oF Business.
136
internAtionAl Business eConoMiCs

MSc
i keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Ashcroft International Business School Campus Cambridge duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold an honours degree in a relevant discipline. Usually this will be at a minimum of a 2:2 classification. Holders of other awards, including those from non-UK universities, will be considered on the equivalence of their qualifications. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our course will enhance your prospects in strategic management and international business. It is designed to enhance your analytical skills in applied areas of economics and interrelated disciplines. Our course has an international focus on developing corporate and economic decision making skills. In preparation for a career in international business, you will: build upon previous knowledge and skills gained as a result of undergraduate studies in a cognate area develop a deep knowledge and understanding of international business within a wider organisational and contextual framework explore current issues and thinking along with techniques applicable to research in the area of international business develop both theoretical and applied perspectives on international business, and apply those perspectives within the organisation in which you (aspire to) work develop a range of wider intellectual and transferable skills consistent with creative thought and independent learning.
research Methods for Managers in an international Context This module provides course participants with the appropriate knowledge, skills and abilities needed to effectively carry out a piece of small-scale business/ management research.

economics of Global trade This module will give you an understanding of modern international trade flows and trade policies, and enable you to appreciate and participate in the debates and discussions that constantly rage in this area. international Macro Policy This module seeks to develop an understanding of the context and constraints facing macroeconomic policy-makers in the UK, US and Japan.
Core Modules: MsC

Major Project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters stage project or Dissertation.

international Business environment and strategy This module provides a broad-based introduction to the environment in which the international business must operate, focusing on economic, legal, political, socio-cultural, ethical, ecological and technological factors influencing the decision making of the business or organisation. international Management decision Making This module focuses on international management decision making. It provides some of the conceptual and theoretical skills which prospective managers need in order to understand the competitive environment in which their business operates.
AssessMent
Knowledge, understanding and key skills are assessed either through a written assignment or portfolio, a presentation, an examination or any combination of these. These assessments can be completed either as part of a group or on an individual basis.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Students with an economics and business finance background can consider a career in many countries within a variety of business disciplines, e.g. economics, business analysis, and consultancy.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/itbe
137
Michael A. Ashcroft Building, Chelmsford campus
138
internAtionAl Business lAw

LLM
i keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences Campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a degree at a 2:2 classification or above in law or a degree containing a substantial amount of law, such as business studies or accountancy. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) LLM = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) LLM = 9,500
Course oVerView
This LLM provides a combination of theory and practical application which is relevant to international legal practice and business in the context of advanced intellectual engagement with issues in law and legal theory. This course also considers law in relation to associated disciplines such as international governance and international environmental issues. Course completion will provide you with the necessary background and legal expertise for international practice, academic research and other intellectually demanding roles.
AssessMent
You will be assessed each semester. All modules are assessed using a variety of forms, explained at the start of each module. Assessment may be by a term paper, seminar performance, unseen problem, timed paper or oral presentation. Each assessment is marked as a percentage. Successful students will graduate with a distinction, merit or pass in accordance with our Universitys assessment regulations.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
We have links with the University of Burgundy at Dijon, France. The LLM is also available to study part-time by distance learning through International Correspondence Schools.
Core Modules
Business law in the Global Context This module provides the introductory foundation for further study on this course, enabling you to develop an understanding of the context in which international business takes place and to develop the research skills appropriate at postgraduate level. international trade law This module focuses on the legal and commercial rules and conventions governing international sales contracts and accompanying documentation, the carriage of goods by sea and financing international trade. It develops problem-solving, research, written analytical and critical-thinking skills. dispute resolution This module examines methods of alternative dispute resolution together with substantive and procedural aspects of business litigation in the worldwide context. It combines theory and practical application relevant to international legal practice and business. dissertation This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters Dissertation and will provide you with an opportunity to explore in depth a particular aspect of international business law which reflects your academic interest.
CliCk:
www.icslearn.co.uk
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our course will provide you with the background and legal expertise you need for international practice, academic research, and associated careers such as accountancy and corporate secretarial activities. Our students have pursued careers in international law firms, the legal departments of international corporations, government departments and international agencies.
oPtionAl Modules
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/iblw
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/iblw
139
student ProFile The main reason I chose to pursue postgraduate study at Anglia Ruskin was because of the great experience I had here at undergraduate level. During my undergraduate studies I met many people from different countries and forged great friendships, which I really enjoyed. I also benefitted from the central location of the East Road campus. As I live in Cambridge and the campus is easy to access, it has meant that I havent wasted any time travelling to pursue my studies. I can honestly say that choosing the course at this University is one of the best decisions I have made. So far the course has met my expectations and has been exceptional value for money. Anna szpak llM international Business law
140
internAtionAl entrePreneursHiP
MSc
i keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Ashcroft International Business School Campus Cambridge duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold a first degree (from an internationally recognised university) which has a business or management component. Usually, this will be at a minimum of a 2:2 classification. Alternatively, candidates with significant management/entrepreneurial experience will be considered. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will normally be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Candidates who do not possess any of these entry criteria, but can demonstrate appropriate relevant experience in a post of management or professional responsibility, may be admitted if, in the opinion of our admissions tutor, they are capable of profiting from and contributing to our course. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,300 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our MSc in International Entrepreneurship will help you to develop the skills, knowledge and enterprise capabilities you need for international business start-ups and/or functional areas of international organisations. The work of our Business School research centres is all closely aligned with this course, especially the Centre for International Business (CIB). Over many years the CIB has established a wide range of relationships with entrepreneurs, locally (e.g. St. Johns Innovation Centre), nationally and internationally. The Centre for Strategic Studies will also play an active part in supporting this course, with its extensive links with major enterprises such as CapGemini.

enterprising Futures and Foresighting This module will further develop your critical understanding of a set of themes related to different futures for international entrepreneurship and enterprise development. entrepreneurship and innovation This module will review the classical models of entrepreneurship and examines the main characteristics of entrepreneurs within organisations of all sizes. Management theory into Management Practice: Global Perspectives This module prepares you to undertake a piece of business or management research for your Major Project by developing appropriate knowledge, understanding and transferable intellectual and practical skills.

international Business environment This module will provide a broad-based introduction to the environment in which the international business must operate, focusing on economic, legal, political, socio-cultural, ethical, ecological and technological factors. small Business Management and Value Creation in Practice This module will develop your critical understanding of a set of themes related to different futures for international entrepreneurship and enterprise development. Management theory into Management Practice: Global Perspectives The module seeks to synthesise contemporary management theories with the experiential, practice-based management approaches adopted within private and public sector organisations.
Core Modules: MsC

research Methods for Managers in an international Context This module will provide you with the knowledge, skills and abilities you will need to effectively carry out a piece of small-scale business/management research. Major Project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters stage project or Dissertation.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/inen
141
AssessMent
Assessment is mainly through written assignments, reports, case studies, business simulations or portfolios, and presentations. They can be completed either as part of a group or on an individual basis.

This course brings you into close contact with practitioners and specialists from a wide range of areas of business.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
The course provides an opportunity for you to liaise with practitioners and entrepreneurs within the field of business. You will be invited to share your experiences and culture with other Masters students in an informal, supportive environment. Specialists from across the world provide regular workshops and presentations throughout our course.
AssoCiAted CAreers
This course will help those involved in various functional areas of business and management to develop enterprise capabilities. It will also be well-suited to those seeking to establish their own businesses.
entrePreneursHiP is VitAl to AnY selF-sustAininG eConoMY. tHis Course will PrePAre You to work in or witH stArt-uPs, or in innoVAtiVe GloBAl Businesses.
142
internAtionAl FinAnCe
MSc
i keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Ashcroft International Business School Campus Cambridge duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold a first degree from an internationally recognised university, which has a business or management component. Usually, this will be at a minimum of a 2:2 classification. Alternatively, candidates with significant experience within the financial sector will be considered. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will normally be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Candidates who do not possess any of these entry criteria, but can demonstrate appropriate relevant experience in a post of management or professional responsibility, may be admitted if, in the opinion of our admissions tutor, they are capable of profiting from and contributing to our course. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our MSc in International Finance will develop your skills and knowledge in finance-related tasks and activities, for use within international organisations. This area of expertise is vitally needed in a period of increasing uncertainty in global financial markets. You will have gained a degree of knowledge in general business through your undergraduate studies and/or subsequent work experience. Our course will develop your business acumen, concentrating on the analytical, communication, critique and evaluation skills required within the field of international finance. Interactive and innovative teaching methods will be oriented towards the development of your active participation. Personal and organisational benefits include: transferable skills: presentation and communication, and negotiation and persuasion intercultural skills in-depth understanding of the importance of international finance within global businesses synergies and conflicts with other functions or business areas analytical skills employability career progression.

Contexts of international Finance This module will provide the contextual underpinnings which support the content of many of the modules delivered on this pathway. Microeconomic and macroeconomic analysis provides a solid foundation for understanding the operation of a wide range of financial markets. international Accounting This module will adopt an international perspective on modern financial accounting and reporting whereby the diversity of practices in various countries are evaluated from a historical, economic, political, sociological and technological context. international Financial Markets This module analyses the nature and recent development of security, product and derivative financial markets in a global setting. It examines these markets from the perspective of corporate users and private and international investors. Either: international Business environment This module provides a broad-based introduction to the environment in which the international business must operate, focusing on economic, legal, political, socio-cultural, ethical, ecological and technological factors influencing the decision making of the business or organisation. or: independent learning Module This module supports you in the preparation and submission of a piece of independent learning. It is intended for use only where our Faculty identifies a need.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/infi
143

international Corporate Finance This module extends, develops and applies some of the materials introduced in the International Financial Markets module. It focuses on key aspects of the financial operations related to maximising the valuation of a corporation in an international environment. Venture Capital and Private equity This module explores the current structure and operation of the venture capital and private equity sectors around the world. Portfolio, Foreign exchange and interest rate Management This module builds on the materials in the International Financial Markets module to analyse the alternative techniques (primarily Chartism, fundamental analysis and portfolio theory) to construct investment portfolios that optimise performance relative to the risk-reward characteristics of investors. Either: Management theory into Management Practice: Global Perspectives The module seeks to synthesise contemporary management theories with the experiential, practice-based management approaches adopted within private and public sector organisations. or: independent learning Module This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a piece of independent learning. It is intended for use only where our Faculty identifies a need.
AssessMent
Assessment is mainly through written assignments, reports, portfolios, business simulations and presentations. They can be completed either as part of a group or on an individual basis.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
Our course provides an opportunity for you to liaise with researchers and practitioners within the field of business. You will be invited to share your experiences and culture with other Masters students in an informal, supportive environment. Specialists from across the world provide regular workshops and presentations throughout the course.

This course brings you into close contact with practitioners and specialists from a wide range of areas of business.
AssoCiAted CAreers
This course is a springboard for a wide range of business, management and professional careers involving finance-related activities throughout the global economy.
Core Modules: MsC

research Methods for Managers in an international Context This module will provide you with the knowledge, skills and abilities you will need to effectively carry out a piece of small-scale business/management research. Major Project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters-stage project or Dissertation.
144
internAtionAl loGistiCs
MSc
i keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Ashcroft International Business School Campus Cambridge duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold a first degree from an internationally recognised university, which has a business or management component. Usually, this will be at a minimum of a 2:2 classification. Alternatively, candidates with significant management experience within the logistics sector will be considered. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will normally be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Candidates who do not possess any of these entry criteria, but can demonstrate appropriate relevant experience in a post of management or professional responsibility, may be admitted if, in the opinion of our admissions tutor, they are capable of profiting from and contributing to our course. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our course develops logistics and supply chain professionals for a management-level position. The focus is on real issues in global supply chains, and includes visits to investigate issues in organisations and participation in a realistic supply chainsimulation. This rewarding and challenging course equips you with a range of problemsolving, communication and management skills. It develops skills in managing processes, facilities and relationships, and how to monitor performance and implement improvements. Throughout the course, you will benefit from learning from logistics and supply-chain professionals in an interactive learning environment. Additional course information This course combines academic study with practical aspects of international logistics. It will enable you to: develop a consummate set of skills across a range of aspects of logistics to create knowledge, skills and awareness for working in an international business context understand logistical and supply-chain issues on a worldwide scale, based on a sound knowledge of tools and techniques, how to apply these in practice, and understanding the difficulties when brought into practice demonstrate the ability to transfer the logistics-specific knowledge and related methodologies to other areas of business gain a thorough insight into contemporary research and cutting-edge practice within the field of logistics and supply-chain management
develop considerable autonomy in your individual learning and enhance your ability to work in intercultural teams demonstrate self-direction and autonomy in research and scholarship towards a contribution to knowledge in the field. Our course connects with the world of business practice and therefore prepares you for international business and management. You will hone and develop key transferable skills alongside developing content expertise.

logistics Principles and international supply Chain Management Concepts Logistics and supply chain management is a major strategic concern for organisations. A number of philosophies and techniques have been developed to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of supply-chain flow. supply Management: Processes; Facilities and iCt The main focus of this module is to describe logistical functions within processes and structures in manufacturing and service enterprises.
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/ilog
145

Managing logistics and supply Chains in Practice This module will involve your interaction in an intensive game-based environment with supporting case studies. The case studies and the simulation approach of this module is designed to develop your practical skills.
AssessMent
The assessment methods are designed to focus on the tasks and activities conducted by logistics and supply chain professionals. Therefore, different assessment methods are used to develop and hone interpersonal and communication skills, as well as to develop specialist knowledge. The assessment tasks include: team-working elements; individual report-writing; presentations; restricted-time assignments; problem-solving exercises; and developing proposals and plans. The Major Project is the culmination of the work, in which you will investigate and research a particular topic; this could be part of an internship with an organisation.
Core Modules: MsC

Major Project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Mastersstage project or Dissertation.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/ilog
AssoCiAted CAreers
Our course will prepare you for careers such as: buyer; channel manager; controller; logistics manager; materials planner; operations manager; outsourcing manager; production planner; procurement manager; project manager; quality manager; relationship manager; supply chain customer services channel manager; and supply chain manager.
FoCusinG on tHe suPPlY CHAin is essentiAl in HelPinG Businesses to Find eFFiCienCies, to Meet ContrACtuAl oBliGAtions And to Be CoMPetitiVe.
146
internAtionAl MAnAGeMent PrACtiCe

MSc
i keY FACts
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert Faculty Ashcroft International Business School Campus Chelmsford duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold an honours degree at a minimum of a 2:2 classification. Holders of other awards, including those from non-UK universities, will be considered on the equivalence of their qualifications. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Candidates who do not possess any of these entry criteria, but can demonstrate appropriate relevant experience in a post of management or professional responsibility, may be admitted if, in the opinion of our admissions tutor, they are capable of profiting from and contributing to our course. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our MSc in International Management Practice is an innovative new course at Ashcroft International Business School designed to meet the growing demand in both international and corporate markets for a core degree in the practice of management, specialising in international contexts. Our course will support the development of management practitioners and business graduates who, through their academic studies, practice-based learning and experience, are able to gain both generic and context-specific skills, competencies and knowledge. This will support confident futures in management within regional, national and international businesses.
Core Modules: MsC

Either: Major Project or: Management Practice Portfolio These modules support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters stage project, Dissertation or equivalent.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:

Management theory into Management Practice: Global Perspectives Our module seeks to synthesise contemporary management theories with the experiential, practice-based management approaches adopted within private and public sector organisations. the reflective Practitioner The aim of this module is to enhance your self-awareness and self-understanding through the use of theoretical approaches, models and tools to support self-analysis. One of the main focuses of this module is the further development of employability and professional skills.
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/impr
AssessMent
Assessment reflects management practice in the work environment and includes assignments, presentations, reflective portfolios and personal development plans, all related to management practice in real organisations. There are no formal examinations.
sPeCiAl FeAtures
We have designed a highly flexible and innovative postgraduate course that provides a framework for meeting the diverse needs of students and clients alike. Our course is distinctive in that it seeks to provide you with an opportunity to study a general business and management course and specialise in international management practice. As a result, you will enter the employment market with: a named degree that highlights the breadth of your business and management skills depth of knowledge in the specific context of international management practice.

Action learning for Managers This module provides a framework to support managers through the processes involved with designing, undertaking and critically evaluating an action learning intervention within a selected organisation. You will be assisted in undertaking a complete iteration of the development cycle.
AssoCiAted CAreers APPlY online:

Careers associated with this course include management roles within the private, public or non-profit sectors, at junior or middle management level.
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/impr
147
student ProFile I started the MSc in International Management Practice in January, having previously completed a PG Cert in Biotechnology at another university in the South East of England. I didnt want to wait until September to continue my studies so I was largely attracted to Anglia Ruskin because they offered New Year enrolments. I aim to become a management consultant and this course has enabled me to expand into different areas and to diversify my skill set. Although the course is full-time, teaching only takes place during two full days a week so I have been able to work part-time as a research assistant, which has enabled me to support my studies, as well as gain valuable work experience. The University itself has a much more personalised feel compared to the other educational institutions that I have attended. The support systems are excellent, especially the international student advisers who have been extremely helpful, and my course lecturers have been very friendly and well versed in their subject areas. Overall, I have had a really positive experience here so far. tabish zaman Msc international Management Practice
148
internAtionAl nursinG studies

MSc
i keY FACts
Faculty Faculty of Health & Social Care Campus Chelmsford duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to have an honours degree or equivalent. Candidates must be a practitioner in the field of nursing and should be currently employed in a professional practice. If deemed appropriate, candidates may also be asked to attend an interview. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,150 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
Course oVerView
Our course offers you the opportunity to gain a UK Masters degree in Nursing, with a focus on a critical understanding of the knowledge required to underpin and change international nursing practice. It will enable you to become an increasingly-effective practitioner in caring for patients from different backgrounds with complex needs. It will also help you to develop the ability to respond flexibly to changing international health care needs. Through our course you will gain the skills to meet the challenges of nursing and health services in international contexts. Our course will also improve your global employability in health and social care settings.
Addictions and Communicable disease Management This module will enable you to develop skills in presenting detailed clinical information on particular conditions. You will develop a critical understanding of two contrasting types of widespread forms of public health challenge: those presented by addictions (to alcohol, tobacco, illicit drugs, food etc) and the public health issues associated with infectious disease management within the UK, Europe and globally. The social, economic, cultural and political determinants affecting the health and wellbeing of populations around the world in relation to addictions and infections are addressed. Critical comparisons will be made between developed and developing world strategies, the influence of multinational markets, pandemic and epidemic management, and central and local initiatives. research studies This module is designed to provide you with a critical overview of the main methodologies and designs applied to research within health and social care, professional practice, regulation and policy. It provides you with an opportunity to explore the theoretical dilemmas that underlie the process of inquiry and its relationship to practice. Our module will provide a framework within which to select, evaluate and justify the research methods chosen for your research project. This module is taken by students on a variety of different Masters courses. Major Project Our Major Project is of central importance to the Masters award. You will be expected to bring together aspects of learning from previous modules as well as using the learning as the basis for planning, conducting and writing a research or work-based project.
Core Modules
Advancing Professional decision Making The aim of this module is to advance your decision making skills through critical reflection, with the help of a critical friend. You will need to be able to use practical decision making skills within an area of professional knowledge and to develop strategies to facilitate the implementation of the outcomes of the decision making process, either as an individual or within a team/organisation. Management of change and service development are seen as core elements of the module, together with the enhancement of professional judgement and leadership.
oPtionAl Modules
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/innu
APPlY online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/innu
149
AssessMent
Our assessment strategies will challenge your critical and creative thinking, and enable you to demonstrate your ability to advance your practice through the synthesis of existing knowledge, new knowledge and professional practice. Assessment is integrated closely with learning and you will be able to focus your assignments to ensure relevance to your professional and personal development. The ability to problem-solve in practice will underpin the basis of assessment of your creativity in addressing a range of issues specific to your practice. The assessment topics will be generated from real practice issues currently pertinent to you, requiring the demonstration of critical and innovative thinking, drawing on a range of conceptual frameworks from practice. The forms of assessment vary between modules and include written essays, research proposals, case studies, research reports and data analysis.
You will be taught by nurses and health professionals currently practising in the local health care services. The Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) in the UK recognises our teaching staff as committed, enthusiastic and very professional.
AssoCiAted CAreers
Successful completion of our course will enhance your international employability. Once you have completed our MSc in International Nursing Studies you may be able to go on to complete the Overseas Nursing Programme (ONP). Successful completion of the ONP will enable you to register with the Nursing and Midwifery Council and work as a registered nurse in the UK. If you complete the MSc award but do not wish to undertake the ONP, you can work as a health care assistant/nurse assistant in the UK for up to two years after graduation.
tutor ProFile International Nursing Studies provides the opportunity for nurses from many countries to achieve the high quality of nursing education that will enable them to make significant contributions in meeting the health and development goals of their geographical regions, and act as an agent of change within their own communities. With this qualification nurses will be able to assume leadership in the planning and delivery of firstclass care services to individuals and families in society. Mark Vertue Head of department, Primary and intermediate Care
sPeCiAl FeAtures
We offer our students the chance to study in state-of-the-art clinical skills facilities which have been built in collaboration with the National Health Service (NHS). These labs have been built to specifically mirror the working environment in UK hospitals. As a student, you will have the opportunity to visit centres of excellence within the health and social care arena, such as a Cardiac Care Unit, a Burns Unit and Palliative Care.
You will GAin tHe skills to Meet tHe CHAllenGes oF nursinG And HeAltH serViCes in internAtionAl deVeloPMents.
150
internAtionAl sociAl welfAre And sociAl policy

MSc
i key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Faculty of Health & Social Care campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold a good first degree or equivalent and be working, or looking to pursue a career, in areas such as social policy, social welfare or community development. Candidates without a degree may gain entry to our course by clearly demonstrating on their application that their qualifications and experience are equivalent to an honours degree. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,150 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
course oVerView
Our course comprises of a one year, full-time Masters award, managed within our Department of Social Work & Social Policy in our Faculty of Health & Social Care. It is aimed at all personnel who are involved in welfare or policy who wish to broaden their knowledge of welfare and policy in different international societies. Our course will enable you to form strong global contacts and gain knowledge that you can apply to your own practice. You will have the opportunity to explore and learn with and from others, reflecting upon the challenges in a constructive way, deepening your awareness of your own and others perspectives.
core modules
globalisation, social welfare and social policy This module considers the relationship between globalisation and social welfare and social policy at a micro, mezzo and macro level. It considers how globalisation impacts on social welfare provision and social policy planning in different country and societal contexts, from a political, social, economic, technological and educational viewpoint. We will evaluate and critically analyse whether there are universal values and a universal knowledge base which can be relied upon to provide a response towards overcoming global problems or whether they are, or need to be, culturally and locally specific. This module also looks at how individuals, social networks and organisations deal with providing support for those in greatest need and how this can be translated to work within an international arena from both a statutory and voluntary/ non-governmental organisation provider perspective. Finally, we will consider the role of the social welfare and social policy worker within a globalised world and critically debate universal standards of practice and transferable skills and adaptation.
comparative social policy and social welfare This module looks at comparative issues concerning social policy and social welfare in the international context. Areas such as migration, poverty and social exclusion, youth work, street living and community work will be analysed across a variety of countries and regions. Within the context of specific case studies, you will apply the principles of comparative analysis and critically evaluate methodological issues which arise from comparative analysis. Further emphasis will be placed on the critical evaluation of theoretical perspectives of international social welfare and social policy in the context of case studies. You will develop your own comparative analysis regarding issues of international social welfare and social policy, and enhance your skills in the theoretical and methodological evaluation of literature regarding comparative analysis.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/swsp
151
our courses | full-time postgraduate prospectus entry 2011
research studies This module will provide you with a critical overview of the main methodologies and designs applied to research within health and social care, professional practice, regulation and policy. It will provide you with an opportunity to explore the theoretical dilemmas that underlie the process of enquiry and its relationship to practice. It will provide a framework within which to select, evaluate and justify the research methods chosen for your research project. major project Our Major Project is of central importance to our Masters award. This module will support you in your preparation and submission of this Masters-level Major Project. You will be expected to bring together aspects of learning from previous modules as well as using the learning as the basis for planning, conducting and writing a research or work-based project. There will be eight hours of workshop support available to you during the module. This will be delivered as four two-hour workshops. In addition, there will be a full days introductory workshop before the module commences. You will be allocated a minimum of six hours individual supervisory support with additional supervisory support able to be negotiated between you and your supervisor.
links witH industry And professionAl recognition

Our course has links with caring agencies, local authorities, nongovernmental organisations and community development organisations.
AssociAted cAreers
Careers associated with our course include social work, social policy, community development and education.
tutor profile Isabel is a Senior Lecturer at Anglia Ruskin University with a particular interest in research and teaching within an international arena, and has recently undertaken collaborative work (research and teaching) with a leading university in India. She began her career as a general nurse and worked as a district nurse in East London before obtaining a degree in Sociology. Isabel later went on to gain a Diploma in Social Work and began her career as a front-line social worker dealing with child protection investigations and assessment, progressing to team manager and then service manager in a strategic, developmental role. After obtaining her MBA from Anglia Ruskin University in 2003, she followed her interest in teaching and research and moved into higher education at our University. Isabel is currently completing a PhD involving setting up a virtual community of practice between social work lecturers in the UK and India. isabel williams course leader
you will deepen your AwAreness of your own And otHers perspectiVes.
click: www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg | emAil: answers@anglia.ac.uk | cAll: 0845 271 3333
152
internAtionAl sustAinAble tourism mAnAgement

MA
i key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Ashcroft International Business School campus Cambridge duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree at a 2:2 classification. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Candidates who do not meet our usual entry criteria, but can demonstrate appropriate relevant experience in a post of management or professional responsibility in tourism or a related field (e.g. sustainable management in business enterprises, local authority, science organisation, wildlife or conservation management, or with relevant non-governmental organisations), may be admitted if, in the opinion of our admissions tutor, they are capable of profiting from and contributing to the course. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
course oVerView
Our course covers the essential skills required to manage tourism organisations and tourist places in more sustainable ways in the 21st century. It is aimed at those who wish to enter a career, or further an existing career, in the tourism industry, or those wishing to develop tourism expertise in other areas (such as conservation management, urban and rural planning and other areas).
Assessment
Modules are assessed using assignments, group and individual presentations, project and portfolio work, essays and field work. Teaching will include a wide range of approaches, including lectures, seminars, videos and case studies, as well as independent fieldwork. Increasingly, the emphasis will be on self-direction, critical reflection and exposure to situations where you can evidence learning through presentations, seminar delivery, group work, interactive discussion groups and video-type interventions. You are encouraged to apply knowledge, show initiative and develop a critical awareness of current tourism management situations, problems and potential solutions in unpredictable environments.
core modules: pg cert

critical issues in tourism This module aims to enable you to plan and implement a market research strategy. Considerable attention will be given to the analysis of market research data and the presentation and reporting of research findings.
core modules: pg dip

critical issues in tourism This module covers socio-economic, management, theoretical and political aspects that have become critical concerns and debates in tourism and travel in recent years.
AssociAted cAreers
This course provides access to tourism management careers in a variety of organisations, from large and small private companies to local government, conservation and tourism authorities.
core modules: mA
major project This module supports you in the preparation and submission of a Masters stage project or Dissertation.
optionAl modules
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/istm
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/istm
get tHe skills you need to mAnAge tourism orgAnisAtions And destinAtions more sustAinAbly for tHe 21st century.
153
154
leAdersHip
MA
key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Ashcroft International Business School campus Cambridge & Chelmsford duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start date September entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold a UK university degree or equivalent at a minimum of a 2:2 classification. Candidates should have previous relevant leadership or supervisory experience of preferably two years at junior or middle management level. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Candidates who do not possess these entry criteria, but can demonstrate appropriate relevant experience in a post of management or professional responsibility, may be admitted if, in the opinion of our admissions tutor, they are capable of profiting from and contributing to the course. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
course oVerView
Our course aims to meet the personal and professional requirements of leaders within contemporary organisations. Its philosophy is based on understanding a clear distinction between the concepts of leadership and management. The leadership function relates to developing visions of the future, seeing the big picture, motivating and inspiring the workforce and producing change. Management relates to handling detailed operational issues such as planning, budgeting, staffing and problem-solving. Our course will focus on leadership rather than management issues.
core modules: mA
research methods for managers This module will provide you with the knowledge, skills and abilities you will need to effectively carry out a piece of small-scale business or management research. A particular emphasis will be placed upon developing your skills ahead of your workplace-based Masters Dissertation or project. major project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters stage project or Dissertation.

leadership foundations This module will lay the foundations for our course by examining definitions of leadership and by distinguishing between leadership and management. developing the modern leader This module focuses on the characteristics that are most closely associated with leadership skills, competencies, tools and techniques that can be applied to support the modern leader.
optionAl modules
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/ledr
Assessment
Assessment reflects professional practice in the work environment and includes assignments, presentations, reflective portfolios and Personal Development Planning (PDP), all related to leadership practice. There are no formal examinations. Teaching will include a wide range of approaches, including lectures, seminars, videos and case studies. Special emphasis will include team teaching and the setting of work-based tasks at a strategic level. Learning strategies will include syndicate work, group presentations, working with local business organisations and self-managed learning. Assessments will have a strong practical and professional orientation and will enable you to develop a range of functional management skills relevant to senior roles in your organisation.

strategic leadership This module explores the leadership of an organisations strategy contributes to its performance. It is integrative in nature and provides practically relevant ideas and frameworks that facilitate strategy design and implementation.
AssociAted cAreers
Careers associated with our course include leadership roles within the private, public or non-profit sectors at junior or middle management level.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/ledr
155
156
legAl prActice
LLM
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences campus Cambridge & Chelmsford duration 6 months start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold 120 credits at level four. These credits may be obtained by: pass in the Legal Practice a Course from a UK University or other authorised provider pass in the Law Society Final a Examination and completion of a minimum of one year of a training contract OR recent pass in the Bar a Vocational Course from a UK university or other authorised provider. Candidates must also provide a satisfactory research proposal. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) LLM = 2,150 Overseas (Non-EU Students) LLM = 3,525
course oVerView
Our course will provide an opportunity for students who have completed the Legal Practice Course or Bar Vocational Course to top-up their qualification to an LLM in Legal Practice. Current practising solicitors who undertook the former Law Society Final Examinations are also eligible for our course, and overseas qualified lawyers may be eligible, subject to having taken the Qualified Lawyers Transfer Test (QLTT) and/or gaining university accreditation of prior learning and experience. You will have the opportunity to explore in depth a particular aspect of legal practice. This may reflect your current professional practice context or relate to your career development plans and/or academic interest. Our LLM award is available to those students who attend research seminars delivered over four days and who satisfactorily complete a Dissertation of 22,000 words (maximum) on an area of legal practice of the students choice (subject to approval and appropriate supervisory capacity within Anglia Law School). Anglia Law School currently employs a number of full-time academic staff with legal practice experience and accordingly is able to offer supervision in a variety of research fields for those wishing to undertake our LLM in Legal Practice.
In the research seminars, you will develop your research skills across a range of appropriate techniques, such as bibliographical and electronic legal research skills, empirical techniques (including surveys, questionnaires and interviews), how to critically read research and formulate research questions, qualitative and quantitative approaches to research and writing and presenting your research findings. In addition to these sessions, you may also seek guidance as part of your normal supervision process. You will be allocated a supervisor to assist you in developing your research proposal/ hypothesis, discuss your methodology (including the possible need for ethics clearance) and act as a mentor throughout the course. You will be expected to make regular reports to your supervisor on the progress of your work. The supervisory process will take place through a combination of face-to-face, telephone and email discussions.
Assessment
You will complete a 22,000 word Dissertation which you will normally submit by the end of March following your enrolment. Your Dissertation will provide a medium for you to apply theory to practice and to contribute to best practice in your professional sphere.
AssociAted cAreers
Our course contributes particularly to research and analytical and critical thinking, which are transferable skills highly valued by employers. It is highly relevant to related careers in the legal profession.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/m390
157
158
legAl prActice course (lpc)

PG Dip
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences campus Cambridge & Chelmsford duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates must hold one of the following: UK qualifying law degree a at a minimum of a 2.2 classification ompletion of a Common c Professional Examination/ Graduate Diploma in Law ILEX (Fellowship of the F Institute of Legal Executives). Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) PG Dip = 8,375 Overseas (Non-EU Students) PG Dip= 9,500
course oVerView
The Legal Practice Course (LPC) is a postgraduate course for those seeking to qualify as a solicitor in England and Wales. Successful completion of our course will enable you to proceed to a training contract. In Chelmsford, our course involves four days attendance per week on-campus, with all lectures and workshops delivered live (as opposed to being recorded by the lecturer beforehand and watched as a screen-cast remotely). In Cambridge, our course is taught over one year and attendance is two days per week. We are very proud of being able to deliver a high-quality course at a significant saving in price to our major competitors. Our LPC is validated by the Solicitors Regulation Authority. We have also become the first university in England and Wales to have our LPC accredited by Skillsmark, achieving a Grade 1 the top award of four possible grades for the course. Skillsmark was established by Skills for Justice, the Sector Skills Council which covers all employers, employees and volunteers working in the UK justice system, as part of its mission to link learning to reputable and valued qualifications. For more information, visit the website below.
core modules
civil and criminal litigation In Civil Litigation, you will learn the practice and procedure of claims in the civil courts, including evidential risk assessment. In Criminal Litigation, you will develop your understanding of the practice and procedure of the criminal justice system, from police station attendance to plea in mitigation. property law and practice During this module you will develop your understanding of the law of property and learn the rules relating to transfers of interests in land. You will also learn what is involved in acting for clients who own either commercial or residential property. business law and practice During this module you will be introduced to business taxation calculations and the liabilities and responsibilities of business owners, be they partners, sole traders or companies. You will learn how these business entities are run from a practical perspective. In addition to the core modules above, some of which are prescribed by the professional body, we have electives and content which represent added value as recommended by our Advisory Board of regional legal practitioners. These electives include: egal skills: advocacy, interviewing and l advising, drafting, writing, negotiation, legal research rofessional conduct and regulation: p professional conduct, financial services, solicitors accounts ills and administration of estates w (including the Attwaters Probate Transaction Competition).
click:
www.skillsmark.co.uk Our Skillsmark 1 accreditation means that our LPC meets the needs of employers. We have achieved this by canvassing employers views, which we then feed into the design and development of our curriculum. Skillsmark also praised us for our teaching staff, learning-outcome and assessment design, methods of assessment and quality assurance processes, along with our excellent modern resources.
How to Apply:
Applications for our full-time Legal Practice Course must be made via the Central Applications Board. For more information, click: www.lawcabs.ac.uk
159
optionAl modules

We have strong links with practitioners throughout the Eastern region and beyond. Local practitioners are involved in developing our LPC to ensure its curriculum is current and appropriate. Local firms of solicitors and the Trainee Solicitors Group visit our Law School to provide our LPC students with careers guidance.
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/lepr
Assessment
Our core modules and elective subjects will be assessed by examination. There will be oral assessments in advocacy and interviewing, and other subjects will be assessed by coursework or supervised assessments.
student profile I was told that the LPC was hard work it is! However, the supportive staff and professional working environment are great preparation for the real world of law. If you combine this with high-quality teaching, specifically allocated small group rooms (with computer/ printer) and own text books (all of which are provided) it makes for a challenging but achievable course. The main focus is on developing theory into practice, having a safe environment to practise in and having valuable feedback to constantly improve. Senior staff have ensured that CVs and covering letters make an impact, and invited firms have given introductory talks about the skills they are looking for. My advice is be ready for hard work, keep up-to-date no matter how much work you feel there is to do (or however many chapters to read). Finally, it is great value for money! clare barlow pg dip, legal practice course
AssociAted cAreers
Upon completion of our course, unless you have a FILEX qualification, you will need to complete a two-year training contract in order to qualify as a solicitor of England and Wales. Students commonly elect to complete their two-year training contract with a firm of solicitors in private practice. However, there are other options: training contracts are available in central government (through the Government Legal Service), the Crown Prosecution Service, local government, law centres, etc. Students receive a salary during their two-year training contract. All students on our LPC receive specialised careers guidance throughout the duration of the course.
speciAl feAtures
The development of legal skills underpins our LPC. We have established a national reputation for teaching client-interviewing techniques. The National Client Interviewing Competition (which is sponsored by The Law Society) was hosted by Anglia Law School at our new Faculty Building in Chelmsford over the weekend of 28 February 1 March 2009. For the third year in a row, our LPC students won the competition, setting a national record of six wins in total. Our winning students went on to represent England and Wales in the international competition held in Nevada (USA) in 2009.
were tHe first uniVersity in englAnd & wAles to gAin A skillsmArk AccreditAtion. in 2009 our lpc students AcHieVed A record siXtH win in tHe nAtionAl client interViewing competition.
160
mAnAgement
MSc
key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Ashcroft International Business School campus Cambridge & Chelmsford duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold a degree in a relevant discipline. Usually this will be at a minimum of a 2:2 classification. Holders of other awards, including those from non-UK universities, will be considered on the equivalence of their qualifications. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
course oVerView
Our course focuses on issues critical to the management of all organisations operating within the global economy. The global economic slowdown, following problems in the sub-prime mortgage market of the USA, has made it all too clear how interconnected the global economy really is! Our course emphasises the importance of multidisciplinary perspectives to the understanding of international business management, including economic, political, legal, socio-cultural and technological perspectives. It is designed for those aiming at a career in international business management within either private or public sector organisations. Our course content maintains a good balance between theory and practical application, covering the key areas encountered within management. Throughout our course you will be encouraged to think critically about many different business issues, develop strategies and find solutions to a range of management problems.

business planning and finance An important feature of this module is its holistic and integrative nature, which encompass both hard and soft system requirements. leadership and change This module will investigate and critically evaluate historical and contemporary approaches to leadership theory, focusing especially on leadership at junior to middle management level.
core modules: msc

major project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters stage project or Dissertation.
optionAl modules

professional and organisational development This module investigates questions such as who is a manager, what is management, and what is the nature of an organisation? finance for non-financial managers The focus of this module is the operational financial issues most likely to be faced by managers; budgets, budgetary control and decision making. Computational and non-financial data will be combined to demonstrate the integrative nature of financial management within an operational setting. business environment In this module you will be encouraged to develop an awareness of the key factors which influence your own (or other) organisations, including research and development, technological change, competitive forces, the economy and the regulatory environment.
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/mgtc
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/mgtc
161
Assessment
Assessment is mainly through written assignments, reports, portfolios, presentations, business simulations and workshop activities. These assessments can be completed either as part of a group or on an individual basis.

Our course brings you into close contact with practitioners and specialists from a wide range of areas of business and management within the global economy.
speciAl feAtures
Our course provides an opportunity for you to liaise with active managers, researchers and practitioners within the field of global business. You are invited to share your experiences and culture with other Masters students in an informal, supportive environment. Specialists from across the world provide regular workshops and presentations throughout our course.
AssociAted cAreers
Our course has produced postgraduate students who have been highly successful in a wide range of business, management and professional careers throughout the global economy.
our course content mAintAins A good bAlAnce between tHeory And prActicAl ApplicAtions, coVering tHe key functionAl AreAs encountered witHin mAnAgement.
162
mAnAgement And leAdersHip in HeAltH And sociAl cAre

MSc
m key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Faculty of Health & Social Care campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates should normally have a good first degree or equivalent and be currently working in, or have recently worked within, the arena of management and leadership. You do not necessarily need a professional qualification for access to our course, but do need to meet the above criteria and demonstrate a strong interest in management and leadership. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,150 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
course oVerView
Our course is managed within our Department of Allied Health and is intended for people in all sectors of health, local government, voluntary organisations and the wider community who want to develop their skills and knowledge for effective management and leadership development. In addition, it promotes the examination of international factors which shape and influence management and leadership capacity within both sectors. With due consideration to this growing realisation, our course will enable overseas students from large emerging markets (such as China, India and Africa) to share existing knowledge and to acquire new knowledge and skills to manage and lead in a changing marketplace.
organisational transformation in Health and social care Within this module you will critically explore change theory in relation to your own field of practice, and demonstrate an understanding of the theoretical and philosophical components of organisational transformation. You will be expected to demonstrate an ability to isolate and focus on the significant features of problems, and to offer coherent solutions. It is expected that you will produce original or innovative work in your specialism that is worthy of publication, public performance or display. research studies This module will provide you with a critical overview of the main methodologies and designs applied to research within health and social care, professional practice, regulation and policy. It will provide you with the opportunity to explore the theoretical dilemmas that underlie the process of enquiry and its relationship to practice. It will provide a framework within which to select, evaluate and justify the research methods chosen for your research project. major project Our Major Project is of central importance to your Masters award. You will be expected to bring together aspects of learning from previous modules and use that learning as the basis for planning, conducting and writing a research- or work-based project. There will be eight hours of workshop support available to you during this module. This will be delivered as four, two-hour workshops. In addition, there will be a full days introductory workshop before the module commences. You will be allocated a minimum of six hours individual supervisory support with additional support able to be negotiated between you and your supervisor.
core modules
Advancing professional decision making Your practical decision making skills will be essential, as will the ability to develop strategies for implementing those decisions whether as an individual or as part of a team or organisation. Thanks to the help of a critical friend, this module will help you to use critical reflection to enhance your decision making skills. Current health and social-care policy, the modernisation of the National Health Services (NHS), the need to implement national targets at a local level and other international models mean that practitioners need to find new ways of working across boundaries. Society needs confident, autonomous practitioners with the knowledge and skills needed to implement complex decisions in a rapidly changing environment, and who can play a key role in service development. Core elements of this module include the management of change, service development, the enhancement of professional judgement, and leadership.
optionAl modules
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/hscm
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/hscm
163
Assessment
Assignments include the production of reports, essays, a portfolio, and, for the Masters award, a Major Project of no more than 25,000 words.
speciAl feAtures
In recent years, the theme of management and leadership has become increasingly important within the health and social care sector. The World Health Organization (WHO) has highlighted the need for ensuring that managers have appropriate competencies (WHO 2007). Our course has been designed specifically for potential and existing leaders and managers working in a wide range of health or social care settings to enable them to develop these competencies. Our course follows a modern approach by directly addressing the important social and other factors influencing the management and leadership of both organisations and individuals. Our aim is to equip both professional and non-professional students with the knowledge, skills and emotional tools to enable you to reach your full potential as a manager and leader.
You will be able to use these skills to develop approaches to management and leadership, and will be equipped to put in place mechanisms which support the development of organisational learning. You will study with, and learn from, other current and aspiring managers and leaders from a range of health and social care organisations, enabling you to benefit from their experiences and best practice. You will also build ongoing relationships that will support you in your future career.
AssociAted cAreers
Our course will enhance your career by developing your skills of independent thinking and leading-edge practice within the field of strategic leadership and management. It will enhance your ability to plan and implement consultancy projects in a group context, and to demonstrate originality and enterprise in approaching complex health and social care management issues.
tutor profile Richard Hayward, Pathway Leader for our MSc in Management and Leadership in Health and Social Care, is a highly experienced academic with a strong background in management and leadership. A nurse by background, Richard has worked in several major London hospitals as a clinician and manager. He has been teaching management and leadership for over 10 years as well as being an assessor for the Fellowship at the Institute of Health Care Management. A second area of expertise is in health informatics where Richard is chair of the British Computer Society health nursing group. richard Hayward pathway leader, msc management and leadership in Health and social care
our course will enHAnce your cAreer by deVeloping your skills of independent tHinking And leAding-edge prActice witHin tHe field of strAtegic leAdersHip And mAnAgement.
164
mAnAgement prActice
MSc
key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Ashcroft International Business School campus Chelmsford duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold an honours degree at a minimum of a 2:2 classification. Holders of other awards, including those from non-UK universities, will be considered on the equivalence of their qualifications. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Candidates who do not possess any of these entry criteria, but can demonstrate appropriate relevant experience in a post of management or professional responsibility, may be admitted if, in the opinion of our admissions tutor, they are capable of profiting from and contributing to our course. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
course oVerView
Our MSc in Management Practice is an innovative new course at Ashcroft International Business School, designed to meet the growing demand in both international and corporate markets for a core degree in the practice of management. With an inbuilt flexibility, it offers the option to specialise in either sector-specific or specialist business functions, including international management practice, financial management practice, and marketing management practice. Our course will support the development of management practitioners and business graduates. Through their academic studies, practice-based learning and experience, they will gain both generic and contextspecific skills, competencies and knowledge which will support confident futures in management within regional, national and international business organisations.
core modules: msc

Either: major project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Mastersstage project or Dissertation. or: management practice portfolio This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a portfolio equivalent to a Masters-stage project or Dissertation.
optionAl modules
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/mapr

management theory into practice This module sets out a four-part framework (context, objectives, strategy and implementation) which managers should use for the development and implementation of strategy. the reflective practitioner The aim of this module is to enhance your self-awareness and self-understanding through the use of theoretical approaches, models and tools to support self-analysis.
speciAl feAtures
Our course is distinctive in that it seeks to provide you with the opportunity to study a general business and management course and specialise in financial management practice. As a result, you will enter the employment market with: named degree that highlights a the breadth of your business and management skills depth of knowledge in the area of financial management practice.

Action learning for managers This module provides a framework to support managers through the processes involved in designing, undertaking and critically evaluating an action-learning intervention within a selected organisation.
AssociAted cAreers
Careers associated with this course include management roles within the private, public or non-profit sectors at junior or middle management level.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/mapr
165
student profile My experience of the University has been very positive and full of knowledge. The environment here is very friendly and supportive, which was important for me coming to the UK for the first time, and the guidance on my course has been great. The course has enabled me to develop my analytical thinking and understanding of organisations. I have also been able to establish a firm career plan, spanning the next 10 years, using Personal Development Planning (PDP). This exercise has been extremely useful as it has given me direction, helping me to recognise my abilities and how I can best apply my skills to achieve my future career goals. majid Zia msc management practice
166
mArketing And innoVAtion

MA
key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Ashcroft International Business School campus Cambridge duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a degree from a UK university in a related discipline. Holders of other awards, including those from non-UK universities, will be considered on the equivalence of their qualifications. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Candidates who hold the Professional Postgraduate Diploma from the Chartered Institute of Marketing are able to join the Masters stage of our award. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
course oVerView
Our MA in Marketing and Innovation is a 180 credit, three-stage course of awards, comprising the postgraduate certificate, postgraduate diploma and Masters level awards. You will be able to create frameworks for understanding and analysing marketing processes in diverse organisational types, encountering different and changing marketing environments. You will develop practical research and analytical capabilities in the context of market-driven strategy, particularly in the formulation of value propositions in provider-consumer relationships. You will be able to review, modify and apply transferable marketing concepts and skills in the management of product and market development, in particular from the strategic perspective, and to assess critically market-sourced data and information from a variety of organisations and use this for strategic marketing decision making. There is the opportunity to examine a variety of creative approaches to product and service design, creativity and innovation that may contribute to organisational wealth and to develop intellectual mastery in the area of marketing management and innovation.

strategic marketing management This module has two themes; firstly the critical understanding of the practical tools, techniques, operations and activities of the marketing process, and secondly the marketing decisions on which effective marketing management and planning are based. research methods for managers This module will provide you with the appropriate knowledge, skills and abilities you will need to effectively carry out a piece of small-scale business or management research. A particular emphasis will be placed upon developing your skills in preparation for your workplace-based Masters Dissertation or project.
core modules: mA
major project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Mastersstage project or Dissertation.
optionAl modules

marketing management This module will seek to examine the issues of buyer behaviour, value relationships between supplier and customer and customer loyalty using a series of case studies from a range of industries. marketing design and innovation This module investigates stylistic change in taste, fashion and customer need by examining contemporary issues in marketing, design and innovation, including dependency products and services.
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/mkin
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/mkin
167
Assessment
Assessment strategies in our modules have been designed to enable you to demonstrate practical skills of data management and manipulation, synthesis of ideas in application, and to communicate outcomes to others in different marketing situations. Normally this is done through assignment and group presentation. There are no formal examinations in our course.

Our course brings you into close contact with practitioners and specialists from a wide range of areas of business and management within the global economy.
AssociAted cAreers
Our course will prepare you to enter a career in marketing. Those who already have marketing backgrounds will enhance their potential and be able to enter more senior roles.
speciAl feAtures
Our course will provide an opportunity for you to liaise with active managers, researchers and practitioners within the field of global business. You will be invited to share your experiences and culture with other Masters students in an informal, supportive environment. Specialists from across the world provide regular workshops and presentations throughout our course.
in An increAsingly consumersAVVy world, HigHer-leVel skills in mArketing cAn mAke All tHe difference to An orgAnisAtions success.
168
mArketing mAnAgement prActice

MSc
m key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Ashcroft International Business School campus Chelmsford duration 18 months (1 year plus period for Dissertation) start date September entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold an honours degree at a minimum of a 2:2 classification in business or a related discipline. Holders of other awards, including those from non-UK universities, will be considered on the equivalence of their qualifications. Candidates who do not meet any of these entry criteria, but can demonstrate appropriate relevant experience in a post of management or professional responsibility, may be admitted if, in the opinion of our admissions tutor, they are capable of profiting from and contributing to the course. tuition fees Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
1
course oVerView
Our MSc in Marketing Management Practice is an innovative new course at our Ashcroft International Business School, designed to meet the growing demand in both international and corporate markets for a core degree in the practice of management, specialising in marketing management practice. Our course will support the development of management practitioners (not just business graduates) who, through their academic studies, practice-based learning and experience, are able to gain both generic and context-specific skills, competencies and knowledge which will support confident futures in management within regional, national and international business organisations.
or: management practice portfolio This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a portfolio equivalent to a Masters stage project or Dissertation.
optionAl modules
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/mmpr
Assessment
Assessment reflects management practice in the work environment and includes assignments, presentations, reflective portfolios and Personal Development Planning (PDP), all related to management practice in real organisations. There are no formal examinations.

management theory into practice This module sets out a four-part framework (context, objectives, strategy and implementation), which managers should use for the development and implementation of strategy. the reflective practitioner The aim of this module is to enhance your self-awareness and self-understanding through the use of theoretical approaches, models and tools to support self-analysis.
speciAl feAtures
We have designed a highly-flexible and innovative postgraduate course that provides a framework for meeting the diverse student and client needs of the markets it operates in. Our course is distinctive in that it seeks to provide you with an opportunity to study a general business and management course and specialise in marketing management practice. As a result you will enter the employment market with: named degree that highlights a the breadth of your business and management skills depth of knowledge against the specific context of marketing management practice.

Action learning for managers This module provides a framework to support managers through the processes involved with designing, undertaking and critically evaluating an action-learning intervention within a selected organisation. You will be assisted to undertake a complete iteration of the development cycle.
core modules: msc

Either: major project This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters-stage project or Dissertation.
AssociAted cAreers
Careers associated with this course include management roles within the private, public or non-profit sectors at junior or middle management level.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/mmpr
169
170
mAster of business AdministrAtion

MBA
m key fActs
faculty Ashcroft International Business School campus Cambridge & Chelmsford duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold a first degree. Those candidates without a formal qualification will be expected to demonstrate previous supervisory experience, preferably at middle-management level, of at least three years. Candidates are normally required to evidence this by means of a CV. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MBA = 12,250 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MBA = 12,250
course oVerView
Our Master of Business Administration (MBA) course has been developed to meet the needs of middle/senior managers in the running of their businesses, and to facilitate their progression to higher-level roles within their organisation. Managers need to be aware of issues, able to analyse their potential outcomes and consequences, and decide how to react. They do not have to be an expert in all areas of business, but they need a general awareness of which specialist facilities and services exist, and how they can assist in carrying out their role. Thus, MBA courses have a far more generalist and strategic approach than those Masters courses focused on specific subject areas. This philosophy is followed by the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) in their Subject Benchmark Statements. Our course follows their recommendations in its focus on the advanced study of organisations and the dynamic, global context in which they operate. Unique to our MBA is the depth of emphasis on a strong practical and professional orientation to the curriculum and learning styles, which has been developed over our 15 year history. Our MBA has a strong reputation for providing managers with the foundation necessary for handling complex issues in a turbulent business environment. Leaders need to be challenging and thoughtful, analytical and innovative, and these are important elements of our course.
marketing management This module will seek to examine these issues using a series of case studies from a range of industries. One of the main focuses for the design of this module has been the further development of relevant employability and professional skills. Human resource management practice This module will introduce you to the key concepts and policies underlying Human Resource Management (HRM) in organisations. Thus, the module looks at techniques, procedures and systems available to managers in order to enhance performance, to achieve excellence and to align corporate and commercial goals. research methods for managers This module provides you with the appropriate knowledge, skills and abilities you will need to effectively carry out a piece of small-scale business or management research. A particular emphasis will be placed upon developing your skills towards your workplace-based Masters Dissertation or project. business Analysis project This module focuses on both strategic and operational aspects and integrates topics and themes from other modules. This integrative approach will enable you to develop a comprehensive understanding of the issues facing an organisation and the implications of those issues for its wellbeing. strategic management This module explores the rich field of strategic management and how strategic analysis and formulation contribute to an organisations performance. The module is integrative in nature and provides practically relevant ideas and frameworks that facilitate strategy design and implementation. international business management This module describes the driving forces behind international business and their impact on organisations, managers and individuals. It explores possible corporate strategic responses to international business conditions and exposes managers to issues and tensions in business operations and relationships across national cultures.
core modules: cAmbridge

organisational behaviour The purpose of this module is to provide a number of conceptual frameworks to help you make sense of your professional practice and context. The focus is to seek insights into behaviour in organisations from a behavioural science perspective. financial statement Analysis This module identifies the major areas of judgement in financial statements and helps you both to recognise those judgements and develop a crucial ability to modify them to suit your own informational needs.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/mbac
171
entrepreneurship and innovation This module reviews the classical models of entrepreneurship and examines the main characteristics of entrepreneurs within organisations of all sizes. Commercial, public sector and not-for-profit-distribution organisations can be included in this assessment. dissertation This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters stage project or Dissertation.
decision making and problem solving This module will give you the skills and knowledge necessary to develop frameworks and approaches to decision making, by critically examining theoretical models and relating them to business experience. strategic management This module explores the rich field of strategic management and how strategic analysis and formulation contribute to an organisations performance. business Analysis project The module is integrative in nature and provides practically relevant ideas and frameworks that facilitate strategy design and implementation with a focus on their financial implications. dissertation (30, 45 or 60 credits) This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Mastersstage project or Dissertation. This involves an assessment volume equivalent to 15,000 words, worth 30 credits.
core modules: cHelmsford

organisational behaviour This module provides a number of conceptual frameworks to help you make sense of your professional practice and context. The focus of the module is to seek insights into behaviour in organisations from a behavioural science perspective. global business fitness This module examines the fitness of business to help humanity tackle urgent global issues, based on the four elements of decision making/problem solving, adoption of a global approach, creation of a new business paradigm and having a contemporary mission. marketing management This module examines marketing issues using a series of case studies from a range of industries. One of the main focuses for the design of this module has been the further development of relevant employability and professional skills. strategic financial Analysis This module provides a conceptual and analytical framework for looking at the financial performance of organisations operating internationally in capital, financial and operational markets. research methods for managers This module will ensure that you will have the appropriate knowledge, skills and abilities needed to effectively carry out a piece of small-scale business or management research. A particular emphasis will be placed upon developing your skills towards your workplace-based Masters Dissertation or project.
student profile I completed my first degree in Accounting and Finance at Anglia Ruskin and was impressed with the standard of education and the excellent environment that it provides for study, so I decided to stay on to undertake my postgraduate degree. I was attracted by the MBA, in particular, because I believe that it will give me an insight into how modern businesses operate and the tools that are currently being used to deliver high performance and productivity. It is also a valuable academic qualification that is highly sought after in the business world. Hilda morah mbA
optionAl modules
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/mbac

Our MBA is accredited by the Association of Business Schools. Links between our MBA and international partner institutions are fostered through international websites, residentials and conferences.
AssociAted cAreers
Our MBA will prepare middle managers for senior roles within their organisations.
172
mAster of fine Art

MFA
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences campus Cambridge duration 2 years start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a degree at a 2:1 classification or above, which is preferably, but not necessarily, in a related discipline. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MFA = 7,050* *Total tuition fee for 2 years.
course oVerView
Our Master of Fine Art (MFA) course will provide you with a specialist and in-depth postgraduate course of study, incorporating flexible study routes in order to cater for your individual needs and career trajectories. It is a practice-based course which embraces a variety of creative attitudes and established practices ranging from painting, sculpture, printmaking, installation, photography, film, sound and experimental music to intermedia. Our course will enable you to focus on your given practice through core modules as well as interconnected critical theory and exhibition-practice modules. The interplay of this provision will enable you to locate your practices at the forefront of contemporary fine art, developing both critical and creative dialogues with staff and fellow students, and providing the opportunity to test out your ideas within a professional environment and context. Our MFA is a two-year course and consists of five semesters (two in year one and three in year two), which are defined by a spine of core practice modules consisting of 60 credits. In the first year the intensive and investigative core module is complemented and offset by two 30 credit strands exploring, respectively, critical theory in relation to practice and the development of various approaches to contemporary exhibition practices for various media. In year two (semesters three to five) you will have a choice of three study routes relevant to the practices you have initiated in semesters one and two and informed by your choice of career: a practice or theory route; an arts management route; or an education route. Each of these reflects and complements the core practice-based 60 credit module in semesters three and four. In semester five you will embark on a final Major Project, the summation of your studies.
core modules
establishing postgraduate practice In this module you will develop a practice-based research programme articulating your concerns within a critical and cultural context. Learning is developed through self-directed research supported by supervisory tutorials, seminars and peer group learning. Aesthetics and critical writing This module will provide a critical framework that will feed into your core research module. Our course of study will develop your understanding through an investigation of key ideas in aesthetics that inform discourses around contemporary practice. Approaches to exhibiting This module will examine the current understanding of curatorial theory and practice. Learning will be developed through the examination of texts, events and case studies leading to the implementation of individual and group curatorial projects. extending postgraduate practice This module aims to extend your practice-based research within a critical, theoretical and professional context. Specialist staff will provide a lively discursive arena for the potential expansion, progression and development of your work. final major project The Final Major Project represents the culmination of learning on our course and provides an opportunity for you to develop and resolve a major area of fine art research informed by practical and theoretical research.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/mfaf
1 Tuition fees stated in this Prospectus are for the academic year 2011/12 and are correct at time of going to print. The tuition fees stated are applicable to that academic year only unless otherwise indicated. Please note that tuition fees may be subject to review. The overseas tuition fee for this course was unavailable at the time of print. For up-to-date information please email alssinternationaladmissions@anglia.ac.uk
173
Assessment
Assessment will be undertaken by an exhibition and critical commentary. You will also undertake essays and seminar presentations.
AssociAted cAreers
Our course will prepare you for a range of different careers, including professional artist, exhibition or museum curator, or arts educator (particularly in a higher education environment). Specialism through the different available routes will prepare you for roles such as working in arts management, including business development and fundraising, and events management. Our course will also be beneficial for those working in, or planning careers within, the creative and cultural industries either as a freelancer or as an small and medium enterprises worker.
speciAl feAtures
In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) for Art and Design, 70% of our research work was internationally recognised, internationally excellent and, in some cases, world-leading. As a result, our income from the RAE to support our research is double our 2002 allocation.
student profile Having done my undergraduate degree at Anglia Ruskin, I knew the facilities and the location worked for me. I have young children so it was important that the travel time was short (I live in Cambridge) in order to get the most from my time on-campus. The culture within the Cambridge School of Art is very supportive and contact with lecturers is frequent. There is an engagement with the art world, current art practices and theory, which is invaluable, with many visiting artists coming in. I was initially drawn to the course because it offers the opportunity to specialise, in the second year, in teaching, arts management or critical practice. Within this is the ongoing development of my own studio practice in the onsite studio, with an engaged peer group. patsy rathbone mfA fine Art

Our course is internationally recognised as the highest taught award in the visual arts. Its standards are endorsed by the College Art Association of the USA. Unlike most Masters degrees, our course is used as a guarantee of professional competence in the visual arts. The recipient of our MFA award will have achieved a certified level of technical proficiency and demonstrated the ability to make art.
our course will enAble you to focus on your giVen prActice tHrougH core prActice modules As well As interconnected criticAl tHeory And eXHibition prActice modules.
174
mobile telecommunicAtion
MSc
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Science & Technology campus Chelmsford duration September intake: 13 months January intake: 16 months start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a first degree classification at a minimum of a 2:2 classification in one of the following subjects: electrical or electronic engineering; computer engineering; computer science; information business systems; mathematics; multimedia computing and radio frequency and wireless communications. Candidates should also have relevant experience in mobile communications or networks, mobile project management, mobile systems operation and maintenance. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,000
course oVerView
Our course helps to supply the high demand for professionals with advanced skills in mobile operations and maintenance, as well as mobile system management and marketing.
Assessment
For the Advanced Mobile Systems and Wireless Networks modules, you will undertake course work and examinations respectively. The rest of your modules will be assessed on coursework only.
core modules
Advanced mobile systems This module covers 30 credits on Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), 2.5G, 3G and 4G systems, as well as emerging new mobile systems and services. digital signal processing This module covers 15 credits on all signal-processing design and construction techniques related to mobile communications. wireless networks This module covers 15 credits on wireless local-area networks and services, and the merge of this service with mobile systems. Advanced security systems This module covers 30 credits on information technology security when delivered by mobile systems, as well as the security coding, authentication and confidentiality of the voice and data. programming and simulation This module covers 15 credits on the programming of mobile handsets and the programming of services at the transmission and switching level. The simulation will include instruction on how to build wideband mobile services at different generations on the computer screen using high-level simulation packages such as OPNET. Advanced project management This module covers 15 credits on the management issues in system-building and service-operation. This includes marketing and customer care and satisfaction methods in fiercely competitive environments. dissertation This module covers 60 credits, through a case study with practical implementation, or research into different mobile-related quality and security issues with measurable parameters.
speciAl feAtures
Our specialist facilities include wireless and mobile and electronic laboratories, simulation packages and programming and security laboratories.

We currently have links with Segwell Ltd, Glazing Vision, Visteon, British Aerospace and EEV.
AssociAted cAreers
Graduates of our course will typically work in organisations as mobile network designers, mobile projects managers, wireless and mobile communication consultants, or within operations as a team leader. The skills that you acquire on our course will mean you will be likely to progress quickly to the position of a senior manager, leading a team of network architects or operations and support staff. Additionally, this course will equip you to work in a mobile communication customer-care setting.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/ejtt
175
176
music tHerApy
MA
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences campus Cambridge duration 2 years start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a music degree or equivalent, such as another degree with a high standard of musicianship. Candidates are required to demonstrate a high standard of flexible musicianship at grade eight or equivalent, and preferably one other instrument. Candidates should have relevant clinical experience with adults and children. Interviews, Criminal Records Bureau checks and occupational health clearance are also required. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent at entry stage, and at least IELTS 7.0 or equivalent at the end of the course. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 8,375* *Total tuition fee for 2 years.
course oVerView
Our MA in Music Therapy provides you with professional training with an emphasis on clinical placements, and an introduction to various music therapy approaches. Our will train suitably-experienced musicians as professional music therapists at Masters level, adhering to the general clinical definition of music therapy within the UK. You will be expected to involve yourself in self-reflection in small and large group activities, lectures and musical activity, case discussion and theoretical analysis. A significant component of experiential learning is through tutorials and supervision groups, embracing a central teaching style. Clinical placements are key to the experience. You will benefit from learning about the most recent, effective music therapy approaches with adults and children. Two aspects of music therapy are central to the music therapy approach in the UK: the use of improvised and pre-composed music and the importance attached to the relationship between the patient and the therapist. These characteristics, which result in the need for rigorous clinical, musical and psychological training on our music therapy course, underpin our training. Music therapy research at Anglia Ruskin has recently been rated as world-leading in the Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, and courses within our Department of Music and Performing Arts have been recognised as excellent for their learning and teaching.
core modules
music therapy practical and clinical skills (year one) Improvisation skills are taught in small groups focusing first on your main instrument. You will also learn improvisation on keyboard and a single line instrument and/or voice. music therapy and multidisciplinary theoretical studies (year one) Foundations of clinical knowledge and theoretical understanding of music therapy and other related disciplines are taught by leaders in the field. Theory and practice are linked through workshops and presentations by the core team and other experts. clinical placements and experiential development (years one and two) You will undertake block placements in at least three clinical fields, including in the community, schools, hospitals and hospices. University-based small supervision groups in year one will prepare and support you in your casework. Supervision from qualified music therapists on placements will also be provided. You will work with a variety of patients/clients and gain experience of the multidisciplinary team. The weekly experiential music therapy group in the first year will enable you to reflect on your clinical experiences and on the process of becoming a music therapist. music therapy clinical/theoretical major project (year two) This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters Dissertation or Major Project. The Dissertation may be research or more clinically-orientated, depending on your choice.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/muth
1 Tuition fees stated in this Prospectus are for the academic year 2011/12 and are correct at time of going to print. The tuition fees stated are applicable to that academic year only unless otherwise indicated. Please note that tuition fees may be subject to review. The overseas tuition fee for this course was unavailable at the time of print. For up-to-date information please email alssinternationaladmissions@anglia.ac.uk
177
Assessment
There will be an assessment at the half-way point, where one of the external examiners will consider your progress towards becoming a music therapist. The final oral assessment will involve presenting in-depth casework to two external examiners who are active in the clinical field. Assessment takes place against clear criteria and learning outcomes. Assessed activities range from formal essay-writing to experiential learning, group learning and clinical improvisation and fieldwork, including clinical placements. You will also be assessed through self-analysis and reflection in discussions with your personal tutor.

Investing in our course will enable you to gain a qualification that is approved by the Health Professions Council (HPC). This is a legal requirement for music therapists in the UK. Our course is also recognised by the Association of Professional Music Therapists. Staff team members hold offices in this association and in other national allied health-professional bodies. There are strong links with other practitioners, such as psychiatrists and psychotherapists, and staff are employed in local National Health Service (NHS) facilities as well as by our University, making for a strong professional profile. We have also established professional collaborations with institutions across the world, providing a rich interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary milieu.
student profile I wanted to train to become a music therapist and was particularly interested in courses offering a psychotherapeutically informed approach to the work. I was also interested in a course that would provide a variety of different work placements. The course offered by Anglia Ruskin University met both these criteria and when I was applying it had just received a positive Health Professions Council endorsement. As a Cambridge resident with two children attending schools in the area, the close locality of the campus was a deciding factor and the course has met and exceeded many of my expectations. I benefited from plenty of hands-on experience throughout, both in the form of placements and through a wide range of workshops run by peer groups, experienced therapists and local agencies, as well as national and international professionals who are involved in the work of the Department. katy bell mA music therapy
speciAl feAtures
Our course offers intensive clinical placements similar to that of a working music therapist. You will have the opportunity to work with two cases over a long period of time, gain experiential learning, and experience other arts therapies. Our course has strong international and research links.
AssociAted cAreers
A qualified music therapist is able to work with a broad range of clients, including adults and children with learning difficulties, mental health problems and other special needs. Increasingly, they are employed within hospices and related outreach settings or within medical environments to work with patients. The NHS Agenda for Change has led to improved career paths at levels similar to, or higher than, those of other allied health professions.
our HeAVy empHAsis on clinicAl plAcements offers superb eXperience witH A rAnge of pAtients And clients.
178
network mAnAgement
MSc
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Science & Technology campus Chelmsford duration September intake: 13 months January intake: 16 months start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree in a relevant IT-related discipline or an honours degree at a 2:1 classification, or above, combined with relevant professional experience. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,000
course oVerView
Our course has been developed in response to the need for personnel equipped to design, configure and manage networks within an enterprise-wide computer network infrastructure. During your studies you will design and implement complex, enterprisewide computer networks, configure and deploy network management tools to assess network performance, and develop skills in managing staff and resources.
secure systems Secure Systems examines the strategic importance of information security techniques and the inherent security weakness of our information technology in a world where organisations are more than ever before dependent on publicinfrastructure data communications.
Assessment
A broad range of assessment methods will be used, measuring all aspects of your understanding and skill application. These will include written assignments, laboratory practice, presentations and a Major Project-based Dissertation. Recognising that this course relies heavily on knowledge and practical skills, there will be a significant emphasis on laboratory-based assignments.
core modules
it infrastructures This module will introduce you to current best practice in the design, deployment and maintenance of an enterprise-wide IT infrastructure. You will cover the design of core IT infrastructures and will deploy network management software to monitor the performance of the network and associated components. Advanced computer networks 1 This module is an advanced course in the design, deployment and optimisation of advanced routing protocols and scalable resilient Local Area Network (LAN) switched networks. The module combines theoretical rigour with practical hands-on experience in a dedicated networking laboratory. Advanced computer networks 2 This module is an advanced course in network security and quality of service deployment within an enterprise network. Advanced network security This module will introduce you to current best practice in network security and penetration-testing (ethical hacking). Topics addressed include physical security, introduction to protocol-header manipulation and operating system vulnerability analysis in a range of modern operating systems.
speciAl feAtures
Through undertaking this course you will cover the course material that will enable you to prepare for Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) level.
AssociAted cAreers
Graduates of our course will typically work in organisations as architect designers or operations or project managers. The skills that you acquire on our course will mean you will be likely to progress quickly to the position of a senior manager, leading a team of network architects or operations and support staff.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/newk
179
student profile Before I started my course I was working within the field of computer networking, so I was aware of the industry standards and what to look for in a postgraduate course that would help me to further my career prospects and sharpen my existing skills. All of these requirements were met in the course offered at Anglia Ruskin University. The University holds Cisco Regional Academy status and provides the opportunity to work in well-equipped labs. This has given me more confidence to work in a production environment after I complete my course, as not only has it given me a strong theoretical foundation within the industry, but it also enables me to perform real-world, practical scenarios in the lab. dharmendrasinh rajput msc network management
180
network security
MSc
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Science & Technology campus Chelmsford duration September intake: 13 months January intake: 16 months start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree in a relevant IT-related discipline or an honours degree at a 2:1 classification or above, combined with relevant professional experience. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,000
course oVerView
Our course has been developed in response to the need for personnel equipped to design and deploy advanced security mechanisms within an enterprise-wide computer network infrastructure. You will critically analyse an organisations security requirements and from that produce and implement a security plan. You will use ethical hacking tools to test an organisations security systems to assess their strengths and vulnerabilities within a controlled environment.
secure systems Secure Systems examines the strategic importance of information security techniques and the inherent security weakness of our information technology in a world where organisations are more than ever before dependent on publicinfrastructure data communications.
Assessment
A broad range of assessment methods will be used, measuring all aspects of your understanding and skill application. These will include written assignments, laboratory practice, presentations and a Major Projectbased Dissertation. Recognising that this course relies heavily on knowledge and practical skills, there will be a significant emphasis on laboratory-based assignments.
core modules
it infrastructures This module will introduce you to current best practice in the design, deployment and maintenance of an enterprise-wide IT infrastructure. You will cover the design of core IT infrastructures and will deploy network management software to monitor the performance of the network and associated components. Advanced computer networks 1 This module is an advanced course in the design, deployment and optimisation of advanced routing protocols and scalable resilient Local Area Network (LAN) switched networks. The module combines theoretical rigour with practical hands-on experience in a dedicated networking laboratory. Advanced computer networks 2 This module is an advanced course in network security and quality of service deployment within an enterprise network. Advanced network security This module will introduce you to current best practice in network security and penetration-testing (ethical hacking). Topics addressed include physical security, introduction to protocol-header manipulation and operating system vulnerability analysis in a range of modern operating systems.
speciAl feAtures
Through undertaking this course you will cover the course material that will enable you to prepare for Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) level.
AssociAted cAreers
Graduates of this course will typically work in organisations as security architects, consultants or within an operations team. The skills that you acquire on our course will mean you will be likely to progress quickly to the position of a senior manager, leading a team of network architects or operations and support staff.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/ntsc
181
student profile I was attracted to the MSc in Network Security because of the practical content of the course. It has enabled me to develop the knowledge that I gained through my undergraduate degree back in India, while also providing me with skills in management which I hope will help me to achieve a future career in network administration. I have particularly enjoyed working on technical issues concerning switches and routers, which are a major aspect of the course. The University has a warm and friendly environment and I have found the course tutors very helpful. I have been especially impressed with the facilities on offer at the Chelmsford campus from the library resources to the specialist laboratory equipment provided on my course. Harshit baiju shah msc network security
182
pHysiotHerApy
MSc
key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Faculty of Health & Social Care campus Cambridge, Chelmsford & Peterborough duration 1 year start dates September & February entry requirements Candidates are required to be physiotherapy practitioners and are required to have initial qualifying physiotherapy registration/state registration from their own country, as appropriate. It is anticipated that candidates undertaking the course will currently be employed in professional practice. Candidates should be educated to an honours degree level. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Candidates who do not meet this requirement will be advised to seek support from Anglia Ruskin Universitys Language Centre. click: www.anglia.ac.uk/arulc tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,150 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
course oVerView
Our course will enable you, as a physiotherapy practitioner to develop your knowledge and extend and advance your practice to meet the increasingly complex demands of physiotherapy within the health and social care sector. Innovation, research and creativity will be fostered to enable you to influence practice and service delivery and effect change. A key element will be the development of evidenced-based practice and leadership in line with government initiatives. We aim to develop clinical leaders who can improve peoples health and well-being and can deliver any necessary changes across systems and organisational boundaries. Exercise has always been one of the key skills of physiotherapy, particularly in the treatment of musculoskeletal and acquired cardio respiratory disease. Restoration of optimum levels of fitness and function underpins all the aims of physiotherapy intervention, irrespective of the pathology that impairs function. However, worldwide health care faces new challenges with increased prevalence of other acquired diseases, such as obesity, diabetes and osteoporosis. Epidemiological evidence supports the importance of regular physical activity in the prevention of many acquired chronic diseases, in the overall enhancement of health and in the restoration of physical fitness to promote effective functional ability. Our course will enable you to enhance your understanding of the theoretical, underpinning of the use of exercise to aid rehabilitation and enable physiotherapists to explore in depth the theory and relevance of holistic rehabilitation in the promotion of function.
core modules
theory of optimising fitness to function This module will enable you to enhance your understanding of the theoretical underpinning of the use of exercise to aid rehabilitation. It will enable physiotherapists to explore in depth the theory and relevance of holistic rehabilitation. Our module will cover aspects of the physiology of exercise, its impact on the body and functioning, related concepts of pain, clinical reasoning and the bio-psychosocial factors which impact on function. the Application of optimising fitness to function The aim of this module is to enable you to apply your understanding of the theoretical basis of therapeutic exercise to the assessment and management of a patients rehabilitation to optimal levels of function and continuing self-management. It will enable you to develop your theoretical knowledge in order to clinically reason and to design and evaluate appropriate treatment plans related to your area of specialist practice. research studies This module will provide you with a critical overview of the main methodologies and designs applied to research within health and social care, professional practice, regulation and policy. It will provide you with an opportunity to explore the theoretical dilemmas that underlie the process of inquiry and its relationship to practice. The module will provide a framework within which to select, evaluate and justify the research methods chosen for your research project. major project The Major Project is of central importance to our Masters award. You will be expected to bring together aspects of learning from previous modules as well as using that learning as the basis for planning, conducting and writing a research- or work-based project.
optionAl modules
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/phys
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/phys
183
Assessment
A range of assessment methods are used, including essays, presentations, formulation of a research proposal, a research project, and case studies. Assessment topics are generated from practice, requiring critical and innovative thinking and drawing on a range of conceptual frameworks designed to enhance your skills in supporting the development of practice. Formative assessment strategies, such as seminar papers, group presentations, and case reports, are integrated as part of the teaching and learning process and are used to provide ongoing feedback about your progress, as well as developing a range of communication skills which will support professional development. Summative assessment is integrated closely with learning, and you will be able to focus assignments to ensure relevance to your professional and personal development. The ability to problem-solve in practice will underpin the basis of assessment on your creativity in addressing a range of issues specific to your practice.
You will be joining a vibrant community of health and social care professionals. You will have access to excellent facilities and academic staff with a wealth of experience and research interests crossing the broad spectrum of health care, including physiotherapy, radiography, social work and nursing. Our course incorporates input from a number of experts, including: experienced clinicians; chair of the local research ethics committee; and researchers with an international reputation. Our University also has a wide range of student support services you can draw on. For those joining us whose first language is not English, you will benefit from a number of study skills sessions available throughout each semester. In addition, you will be allocated a personal tutor who will provide support throughout your time with us.
tutor profile The London Olympics and Paralympics present a fantastic opportunity for the profession to promote lifelong exercise and healthy living. Our MSc in Physiotherapy enables physiotherapists to better understand the physiological, psychological and social effects of exercise, and thus to prescribe exercise effectively, empowering patients to self-manage their fitness, function and health. shirley Jones senior lecturer and course leader, msc physiotherapy
AssociAted cAreers
Our course has many benefits for practitioners who wish to enhance and broaden their career progression. You will: evelop your knowledge, skills and d dispositions to undertake advanced practice repare for new and extended roles p nhance your understanding of e inter-professional issues integrate primary research into our y practice eet Continuing Professional Development m (CPD) and re-registration requirements.
speciAl feAtures
Our course has been developed to reflect the current World Health Organization (WHO) and UK agenda for promoting the health and wellbeing of individuals and communities. It will build on your practice and enable you to: ocus on exercise as an essential f component in both the prevention and treatment of many diseases common today evelop leadership skills which are vital for d todays health care professionals ocus on your own clinical specialty, f exploring the evidence base and evaluating your own practice.
184
printmAking
MA
key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences campus Cambridge duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a first degree in an art/design-related subject at a 2:2 classification or above. Professional experience will also be taken into account. Interviews and an art portfolio are also required. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 4,275 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 10,000
course oVerView
Our MA in Printmaking is designed for creative practitioners who wish to transform their visual practice through an engagement with print media. It offers the opportunity to extend and deepen your creative research within a supportive and critically informed environment. As a Masters student, you will formulate a creative proposal towards a sustained programme of visual print research. Our course is delivered through individual studio practice supported by oneto-one tutorials, workshops, seminars, presentations and lectures. Your individual practice will be developed through an engagement with critical and theoretical dialogue and supported by lectures, seminars and tutorials by specialist academic staff and leading professionals within the field. Critical theory is regarded as a means of reflecting upon and informing practice-based research, and represents 20% of the taught learning experience. Our course culminates in a final exhibition of work which provides both a professional benchmark and a platform for future career development. Printmaking makes a vital contribution to the language of contemporary art practice. Advances in printmaking technology have broadened the definitions of the medium, enabling artists to combine traditional print processes with digital media towards a wide range of creative solutions. If you are new to print, we provide technical inductions for traditional and emerging print media, including relief printing and intaglio processes, including photo etching, screenprint, photolithography and digital processes. Our course is aimed at artists from a variety of creative disciplines who wish to expand their visual practice within a supportive and critically engaged environment.
printmaking: postgraduate diploma This module forms an extension of the research developed for your Postgraduate Certificate. Critical and theoretical analysis of your studio practice is supported through a programme of supervisory tutorials, seminars and peer group learning. masters project This project represents the culmination of learning on the course and will provide an opportunity for you to identify, develop and resolve a major area of print research. You will put forward a research proposal for approval which will be informed by the practical and theoretical research carried out during your PG Dip. The module culminates in a final exhibition of work which will provide both a professional benchmark and a platform for your future career development.
Assessment
Assessment is based on the coursework submitted at the end of each module, comprising, in most instances, completed project work and developmental visual and contextual research.
speciAl feAtures
In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) for Art and Design, 70% of our research work was internationally recognised, internationally excellent and, in some cases, world-leading. As a result, our income from the RAE to support our research is double our 2002 allocation.
AssociAted cAreers
You will benefit from a number of career opportunities. In addition to developing successful careers within the creative field, graduates also follow pathways in further and higher education, museum and gallery management, public arts projects, artist-in-residence schemes or fellowship opportunities both in this country and abroad. Professional practice skills, transferable to a wide range of creative industries, are embedded throughout our course.
core modules
printmaking: postgraduate certificate This module provides an opportunity to develop a sustained body of print research. Learning is achieved through practice-based research and you are encouraged to articulate ideas through a considered use of process, media and context.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/prnt
185
186
proJect mAnAgement
MSc
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Science & Technology campus Chelmsford duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an appropriate honours degree in a built environment subject at a 2.2 classification or above. Candidates should hold a membership at an appropriate level of a recognised construction institution, such as the Royal Institute of British Architects (RIBA), Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS), Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB), or Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE). Candidates with a non-cognate honours degree at a 2.2 classification or above, together with relevant postgraduate work experience, may be considered on an individual basis. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
course oVerView
Our course provides a toolkit of key management skills and knowledge which will enable you to undertake a variety of roles in the field of construction project management or other management roles in the construction or property sectors. Our course is designed for built environment graduates and professionals who wish to enter a career or further an existing career in project management. It is also suited to individuals from the wider property and construction sectors of the economy who are involved in the procurement of built assets on behalf of project sponsors and public sector clients.
project management This module establishes the framework for the management of projects and develops a comprehensive understanding of the role and functions of the project manager throughout the construction project life-cycle, from inception to completion. procurement and supply chain management This module will provide you with an in-depth consideration of the principles and practices of procurement across a wide range of different approaches and situations, including direct and integrated approaches such as supply chain management and partnering. risk and Value management This module critically analyses and evaluates projects and project situations, to identify and manage risk in construction projects. It will develop your knowledge, techniques and skills in implementing value management. project production management This module will provide you with an in-depth consideration of the specialist methods and applications required to manage modern, complex and fast paced construction projects, including CIT systems. economic, legal and political framework The wider context in which construction exists and from which it derives significant influence is provided by this module, together with an understanding of the influence and responsibilities that project managers have on the wider environment. research design and methods This module provides a sound understanding of the research process and a range of research methods to prepare you for your Dissertation. dissertation This module provides the opportunity for you to identify and pursue a topic relevant to project management that is of interest and in which you will develop a significant level of expertise.
core modules
management theory and management practice These modules provide a strong management theme and a thorough understanding of the theories and principles of management. They will enable you to develop your own individual approach to management, which will be developed in the other modules during this course and thereafter in your working career. Our course regards project management as de facto an application of management, similar to the management of any undertaking, since the same theories, principles and some practices are applicable.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/prjm
187
Assessment
Assessment methods are diverse to reflect the needs of the course. However, you can expect to be assessed by assignment, case study, examinations, group work and presentations.

Our course enables direct entry to the Assessment of Professional Competence (APC) of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS). Our course is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB) and The Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS). It is also recognised by the Association for Project Management (APM).
speciAl feAtures
Our modules are delivered through lectures, tutorials and workshops by specialists in their field; case studies are used to reinforce and develop your application of project management theory and skills. WebCT is used to support your learning; it provides access to teaching materials and electronic resources (including our Universitys electronic library); to communicate with tutors and receive tutor feedback, and to enable you to submit work electronically.
AssociAted cAreers
Upon successful completion of the course you can expect to be involved in a wide range of management roles in construction, project management and property sectors. Employers and organisations will benefit from your extensive knowledge of project management, together with the skills to apply it to the successful execution of construction projects.
our course enAbles direct entry to tHe Assessment of professionAl competence (Apc) of tHe royAl institution of cHArtered surVeyors (rics).
188
public HeAltH
MSc
key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Faculty of Health & Social Care campus Chelmsford duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold a good first degree or equivalent and be working, or hope to work, within any area of the public health arena. Candidates do not necessarily need a professional qualification for access to our course, but do need to demonstrate a strong interest in public health and local health improvement. Candidates who do not have a first degree, but have relevant work experience, may be able to gain access to our course by completing a non-graduate entry profile demonstrating, and reflecting on, achievement of generic undergraduate learning outcomes through experiential learning. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,150 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 9,500
course oVerView
Public health is a discipline with fast-changing priorities and research developments. This subject involves many aspects of health, including service provision, trends in population morbidity from diseases and addictions, public safety and other social issues. In a modern global environment, national, European and international factors can all affect population health and wellbeing. Social determinants of public health, including health inequalities, are now of prime importance and policies such as Choosing Health (2004) and the Darzi Review (2008) in the UK, and the World Health Organization (WHO) elsewhere, provide challenges to existing services to fight the current threats to the health of society. There is increasing recognition that public health requires a multidisciplinary approach taking account of the wider social, political and economic factors that influence health. Our course puts emphasis on the collaborative and multi-dimensional approaches integral to working with individuals and communities to improve public health.
essential issues in public Health policy On this module you will develop a critical understanding of public health. You will be encouraged to engage in critical debate using historical and theoretical perspectives to examine major public health issues and policy developments. You will be encouraged to draw on and share your own experience to inform your understanding of contemporary public health. Emphasis will be placed on collaborative work in evaluating current policies and practices as well as in generating new ideas. Social inequalities, particularly the widening health gap, are a key theme in developing and developed nations. You will have the opportunity to apply generalised knowledge to specific areas of public health policy and practice, and to reflect critically on the implications of policy interventions across disciplines and agencies. epidemiological research methods This module will teach you to use statistical and research techniques to manage the gathering, presentation and interpretation of public health data. Epidemiology is an underlying feature of all our course modules, but this module will provide the practical skills needed to interpret data, the opportunity to explore and review the research process (research protocols, literature review, design, methodology and presentation of findings) and the skills to evaluate public health research data. strategic management and commissioning On this module you will become familiar with the planning and types of various community assessment methods that inform priority setting and equable service provision. It will introduce the principles and methods of partnership working, leadership and change management. This module will offer the opportunity to develop leadership skills within an inter-professional context in order to achieve public health improvement. It is aimed at developing skills in carrying out population needs assessments and setting local priorities and commissioning in health, local government and third sector services. These skills can be extrapolated to countries outside the European Union. Our module is multidisciplinary in content, drawing on sociological, behavioural, psychological and contemporary public health perspectives with students from various disciplines sharing practical applied experience.
core modules
Addictions and communicable disease management This module will assist you in developing skills for presenting detailed clinical information on particular conditions. On this module you will develop a critical understanding of two contrasting types of widespread forms of public health challenge: those presented by addictions (alcohol, tobacco, illicit drugs, food etc) and the public health issues associated with infectious disease management within the UK, Europe and globally. The social, economic, cultural and political determinants affecting the health and wellbeing of populations around the world in relation to addictions and infections will be addressed. Critical comparisons will be made between developed and developing world strategies, the influence of multinational markets, pandemic and epidemic management and central and local initiatives.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/puba
189
major project The Major Project is of central importance to our Masters award. You will be expected to bring together aspects of learning from previous modules as well as using that learning as the basis for planning, conducting and writing a research- or work-based project.

Our learning outcomes have been mapped against the professional standards for public health practice.
Assessment
Assessment is part of the learning process and will focus on the application of theoretical knowledge to practice issues. Each module is assessed by appropriate coursework. The forms of assessment vary between modules and include written essays, reports, case studies, data analysis, portfolio and patchwork text.
AssociAted cAreers
Our course is intended for people in all sectors (health, local government, voluntary organisations and the wider community) who want to develop their skills and knowledge for effective public health practice and tackling inequalities in health.
student profile My aunt originally suggested that I look into postgraduate study at Anglia Ruskin, as it was conveniently located near to my relatives and had a diverse student community with a good mix of international students. When I enquired about the course, I was greeted by very welcoming course administrators, which encouraged me to apply. The facilities on-campus are excellent; I use the digital library resources a lot, including e-books, and I often borrow digital recorders from media resources to use for my research. So far, the course has been challenging, rewarding and fulfilling. I especially enjoy our lectures and our lively group discussions. My classmates are very friendly and I have benefited from being in a multi-ethnic class, which has taught me more about different nationalities and cultures. lyra del rosario msc public Health
speciAl feAtures
Our course follows a modern approach to public health by directly addressing the important social and other factors influencing the wellbeing of populations. Our approach is to equip both professional and non-professional students with the knowledge and skills they need to work in the fast-changing and dynamic world of public health. Whether you see your future career in local public services or in global non-governmental organisations, our course will provide an essential foundation.
sociAl determinAnts of public HeAltH, including HeAltH ineQuAlities, Are now of prime importAnce.
190
publisHing
MA
key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences campus Cambridge duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a good honours degree in any discipline at a 2:1 classification or above. Candidates with relevant work experience may be admitted without the normal requirement of a good honours degree. Candidates who do not meet the entry requirements but can demonstrate the appropriate level of academic ability will be considered for interview. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 7.0 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 10,000
course oVerView
The four taught modules in this course cover commissioning and editing, financial management, marketing, and production and publishing law. You will acquire the skills and knowledge necessary to plan and implement various elements of publishing projects in the context of ongoing digital media developments affecting the global publishing business. In addition to learning from our experienced regular tutors, you will benefit from frequent master classes given by visiting speakers who are currently working in publishing. Your Major Project can take the form of a conventional academic Major Project, a case study based on work experience, or a business plan.
the digital publishing Age: legal and creative issues This module looks at the principles and practices related to the national and international legal environment focusing on the sale and management of rights specifically related to digital content.
Assessment
You will be assessed via a combination of the following: essays, reports, financial and business planning and analysis, the organisation of (and critical reflection on) publishing events, individual and group presentations (with professionally prepared documentary handouts), your Major Project proposal and your final Major Project.
core modules
creativity and content in publishing This module covers issues, principles and practices related to the research, commissioning, preparation and publishing of content in a variety of formats and on various platforms. planning and managing the publishing business This module covers issues, principles and practices related to the organisation of publishing businesses and marketing in a publishing context. production management and packaging This module introduces the processes and technologies used to transform a manuscript or data file into a print or digital publication suitable for audiences in local and international markets. It also looks at project management skills and professional team working.
speciAl feAtures
A special online learning resource is being developed for this course, which will enable you to undertake enriched study outside of seminar delivery at a pace and level which suits you best.

Our course has been developed in close consultation with Cambridge University Press and other local publishers to meet the needs both of graduates (from any discipline) who wish to work in publishing and of current employees within publishing organisations who seek additional knowledge and skills to develop their careers. The members of the Advisory Board include representatives from Cambridge University Press, Macmillan, Polity Press, Salt and ProQuest.
AssociAted cAreers
Our course is designed for those who wish to embark on, or develop further, a career in publishing, though the knowledge and skills acquired would also be valuable in a range of other occupations involving editorial work, marketing, business planning, and project management.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/publ
191
student profile With ambitions to start my own business in English teaching publishing, I was excited to discover the MA in Publishing at Anglia Ruskin University and have been thoroughly pleased with the level of tuition and the amazing opportunities I have been offered during the year. Not only are the lectures conducted by current publishing professionals who have invaluable insight into the field, but the master classes are given by famous names who have inspired me with their experience and spirit. I have been lucky enough to become involved in setting up a professional publishing society which has put me in direct contact with the publishing community and ensured I gain in-depth industry knowledge. Work experience at Cambridge University Press (a highly sought-after activity) has allowed me real-world practice of my university learning. The course leader and all the lecturers have been on-hand at all times for academic and professional support, something that generally makes the difference between a good course and a great course, and I have made firm friendships with my peers. elizabeth Jones mA publishing
192
sociAl work
MA
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Health & Social Care campus Cambridge & Chelmsford duration 2 years start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold an honours degree of at least a 2:2 classification and have 6 months UK experience in social work or social care. Candidates are required to supply an authenticated testimonial to the effect that they meet the General Social Care Council requirements concerning preparation for assessed practice. Candidates are required to produce evidence of having observed and shadowed a qualified social worker prior to the start of our course. Candidates are required to hold GCSE passes at grade C or above in English and mathematics. Criminal Records Bureau checks and occupational health clearance are also required. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 5,150 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
course oVerView
Our course comprises 180 credits and incorporates the core elements of the Social Work Benchmark Statement, including placement requirements. Placements run alongside academic teaching throughout the year and the normal weekly pattern is one teaching day, three placement days and one study day. You should note the importance of making time available for private study, preparation and research.
statutory agencies; the voluntary sector; and other professional contexts such as education and health arenas where social workers now practice. It further considers assessment and intervention within the context of the multi-professional team. This module recognises that assessment and intervention are methods and processes employed in enabling individuals, families and networks to make, manage and sustain changes in their lives. You will also undertake a 100-day practice placement.
yeAr one core modules: yeAr two core modules:

Human growth and behaviour Across the lifespan This module will develop and extend your understanding of human growth, development and behaviour. It will explore how the experience of life can be affected by the relationships between individual psychology, the wider social world such as family and community social trends and societal morals and ethics. Understanding the contexts of peoples lives and their motivations is critical to well-informed, realistic assessment, planning and intervention in social work practice. communicating with individuals, groups and communities In this module you will develop and consciously apply a diverse range of communication skills appropriate to the context and circumstances in which you find yourself working. Our module will explore communication as both an interpersonal and political tool that can be used to effect positive engagement and change; it will examine how different approaches have the potential to affect outcomes for individuals, groups and communities. principles of Assessment and intervention This module describes, considers and critically analyses the processes involved in essential social work tasks, assessment and intervention. It begins by exploring what is meant by assessment and intervention and how this assists decision making and action. It continues by looking at assessment and intervention in various different contexts: Accountability and responsibility in professional practice The aim of this module is to examine the legal and professional context that underpins the provision of social welfare services and identify and explore the sources and extent of your power and authority as a social worker. Our module will explore the quality-assurance frameworks that govern service provision and direct practice, as well as the responsibilities and role boundaries in multidisciplinary and inter-professional working. You will be invited to consider the range of legislation that potentially impacts on the lives of service users and the implications this holds for practice. contexts of social welfare The aim of this module is to explore the purpose, function and efficacy of social work in a contemporary, globalised world. Our module will help you to understand how social work has developed in response to a range of interrelated political, economic and social factors and policy agendas. It will also explore both changing attitudes to and constructions of service users and carers, together with an examination of the extent and ways in which service users and carers perspectives, in all their diversity, have impacted/impact on service development. Finally, it will consider the efficacy of social work responses and provisions in a complex and changing world.
How to Apply:
Apply via UCAS. click: www.ucas.com
193
william Harvey building, chelmsford campus
postgraduate dissertation The Dissertation is of central importance to your Masters award, during which you will be expected to bring together aspects of learning from previous modules as well as using it as the basis for planning, conducting and writing up a research- or work-based project. This module will support you in the preparation and submission of a Masters level Dissertation, either as a research project or as a work-based project. You will also undertake a 100-day practice placement.
speciAl feAtures
The curriculum is designed thematically in accordance with the Department of Health (2002) requirements for social work training, where five realms of learning and assessment are identified: human growth, development, mental health and disability; assessment, planning, intervention and review; communication skills; partnership working; law. You will benefit from two practice learning opportunities of 100 days in each year, in contrasting settings, one of which will involve statutory intervention.
student profile Choosing postgraduate study was an issue about the profession rather than the course for me. I wanted to train and then work as a social worker, so I was looking at the course as something offering me the opportunity to do that. The University had a good reputation for this course and I felt happy to entrust them with my training. I had had a meeting with the course tutor, Judy Hicks, before I formally applied, and she was so positive, supportive and professional that I had no hesitation in applying. I have enjoyed all aspects of the course. I feel that I have learned a great deal and, as a mature student returning to study after 14 years in the workplace, felt that my critical faculties have been turned on again. I have worked with a real variety of people in health and social care and have learnt from all of them. simon gray mA social work
Assessment
A variety of assessment methods are used on our course, including assignments, presentations, learning journals, portfolios and patchwork texts. Learning and teaching is founded on the concept of the Masters-level student as an autonomous, self-motivated and selfdirected learner, and the practice learning experience is the foundation from which the academic and theoretical aspects of the curriculum are developed. In addition to lectures, workshops and tutorials, learning is supported by practice debrief sessions, which provide a regular forum for students to share experiences and identify key learning from their practice placements.

Our course is approved by the General Social Care Council as a professional qualification in social work and students on our course must meet the requirements for inclusion in the student section of the Social Care Register.
AssociAted cAreers
Careers associated with our course include: social worker, childrens services, housing services, youth offending teams, probation services and residential social care.
you will benefit from two prActice leArning opportunities of 100 dAys in eAcH yeAr.
194
sociology
MA
key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold a good honours degree in a relevant subject area, i.e. social sciences. Candidates who do not possess this entry criteria, but can demonstrate the academic ability to work at postgraduate level, will be offered an interview. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 4,275 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
1
course oVerView
Our course offers you an exciting opportunity to explore theoretical and practical aspects of contemporary sociology, and to develop expertise in the principles and application of social research methodologies. Our modules focus on contemporary issues in social theory and the analysis of recent social changes and developments, as well as cutting-edge thinking reflected in current staff research. Specialisms include: the impact of new technologies on social science; the changing nature of contemporary identity, including national identities and diasporas and the nature of agency; and risk, surveillance and crime in global contexts. Our course consists of four taught modules taken over one year. The Major Project is completed at the end of the taught part of our course. Teaching runs over two semesters of 12 weeks each, from September to December and February to May. Weekly sessions, consisting of two hours, usually take place on Mondays between 4pm and 6pm and on Thursdays between 4pm and 6pm. Teaching will normally be undertaken in a research-seminar format, but may also include some lectures, guest speakers and debates. Our tutors are available for one-to-one support and advice.
major project This module will enable you to demonstrate your ability to raise and investigate significant questions in relation to your specialist research area, either through empirical research or sustained theoretical investigation. Based on your initial project proposal, you will be expected to negotiate a learning contract with your supervisor which outlines title, research question, assessment weighting and criteria, and the form of the project.
optionAl modules
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/soci
Assessment
Assessment varies from module to module, but typically consists of a 5,000 word essay plus a presentation of approximately 20 minutes; a case study plus presentation, or a portfolio of activities to be submitted at the end of the module.
speciAl feAtures
In addition to the taught modules, our Department and Faculty run a series of research seminars to which staff and postgraduate students are invited.
core modules
postgraduate research methods This module will provide you with the research skills and techniques needed both to critically evaluate the literature you will be using in your Masters course and to put into practice in your own Dissertations. It will explore the methodologies and methods applied in contemporary social science research to enable you to select an appropriate range for your own needs. contemporary social theory This module focuses on two key debates in social theory. First, we examine the structure-agency debate and various attempts to reconcile the different perspectives in this debate, including Giddens structuration theory, Bourdieus genetic structuralism, critical realism and neo-pragmatism. Secondly, we consider the debate over the role of modernity and progress and reason, which will include critical examination of the work of Frankfurt School, Habermas and Bauman among others.

Through our research consultancy and community engagement work we have links locally and nationally with various social agencies, public services, charities and businesses.
AssociAted cAreers
Graduates from this course may pursue careers in many related fields, including human resources, social policy, social work, educational development, community development, counselling, local government, the civil service, public services and charities, and further applied research.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/soci
195
196
structurAl engineering
MSc
key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Faculty of Science & Technology campus Chelmsford duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a good honours degree in civil engineering or a cognate area, such as engineering or engineering management. Candidates presenting equivalent other qualifications will be considered on an individual basis. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,500
course oVerView
Structural engineers are involved in the design and supervision of a wide variety of structures, such as houses, theatres, sports stadia, hospitals, bridges, oil rigs, space satellites and office blocks. Our course will provide you with the advanced knowledge and skills you need to pursue a career in structural engineering. Our course acknowledges the unique nature of every construction project and aims to develop the skills required for a structural engineer, including: calculating loads and stresses; investigating the strength of the foundations; and analysing the behaviour of structural members in steel, concrete and other materials to ensure that the structure has the required strength to perform its function safely, but also economically and aesthetically. We have developed our course to produce competent and resourceful structural engineering graduates, equipped with knowledge and skills in the analysis, design and assessment of structures under general, environmental, seismic and extreme loading conditions. We cover a broad spectrum of structural engineering principles with comprehensive coverage of topics related to steel and concrete structures, together with topics on advanced numerical techniques. Our course aims to satisfy the structural engineering needs of the construction industry and to meet the requirements of the professional institutions in terms of academic content appropriate for chartered membership. A range of teaching methods are used, including formal lectures and tutorials, design work and site visits. The use of external specialists to present lectures ensures that our course content is closely aligned with contemporary industry practice. You are encouraged to develop practical expertise and to develop your learning in an applicational and industrial context.
core modules
Analytical techniques The aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the fundamental principles in continuum mechanics together with an appreciation of variational principles and finite-element formulation and procedures. foundation design engineering This module introduces the design of foundations using Eurocode 7; the principles and philosophy of the Eurocode will be discussed in terms of both shallow and deep foundations. structural design to eurocodes This module introduces the ethos behind the philosophy and up-to-date developments in codified design to the new Eurocodes to which all design work should comply from 2012. It dissects the many hundreds of clauses which relate specifically to everyday usage. forensic engineering You will develop an understanding of the factors that contribute to the failure of structures, carry out a thorough investigation and report on the findings, and act as an expert witness. engineering futures and structural form This module presents contemporary engineering issues and front-line developments, practical issues involved in recent developments, and how the industry adapts to solve the new challenges. structural dynamics You will develop an understanding and knowledge of the dynamic response of structures and common analytical techniques; analytically simulate structural behaviour; and analyse this structural behaviour using the finite element method. sustainability and environmental management This module covers sustainability and environmental management and the construction industry are reflected in this module. It deals with the wider developments in environmental protection and how these affect construction and how construction affects them. It examines the demands that greater environmental awareness places on the built environment.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/sten
197
research design and methods This module provides a sound understanding of the research process and a range of research methods to prepare you to undertake your Dissertation. dissertation This module will provide the opportunity for you to identify and pursue a topic relevant to structural engineering that is of interest and in which you can develop a significant level of expertise.
speciAl feAtures
Our course boasts specialist laboratory facilities for geotechnics, hydraulics, structures, engineering materials and concrete-testing.

Our course is currently seeking professional accreditation from the Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE).
Assessment
A range of assessment methods are used, including: examinations ritten assignments, including essays, w reports, position statements and other forms of written submission presentations portfolios a Dissertation.
AssociAted cAreers
Our course will prepare you for an exciting and challenging career. It will enable you to undertake a wide range of roles in structural design and construction in a variety of public and private organisations involved in the development and operation of the built environment. The construction industry is one of the UKs largest and offers a challenging and stimulating career with opportunities for both men and women. The demand for structural engineers remains strong and is likely to continue in future.
course content is closely linked to contemporAry industry prAXis, prepAring you for A stimulAting And cHAllenging cAreer.
198
sustAinAble construction
MSc
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Science & Technology campus Chelmsford duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold one of the following: n appropriate honours a degree at a 2:2 classification or above embership at an m appropriate level of a recognised construction institution such as Royal Institute of British Architects (RIBA), Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS), Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB), Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE). Candidates with a non-cognate honours degree at a 2:1 classification or above, together with relevant postgraduate work experience, will be considered on an individual basis. Candidates may be invited for interview. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,000
course oVerView
Our course will develop your knowledge and skills in the fields of the environment, sustainability and management, and provide you with the specialist knowledge and skills you need to understand and manage sustainability in the built environment. Our course is designed for built environment graduates and professionals, as well as those from the social sciences, environmental sciences and management, who work in relation to, or have an interest in, the built environment. It is for those who wish to enter, or develop, a career in sustainable construction and its management. Our course provides the management and organisational basis, plus the technological skills, to undertake the effective management of projects to meet the challenges of a sustainable built environment.
economic, legal and political framework The wider context in which construction exists, and from which it derives significant influence, is provided by this module. It also offers an understanding of the influence and responsibilities that construction managers have on the wider environment. environmental management issues and policies This module will develop a critical awareness of the issues behind, and the impact of, environmental policy at all levels: international, national, local and project. environmental management systems This module will explore and develop environmental and sustainable solutions, both recognised and innovative, to meet legal and other requirements for sustainable projects in the built environment. sustainable buildings design and simulation This module will explore sustainability issues relating to the design and construction of the built environment in order to limit its environmental impact. It will provide a comprehensive understanding of current regulations, codes of practice and guidelines.
core modules
management theory and management practice These modules provide a strong management theme and a thorough understanding of the theories and principles of management. They enable you to develop your own approach to management, which is developed in the other modules and thereafter in your working career. sustainable energy This module will develop an understanding of alternative means of energy and renewable energy for use in, or by, buildings, and explore their viability, technology and application to a range of potential situations.
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/sucn
199
research design and methods This module will provide a sound understanding of the research process and a range of research methods to prepare you to undertake your Dissertation. dissertation This module will provide the opportunity for you to identify and pursue a topic relevant to sustainability and sustainable construction that is of interest and in which you can develop a significant level of expertise.

Our course is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB).
AssociAted cAreers
Sustainable construction is an evolving, dynamic and challenging field; it offers exciting opportunities in a variety of organisations. Successful candidates can expect to be involved in a wide range of roles in construction and the built environment, as well as other roles in the development and construction sectors.
Assessment
Assessment is diverse to reflect the scope and aims of our course. You can expect to be assessed by a combination of assignments, case studies, examinations, group work and presentations.
speciAl feAtures
Case studies will be used to reinforce and develop your application of sustainable construction theory and skills. WebCT will be used to support your learning; it provides access to teaching materials and electronic resources, including our University electronic library; to communicate with tutors and receive tutor feedback; and to enable you to submit work electronically.
sustAinAble construction HAs neVer been more importAnt, And tHose witH HigHer-leVel skills will be in greAt demAnd.
200
town plAnning
MSc
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Science & Technology campus Chelmsford duration 1 year start date September entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a first degree at a 2:2 classification or above, in a subject that is cognate to the field of town planning. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MSc = 5,350 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MSc = 10,000
course oVerView
This intensive course is fully accredited by the Royal Town Planning Institute (RTPI) and will equip you with the knowledge and skills required for professional practice in town and country planning. It has been designed in response to the national shortage of professional planners so graduates should be particularly well-placed to find exciting employment opportunities. Our course will focus on the evolving planning system, the sustainability agenda, skills for planning practice, and the role of planners in the development of space and place. The Eastern region offers a fascinating laboratory for new approaches to planning, including sustainable communities, environmental challenges, new house-building provision and proximity to mainland Europe. The exploration and examination of these contemporary issues will help to develop not only your professional knowledge, but also your ability to analyse complex issues, make sound judgements, solve problems and communicate and act autonomously.
planning and society This module provides theoretical insights into how planning fits within the wider social dimension, assesses the impact for different stakeholders in society, and focuses on the skills agenda for planners. research skills for planning This module will develop the research skills required in a professional planning environment, and a robust understanding of the processes of research and applied social research at postgraduate level. A specialist module of your choice The specialist options available at present are urban design, housing, and environmental planning. major project During this module you will develop your understanding of your specialist subject through production of a substantial piece of personal research in the form of a Dissertation.
optionAl modules
core modules
plan making and policy This module introduces the conceptual and contextual framework of spatial policy and plan-making in both urban and rural contexts, emphasising concepts of sustainability, the statutory framework, the purpose and nature of spatial planning, and community and stakeholder engagement. planning implementation This module considers ways in which plans and development frameworks are translated into sustainable realities through an understanding of development management and appeals, urban design, environmental assessment, financial appraisal, regeneration practices, partnerships, and equality and diversity objectives.
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/towp
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/towp
201
Assessment
Our assessment methods are diverse and are designed to enable you to demonstrate your deepening knowledge and understanding of your subject. They will also enable you to gain confidence and experience in different methods of presentation of planning material. Our assessment methods include coursework and oral presentation, which may be either individually prepared or undertaken through group work or by formal examination.

Our course is accredited by the Royal Town Planning Institute.
AssociAted cAreers
Our course is designed for those who wish to follow a career in spatial planning or an associated discipline.
student profile I secured the role of Senior Planning Officer for the East of England Regional Assembly (EERA) just after I graduated from the course. I was very surprised to get the position as I thought that I would have to start at the very bottom in a local authority and work my way up. My interview included giving an overview of my Masters course and my Dissertation was looked at by the interview panel. Without my MSc I dont believe that I would have got the job. The course gave me a good, solid grounding in planning matters, most of which I have used during the last 18 months in my post. The teaching styles and varied assessment methods used at Anglia Ruskin really helped with my transition into work. dale coss senior planning officer msc in town planning
speciAl feAtures
If your first degree does not satisfy our requirements, you may enrol on a 30 credit bridging course called Introduction to Town Planning Studies to prepare yourself for entry.
our course is Accredited by tHe royAl town plAnning institute (rtpi).
202
trAnsnAtionAl crime
MA
key fActs
intermediate awards PG Dip, PG Cert faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences campus Cambridge duration 1 year start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally required to hold a good honours degree in a relevant subject area, e.g. criminology. Candidates who do not possess any of these entry criteria, but can demonstrate the academic ability to work at postgraduate level, will be offered an interview. Those candidates for whom English is not a first language will be expected to demonstrate a certified level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. tuition fees1 Home (UK/EU Students) MA = 4,275 Overseas (Non-EU Students) MA = 9,500
course oVerView
Transnational crime includes activities that violate the laws of more than one country; for example, money laundering, terrorist activities, illicit traffic in arms, environmental crimes and illicit drug and people trafficking. Our course will enable you to explore practical and theoretical aspects of transnational criminal activities, including models and methods of detection, policing, social control and sanctions. A range of theoretical standpoints will enable you to understand Western legal and social traditions and customs in order to develop a comparative framework; you will also be encouraged to develop vocational and applied approaches. Themes on our course include: the structure and nature of organised illicit trade and criminal enterprise; the concept of the risk society; responses to transnational crimes through policing initiatives, agreements and treaties; Western legal practices and sentencing frameworks; and critical enquiries into the effects of changing serious crime levels, terror-news, moral panics and the mobilisation of nations. Our course consists of four taught modules taken over one year. The Major Project is completed at the end of the taught part. Teaching runs over two semesters of 12 weeks each, from September to December and February to May. Weekly sessions of two hours usually take place on Mondays between 4pm and 6pm, and on Thursdays between 4pm and 6pm. Teaching mainly takes place in a research seminar format, but may also include some lectures, guest speakers and debates. Our tutors are available for one-to-one support and advice.
core modules
organised illicit trade This module explores the structure and nature of organised illicit trade and facilitates discussions of the concept of criminal networks, including criminal opportunity and routine activities, to analyse different case studies. Case studies will include: financial crime, drug trafficking, human trafficking, child abuse, toxic waste and smuggling. You will measure and evaluate the scale of illicit trade in order to analyse the regulatory issues involved and potential preventative mechanisms. postgraduate research methods This module will provide you with the research skills and techniques needed both to critically evaluate the literature you will be using during the course and to put into practice in your own Dissertation. It will explore the methodologies and methods applied in contemporary social science research to enable you to select an appropriate range for your own needs. major project This module will enable you to demonstrate your ability to raise and investigate significant questions in relation to your specialist research area, either through empirical research or sustained theoretical investigation. Based on your initial project proposal you will be expected to negotiate a learning contract with your supervisor, which outlines title, research question, assessment weighting and criteria, and the forum of the project.
optionAl modules
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/crfc
Apply online:
www.anglia.ac.uk/pgft/crfc
203
Assessment
Assessment varies from module to module, but typically might consist of a 5,000 word essay plus a presentation of approximately 20 minutes; a case study plus presentation; or a portfolio of activities to be submitted at the end of each module.

Through our research, consultancy and community engagement work we have links with professionals in the criminal justice system, prisons and other enforcement agencies.
speciAl feAtures
In addition to the taught modules, our Department and Faculty run a series of research seminars to which staff and postgraduate students are invited.
AssociAted cAreers
Graduates from our course may pursue careers in many related fields, including national and international criminal justice systems, immigration and border agencies, the Police, the Prison Service, the National Probation Service, Youth Justice, the Home Office, scenes of crime work, the court system, or social policy and research.
tHrougH our reseArcH, consultAncy And community engAgement work we HAVe links witH professionAls in tHe criminAl Justice system, prisons And otHer enforcement Agencies.
204
our reseArcH opportunities

AngliA ruskin is bursting witH eXciting reseArcH opportunities.
On this page you will find a complete list of the full-time research opportunities available at our University. For information about our part-time research opportunities, including our Professional Doctorates, please request a copy of our Part-time Catalogue from our Contact Centre on 0845 271 3333 or visit our website:
course title
business childrens book illustration digital media education electronic systems modelling & rapid prototyping technologies (e-smArt) english language and intercultural communication english language and linguistics english literature film and television production film studies; media studies; communication studies fine Art Health and social care History investigative chemistry research group law music, music therapy, theatre philosophy publishing social sciences (sociology, criminology)
AwArd
PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil PhD, MPhil
locAtion pAge
Chelm, Chelm Camb Camb, Chelm Chelm Camb Camb Camb Camb Camb Camb Camb Camb, Chelm Camb Camb Camb Camb Camb Camb Camb 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/research
How to Apply
If you would like to apply for one of our research programmes, please complete and submit an application form, including details of your research proposal, to our Admissions Office. Application forms are available from our website.
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/researchapply
205
reseArcH opportunities | full-time postgraduate prospectus entry 2011
business
PhD, MPhil
progrAmme oVerView
Our vision for research at Ashcroft International Business School (AIBS) is to create a programme that engages with business and other organisations for the purposes of research. It delivers new knowledge, insight into business, quality academic outcomes and added value by impacting on organisational success and international management practice. We are supported in our vision by a vibrant research and scholarly community, with both our staff and students engaging in cutting-edge international research. We also host three research centres and have recently launched our cross-disciplinary research institute: The Institute of International Management Practice. Our Ashcroft International Business School is recognised as an important centre of business research, education and training by students, employers and professional bodies world-wide. This reputation is built upon the innovative and state-of-the-art research we undertake; research that is published in internationally-recognised academic journals and is funded by the EU and the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), among others. Our aim is to be a leading, practice-based, international business school with a mission to develop people who are confident and inspired in their management practice, and who achieve their career potential through making a difference in their organisations. Our practice-based research agenda means that everything we do is focused on real-world management problems and dilemmas. Our programmes are suitable for candidates who want to conduct relevant professional research which has a real impact on their organisations performance.
You will normally be supervised by a team which consists of a first supervisor and at least one second supervisor. In some cases, you may also have a nonsupervisory advisor. Our research facilities include desk space, access to ICT and library support, and academic support. You will be given appropriate training in IT and information systems and entitlement to ten inter-library loans per year chargeable to our Ashcroft International Business School. Your Personal Development Plan and Skills Diagnostic will highlight any areas in which your skills need to be developed. We offer three-day training, designed for research students who teach, which must be completed before undertaking any teaching. Apart from self-funding or funding by your employer, charities and trusts (competitively sought after, as are Research Council Awards), career, graduate, and professional study loans may be available. Useful links include the Educational Grants Advisory Service (EGAS). Visit www.family-action.org.uk for information on educational trusts, or www.direct.gov.uk for bank loans at competitive rates. Alternatively, visit your local high street bank.
key fActs
faculty Ashcroft International Business School campus Cambridge & Chelmsford duration 3 years start dates September & January entry requirements MPhil/PhD: A first class or 2:1 classified honours degree. Direct entry to PhD: A Masters degree from a UK university or an overseas degree or equivalent standard, provided that it is in an appropriate cognate area and that the Masters degree included training in research and the execution of a research project. tuition fees Our research degree fees are set each year. This information will usually be available on our website in May for the following academic year. For a list of our current research degree fees:
for furtHer informAtion

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/bus
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/researchfees
How to Apply:
Please complete and submit an application form to our Admissions Office. click: www.anglia.ac.uk/researchapply
206
cHildrens book illustrAtion

PhD, MPhil
c key fActs
faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences campus Cambridge duration MPhil: 2 years PhD: 3 years start dates September & January entry requirements MPhil: Candidates must hold a BA or equivalent in a related subject area. PhD: Candidates should normally hold an MA or equivalent in a related subject area. For candidates whose first language is not English, a minimum IELTS score of 7 or equivalent is required with a minimum score of 6.5 achieved in each of the four language skills. We welcome applications from EU and international students. tuition fees Our research degree fees are set each year. This information will usually be available on our website in May for the following academic year. For a list of our current research degree fees:
progrAmme oVerView
Within our Cambridge School of Art there exists a vibrant and growing community of researchers at PhD level. In the area of childrens book illustration, the topics for these PhD research degrees are linked to staff expertise together with student interests, and reflect the increasing potential of practice-based PhD studies. Informed by your particular discipline, you are asked to critically contextualise your work at a high level, clarify both the theoretical and practical researchbased enquiries, and produce distinctive contributions to the research field. Our Cambridge School of Art provides various research forums that accentuate the discursive and interdisciplinary nature of research, including several research clusters which hold regular seminars and informal presentations for postgraduate and research students, as well the Centre for Childrens Book Studies.
Our programme has a range of excellent facilities, including dedicated Illustration studios surrounding our Ruskin Gallery. This is a unique space showing a range of exhibitions, including student shows and touring exhibitions of international standing. We are committed to offering training and career development opportunities for all research students. You will be encouraged to be involved in external activities such as film projects, conference organisation, participation and presenting papers. In conjunction with university research support, specific support is provided for writing-up, conference papers, general research methods etc., on a case-by-case basis. In the area of childrens book illustration, for example, you may participate in collaborative projects with our Faculty of Education at the University of Cambridge, and annual trips to the Bologna Childrens Book Fair. There are a number of ways in which you can obtain external funding for doctoral research, from the full-time awards granted by the Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC) to smaller grants available from a range of grant-awarding bodies. Our programme periodically offers fully-funded and fees-only fellowships and, from time-to-time, Departmental bursaries are awarded to candidates showing exceptional potential. In addition to these, our programme has a Postgraduate Fund to which you can apply for help with travelling expenses, conference fees, and other research needs. We offer advice on external and internal funding to any interested candidates for our research degrees.
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/ccbs We have close links with a number of childrens book publishers, Bologna Childrens Book Fair, Kettles Yard, and the University of Cambridges Centre for Research into Arts, Social Sciences, and Humanities (CRASSH), amongst other partnerships, including those with international institutions. Various exhibition and conference opportunities are available to PhD students studying in the area of childrens book illustration, and participation in such opportunities is strongly encouraged. These subject-specific aspects of our research programme are enhanced and augmented by the University-wide research and training sessions. You will be allocated a supervisory team which will consist of a first and second supervisor, with additional members added if necessary.
click:

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/cbi
How to Apply:
Academic supervision is available in most areas of childrens book illustration, with emphasis on practice-based research and its contextualisation.
207
digitAl mediA
PhD, MPhil
progrAmme oVerView
Research areas of interest in digital media include pedagogical applications of online virtual environments, avatar animation and portability, audio analysis and synthesis, creative online design, internet technologies, video-scene reconstruction, image processing, spatial and other data visualisation, technologies for supporting visually impaired people, mobile device technologies, networks and digital media, and other media applications. Staff specialising in digital media are affiliates of the Cultures of the Digital Economy (CoDE) Research Institute, a multidisciplinary initiative involving researchers working in media theory and network culture, media archaeology, digital music and video, fine arts, video games, production and performance, serious gaming and digital text, combined with scientific contributions from colleagues involved with design and technology, audio engineering and computer design and animation. You will normally be guided by a team of two or three supervisors whose respective expertise will provide focused input as the research work progresses. You will be involved in Departmental, Faculty and University-level research seminars, attend and present your work at internal and external conferences and, where appropriate, may take specialist training courses to support your research. You will have access to a range of high-specification workstations, audiovisual electronic hardware and specialised hardware, including network test-beds, a 3D scanner, and other specialised software for media applications. You will attend Faculty-led courses and workshops throughout your period of registration to develop relevant career skills such as in research methodology, statistical techniques, applying for research funds, and academic writing.
Apart from self-funding or funding by your employer, charities and trusts (competitively sought after, as are Research Council Awards), career, graduate and professional study loans may be available. Useful links include the Educational Grants Advisory Service (EGAS). Visit www.family-action.org.uk for information on educational trusts, or www.direct.gov.uk for bank loans at competitive rates. Alternatively visit your local high street bank.
key fActs
faculty Ashcroft International Business School campus Cambridge & Chelmsford duration 3 years start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates should have a minimum of a 2:2 classified degree in Computer Science or a closely allied subject. Candidates should normally have an outline proposal for research in a given area that matches the expertise and interests of our staff, and be able to demonstrate that they are well-motivated for independent study. Entry is also conditional on securing appropriate funding. tuition fees Our research degree fees are set each year. This information will usually be available on our website in May for the following academic year. For a list of our current research degree fees:

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/digme
click:
How to Apply:
208
educAtion
PhD, MPhil
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Education campus Chelmsford duration 3 years start dates September & February entry requirements There are four routes of entry onto our PhD in Education. For details of these routes:
progrAmme oVerView
The following are the key stages of our research programme: research development During this stage you will prepare and develop your research proposal. This will take approximately six months. During this time, attendance is expected at our stage-one training workshop. Approval of research proposal Following approval of your proposal, you will attend our stage-two training workshops. If you are a PhD student, you are normally required to apply for Confirmation of Candidature, or transfer from our MPhil to PhD programmes, two years after registration. preparation and submission of thesis During this stage you will prepare and submit your thesis as well as attending our stage-three training workshops. You must attend our entire University three-stage generic training programme. All of our three-stage and ethics workshop booklets are available online. Further support and advice is provided through our Faculty-based research training programme. You are also encouraged to attend other University and Faculty training events. Our research facilities include those provided by our University Library, as well as online support. You will have access to computer support and will be able to log on to our website for instant 24-hour access to our University Library resources and study materials. If you are a full-time research student, you will also be provided with office space within our Faculty.
You will attend research training run in our Faculty, as well as generic training in our University. There will also be opportunities to become involved in our Faculty research seminars. At our Research Matters seminars, researchers present their study-in-progress for peer review; at our brown-bag, lunchtime seminars, colleagues informally discuss research issues and current debates. You can also participate in our annual Faculty research conference (national and international), as well as take up the opportunity to join a research group. You will carry out Professional Development Planning (PDP) as well as a Skills Diagnostic assessment. This will identify the skills required for undertaking your research and other such activities for future career prospects. Apart from self-funding or funding by your employer, charities and trusts (competitively sought after, as are Research Council Awards), career, graduate and professional study loans may be available. Useful links include the Educational Grants Advisory Service (EGAS). Visit www.family-action.org.uk for information on educational trusts, or www.direct.gov.uk for bank loans at competitive rates. Alternatively, visit your local high street bank.
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/ed tuition fees Our research degree fees are set each year. This information will usually be available on our website in May for the following academic year. For a list of our current research degree fees:
click:

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/ed
How to Apply:
209
electronic systems modelling & rApid prototyping tecHnologies (e-smArt)

PhD, MPhil
progrAmme oVerView
This research group aims to successfully integrate novel designs and new control technologies into a variety of complex electronic systems using modern electronic design automation techniques, tools and user programmable hardware devices. Potential projects are available in electronic control systems, image processing, audio-modelling, power systems and related controllers, with new trends in renewable energy. The research is normally undertaken using a holistic approach to electronic systems modelling, control-algorithm development, digitalcontroller design, controller optimisation and implementation. The systems can sometimes include artificial intelligence (neural networks, fuzzy logic). The research is mainly applied and, in many instances, is relevant to recent or existing industrial collaborations with companies like John Henry Group, Goodrich Corporation, Sustainable Technology Solutions Ltd, etc. The recent work undertaken by our group members includes the coordination of a European FP6 project on renewable energy integrated control. This is the topic of highest interest to the group, including photovoltaic and wind-renewable energy sources, combined with energy-storage systems and connection to the power grid. Our group has experienced academics (one professor, one principal lecturer, and three senior lecturers) plus industrial collaborators. Recent achievements include: wards for three research papers a ve invited international short courses/ fi tutorials, delivered at prestigious events 0 research papers published by the 2 group in the last four years he group leader is associate editor t of IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics and was general chairman of IEEE International Symposium on Industrial Electronics (ISIE), Cambridge, 2008 a esearch book published: Neural and r Fuzzy Logic Control of Drives and Power Systems, Elsevier, Oxford, UK, 2002. Holistic modelling of the systems is performed using software such as Matlab, C++, Handel-C, C-Synthesiser, VHDL. The design and Rapid hardware prototyping of the controllers mostly targets Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) and is achieved directly from the design environment (Xilinx, DK5) using existing EDA packages. Facilities for experimental work on hardware controllers are available (a range of FPGA development boards) along with photovoltaic panel, battery energy storage, power converter, oscilloscopes, measurement/monitoring equipment AC/DC machines test rig. Career development opportunities include prospects of employment in industrial electronics research teams, renewable energy sector, research centres or academic roles. Starting up small hi-tech companies is another potential career avenue.
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Science & Technology campus Cambridge duration 3 to 4 years start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are required to hold a minimum of a 2:1 classified degree (or equivalent) in electrical/electronic engineering, power electronics, or a related topic. tuition fees Our research degree fees are set each year. This information will usually be available on our website in May for the following academic year. For a list of our current research degree fees:
student profile
Dr. Chris Mitchell has carried out his research in our group and graduated with a PhD in Aligning Music Genre Taxonomies. After completing his research, he also obtained very competitively a post doctoral six month entrepreneurial scholarship in the USA sponsored by the Kaufmann Foundation. Since then, he has successfully set up Audio Analytic Ltd, a start-up company producing software that automatically classifies sounds by means of computer analysis. The software can detect a wide variety of sounds from dogs barking to various music genres. The technology was developed as a result of cutting edge research in sound recognition. Audio Analytic is based in Cambridge, UK.
click:
click:
www.audioanalytic.com

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/esmart
How to Apply:
210
englisH lAnguAge And interculturAl communicAtion

PhD, MPhil
e key fActs
progrAmme oVerView
We offer research degrees in a range of topics linked to staff expertise in the fields of English language and intercultural communication. Our staff are recognised as experts in their fields, and have produced a number of influential books, journal articles and edited collections. Our programme boasts a vibrant and diverse research culture, and the interdisciplinary nature of research fields creates a rich and stimulating environment for staff and students, with links to a number of other centres in our University and the wider community. We are key contributors to our Facultys Research Unit for Intercultural and Transcultural Studies (RUITS):
Our programme has a particularly strong concentration of expertise in migrant cinema and literature, questions of discourse and identity in Hispanic narrative, second-language acquisition, urban multilingualism, sociolinguistic theory, and contemporary European cinema. Our programme has a range of excellent facilities, including a fullyequipped language centre. Our research students also have access to outstanding library resources, as well as to the Cambridge University Library and the British Film Institute. We are committed to offering training and career development opportunities for all research students. In this context, we offer sessions on a range of subjects, including: writing up a paper for publication; placing an academic article; giving a conference paper; style in the doctorate; updates on research methods and literature searches; internet training; editing skills for doctoral research; subsequent monograph publication; and dealing with festivals, agents, and publishers. There are a number of ways in which you can obtain external funding for doctoral research, from the full-time awards granted by the Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC) to smaller grants available from a range of grant-awarding bodies. We offer advice on external and internal funding if you are considering our research degrees.
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/ruits Our programme also hosts and participates in a variety of researchoriented events, including Faculty and Departmental research seminar series and international conferences. Our Department hosts a well-attended postgraduate research seminar, which meets regularly to give students an opportunity to present papers in a supportive setting. This group provides an informal context for postgraduate training and support, but there is also a more formal training programme which offers subject-specific support and training for all postgraduates in addition to the generic training offered by our University. Our Department allocates a substantial sum each year towards the support of postgraduates in the form of bursaries and travel or conference expenses. You will be allocated a supervisory team which will consist of a first and second supervisor, with additional members added if necessary. Academic supervision is available in most areas of English language and intercultural communication.

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/elic
click:
How to Apply:
211
englisH lAnguAge And linguistics

PhD, MPhil
progrAmme oVerView
We offer research degrees in a range of topics linked to staff expertise in the fields of sociolinguistics and discourse analysis, with a strong focus on research in the areas of multilingualism, linguistic minorities, and the construction of linguistic, ethnic and cultural identities. A second strand of interest is pedagogical issues related to second-language acquisition, learning and teaching, especially of the English language. We are contributors to our Facultys research groups, including the Research Unit for Intercultural and Transcultural Studies (RUITS) and the Justice and Communities Research Unit (JaCRU). We host a well-attended postgraduate research seminar, which meets regularly to give students an opportunity to present papers in a supportive setting. This group provides an informal context for postgraduate training and support, but there is also a more formal training programme which offers subject-specific support and training for all postgraduates in addition to the generic training offered by our University. Our Department allocates a substantial sum each year towards the support of postgraduates in the form of bursaries and travel or conference expenses. You will be allocated a supervisory team which will consist of a first and second supervisor, with additional members added if necessary. Academic supervision is available in most areas connected to sociolinguistic and discourse analytic topics, as well as those focusing on pedagogical aspects, but proposals related to the construction of linguistic and cultural identities and minority groups are particularly welcome. You will have access to our outstanding library resources, as well as to the Cambridge University Library. Our Faculty also hosts a number of research groups, which cater for a wider range of interests and are particularly attractive for those with an interdisciplinary approach to academic work. Our research degrees in English Language and Linguistics will not only give you support and scope for developing a thesis on a topic of your choice, but we are also committed to offering you training both within our Department and at University level. Within our Department we offer sessions on a range of subjects, including: writing up a paper for publication; placing an academic article; giving a conference paper; style in the doctorate; updates on research methods and literature searches; internet training; editing skills for doctoral research; subsequent monograph publications; and dealing with festivals, agents, and publishers. Funding via the usual Research Council avenues are options for you to pursue (Arts & Humanities Research Council studentships, for example). From time to time, Departmental bursaries are awarded to candidates who show exceptional potential. In addition to these, our programme has a Postgraduate Fund to which you can apply for help with travelling expenses, conference fees, and other research needs. We offer advice on external and internal funding if you are considering our research degrees.
key fActs

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/elal
click:
How to Apply:
212
englisH literAture
PhD, MPhil
key fActs
progrAmme oVerView
Our Department of English, Communication, Film and Media has achieved another strong result in the latest Research Assessment Exercise (RAE), which monitors the quality of research in UK universities. In 2008 the RAE said that 95% of the work submitted by the English Department was judged to be of international standard, with 60% judged to be either internationally excellent or world-leading. Our Department offers a wide range of research interests and has particular strengths in Renaissance Literature; Shakespeare; Romantic and Victorian Studies; Modernism; Womens Writing; Science and the Creative Imagination (including Science Fiction); Classical Reception; Film and Theatre; and Popular Culture. Staff are committed to creating an excellent research environment and to making the most of the advantages offered by Cambridge as a centre of research excellence. There are many formal and informal exchanges between staff and students from our Department and from the Cambridge University English Faculty. Departmental staff are highly-active researchers, many of whose publications are deemed to be world-leading. Our Department has hosted a large number of international research conferences in recent years on Mary Shelley, Shakespeare and his Contemporaries in Performance, Sylvia Townsend Warner, Darwin and Tennyson, and others. The bi-annual Skinner Young lecture on Shakespeare and Renaissance Literature attracts distinguished speakers. Our Department has also been the venue for a regular one-day conference Postgraduate Futures, a popular event which considers career issues for postgraduates, professional training, and doctoral research. Our Department hosts a well-attended postgraduate research seminar which meets regularly to give you an opportunity to present papers in a supportive setting. This group provides an informal context for postgraduate training and support, but there is also a more formal training programme, which aims to offer subject-specific support and training for all postgraduates as an addition to the generic training offered by our University. Our Department allocates a substantial sum each year towards the support of postgraduates in the form of bursaries and travel or conference expenses.
There are a number of ways in which you can obtain external funding for doctoral research, from the full-time awards granted by the Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC) to smaller grants available from a range of grant-awarding bodies. Our programme periodically offers fullyfunded and fees-only fellowships and, from time to time, Departmental bursaries are awarded to candidates showing exceptional potential. In addition to these, our programme has a Postgraduate Fund to which you can apply for help with travelling expenses, conference fees, and other research needs. We offer advice on external and internal funding if you are considering our research degrees.
student profile
I completed my PhD in English in 2009; my thesis was entitled Masculinity in the Novels of John Irving and Philip Roth. I thoroughly enjoyed my time as a research student and value the rounded research experience Anglia Ruskins English Department afforded me. The Department was very supportive, providing me with funding to give research papers at several external conferences and giving me experience teaching undergraduates. There is a lively research culture with a seminar programme which postgraduates are encouraged to contribute to. My two supervisors were very encouraging, offering me all the guidance and criticism I needed to complete my thesis and get through my viva. Beyond the Department, the University has offered me ample opportunities for training, all of which I have found valuable. Alex Hobbs phd in english
click:

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/englit
How to Apply:
213
film And teleVision production

PhD, MPhil
progrAmme oVerView
Within Cambridge School of Art there exists a vibrant and growing community of researchers at PhD level. In the area of film and TV production the topics for these research degrees are linked to staff expertise together with student interests, and reflect the increasing potential of practice-based PhD studies. Informed by your particular discipline, you will be asked to critically contextualise your work at a high level, clarify both the theoretical and practical research-based enquiries, and produce distinctive contributions to the research field. Cambridge School of Art provides various forums that accentuate the discursive and interdisciplinary nature of research, including Anglia Research Centre in Digital Culture (ArcDigital) and the Cultures of the Digital Economy (CoDE) research institute. We have close links with the Cambridgeshire Film Consortium, the Cambridge Arts Picturehouse, Kettles Yard, and the University of Cambridges Centre for Research into Arts, Social Sciences, and Humanities (CRASSH), amongst other partnerships. Various exhibition and conference opportunities are available to our research students studying in the area of film and TV production, and participation in such opportunities is strongly encouraged. These subject-specific aspects of the research programme are enhanced and augmented by the University-wide research and training sessions. Academic supervision is available in most areas of film and TV production, with an emphasis on: all areas of the management of media Small and Medium sized Enterprises (SMEs); the implications of digitisation for programme production and distribution; narrative in factual programming; drama; the implications of new technologies for the work of the director and director of photography; experimental film and video. Our programme has a range of excellent facilities, including TV studios, multimedia studios, DVD, video, animation, and 16mm editing suites. Our research students also have access to our outstanding library resources, as well as the Cambridge University Library and the British Film Institute. We are committed to offering training and career development opportunities to all research students. You will be encouraged to be involved in external activities such as film projects, and conference organisation (participation and presenting papers). In conjunction with University research support, specific support is provided for writing-up, conference papers, general research methods, etc., on a case-by-case basis. There are a number of ways in which you can obtain external funding for doctoral research, from the full-time awards granted by the Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC) to smaller grants available from a range of grant-awarding bodies. Our programme periodically offers fully-funded and fees-only fellowships and, from time to time, Departmental bursaries are awarded to candidates showing exceptional potential. In addition to these, our programme has a Postgraduate Fund to which you can apply for help with travelling expenses, conference fees and other research needs. We offer advice on external and internal funding if you are considering our research degrees.
key fActs
click:

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/fatp
How to Apply:
214
film studies; mediA studies; communicAtion studies

PhD, MPhil
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences campus Cambridge duration MPhil: 2 years PhD: 3 years start dates September & January entry requirements MPhil: Candidates must hold a BA or equivalent in a related subject area. PhD: Candidates should normally hold an MA or equivalent in a related area subject area. For candidates whose first language is not English, a minimum IELTS score of 7 or equivalent is required with a minimum score of 6.5 achieved in each of the four language skills. We welcome applications from EU and international students. tuition fees Our research degree fees are set each year. This information will usually be available on our website in May for the following academic year. For a list of our current research degree fees:
progrAmme oVerView
We offer research degrees in a range of topics linked to staff expertise in the fields of communication, film, and media studies. Our staff are recognised as experts in their fields, and have produced a number of influential books, journal articles, edited collections and creative works in film and video. Our programme boasts a vibrant and diverse research culture, and the interdisciplinary nature of research fields creates a rich and stimulating environment for staff and students, with links to a number of other centres in our University and the wider community. We are key contributors to our Facultys research groups, including Representation, Identity and the Body (RIB), Anglia Research Centre in Digital Culture (ArcDigital) and the Cultures of the Digital Economy (CoDE) Research Institute. Our programme also hosts and participates in a variety of research-oriented events, including Faculty and Departmental research seminar series, book launches, gallery events, film screenings and international conferences. We have close links with the Cambridgeshire Film Consortium, the Cambridge Arts Picturehouse, Kettles Yard, and the University of Cambridges Centre for Research into Arts, Social Sciences, and Humanities (CRASSH), amongst other partnerships. Our Department hosts a well-attended postgraduate research seminar, which meets regularly to give you an opportunity to present papers in a supportive setting. This group provides an informal context for postgraduate training and support, but there is also a more formal training programme, which offers subject-specific support and training for all postgraduates as an addition to the generic training offered by our University.
You will be allocated a supervisory team which will consist of a first and second supervisor, with additional members added if necessary. Academic supervision is available in most areas of communication, film and media, including practice work. Our programme has a particularly strong concentration of expertise in the areas of digital media theory and practice, network culture and media research, cinema and sexuality, violence and spectatorship, and music, sound and voice in media and culture. Our programme has a range of excellent facilities, including TV studios, multimedia studios, DVD, video, animation, and 16mm editing suites. Our research students also have access to our outstanding library resources, as well as to the Cambridge University Library and the British Film Institute. There are a number of ways in which you can obtain external funding for doctoral research, from the full-time awards granted by the Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC) to smaller grants available from a range of grant-awarding bodies. Our programme periodically offers fully-funded and fees-only fellowships, and from time to time, Departmental bursaries are awarded to candidates showing exceptional potential. In addition to these, our programme has a Postgraduate Fund to which you can apply for help with travelling expenses, conference fees and other research needs. We offer advice on external and internal funding if you are considering our research degrees.

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/fmc
click:
How to Apply:
215
fine Art
PhD, MPhil
progrAmme oVerView
Within Cambridge School of Art there exists a vibrant and growing community of researchers at PhD level. In the area of fine art the topics for these research degrees are linked to staff expertise together with student interests, and reflect the increasing potential of practice-based PhD studies. Informed by your particular discipline, you will be asked to critically contextualise your work at a high level, clarify both the theoretical and practical researchbased enquiries, and produce distinctive contributions to the research field. Cambridge School of Art provides various research forums that accentuate the discursive and interdisciplinary nature of research, including the Fine Art Research Unit (FARU) which holds regular seminars and informal presentations for postgraduate and research students, and the Cultures of the Digital Economy (CoDE) Research Institute. Work-in-progress can be presented at the FARU sessions, together with staff-led papers and discussions on current research and related topics. Strong links with institutions in the UK and abroad include: Kettles Yard, Cambridge; Cambridge Film Consortium and Arts Picturehouse; Tate Britain and Modern, London; Camberwell College of Art; Central St Martins, London; as well as ERBA Valence and ENSA Bourges, France. Various exhibition and conference opportunities are available to our research students studying in the fine art area, and participation in such opportunities is strongly encouraged. These subject-specific aspects of our research programme are enhanced and augmented by our University-wide research and training sessions.
Academic supervision is available in most areas of contemporary fine art, with emphasis on: ecent issues in painting and the r expanded field of contemporary practice bjects, installation and the virtual: o examining transitions and tensions between the physical object, exhibition space, moving image and concepts of virtuality nterdisciplinary work with sound i and video.
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences campus Cambridge duration MPhil: 2 years PhD: 3 years start dates September & January entry requirements MPhil: Candidates must hold a BA or equivalent in a related subject area. PhD: Candidates should normally hold an MA or equivalent in a related area subject area. For candidates whose first language is not English, a minimum IELTS score of 7 or equivalent is required with a minimum score of 6.5 achieved in each of the four language skills. We welcome applications from EU and international students. tuition fees Our research degree fees are set each year. This information will usually be available on our website in May for the following academic year. For a list of our current research degree fees:
student profile
I finished my BA in Fine Art Practice at Goldsmiths College, London, in the 1990s, where I practised painting alongside contemporary critical theory. I went on to do my Masters, also at Goldsmiths College, and took some time afterwards to work independently in my studio, establishing myself as a practitioner and focusing on very specific concerns and interests in my paintings. During this period I was very active in my practical research. I gained insight into my working processes and wanted to expand further, incorporating theory and writing as part of my work. With my priorities firmly in place I always knew I was going to apply for a PhD in painting and it was just a matter of finding the right university. Last September, that opportunity presented itself at Cambridge School of Art at Anglia Ruskin University. The programme covers both practical and theoretical aspects of my research and provides professional support and a research culture critical to my academic and professional development. I have been given great opportunities and the facilities to fully embrace my research interests, with access to the most up-to-date critical debates and information in the field of contemporary art and philosophy. Andrea medjesi-Jones phd in fine Art
click:

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/fina
How to Apply:
216
HeAltH And sociAl cAre

PhD, MPhil
H key fActs
faculty Faculty of Health & Social Care campus Cambridge & Chelmsford duration 3 years start dates September & January entry requirements Candidates are normally expected to hold a Masters degree in a related subject area. tuition fees Our research degree fees are set each year. This information will usually be available on our website in May for the following academic year. For a list of our current research degree fees:
progrAmme oVerView
We offer research degrees in a range of topics linked to staff expertise in the fields of health and social care. Our staff are recognised as experts in their fields, and have produced a number of influential books and journal articles and present at local, national and international conferences. The interdisciplinary nature of research fields offers a rich and stimulating programme of study for staff and students, and is an integral part of our Faculty of Health & Social Care. Our Faculty provides a creative and energetic environment for undertaking research that addresses real issues across the full spectrum of health and social care. Research in our Faculty unites academics, researchers, postgraduate students, research users, and service users in a shared community of enquiry. Our Facultys reputation for undertaking high-quality, meaningful and timely research continues to grow. In 2006 our Faculty was awarded recognition status by the Economic and Social Research Council for our delivery of research degrees in health and social policy. One of our primary goals is to expand and develop research and scholarly activities across a number of health and social care themes. We currently focus on three main core areas: childhood in society health & wellbeing and communities social inclusion & participation. Our Faculty currently supports around 50 research degree students in their studies towards an MPhil, PhD or PrD in Health and Social Care. Students enter our programmes as part of a cohort, normally at the start of the academic year (September/October). Our MPhil or PhD programmes can be undertaken via fulltime or part-time study, but our PrD is only available via part-time study at present.
While there is potential to transfer from our MPhil to our PhD programme (or vice-versa), the conceptual differences between our PhD and PrD mean that, at present, you cannot transfer between the two. Please see our Part-time Catalogue for further information about Professional Doctorates. Our MPhil and PhD programmes require you to undertake an in-depth research study that can relate specifically to your own practice but, alternatively, you can relate to the wider sphere of your practice, or perhaps to theory underpinning that practice. Our supervisory team will consist of an experienced first supervisor with responsibility for overseeing your studies, and at least one other supervisor. We will set up regular supervisory meetings with you to develop and implement your agreed research project. Your needs will be identified by the use of a Skills Diagnostic tool and Personal Development Planning (PDP) and learning contract will be formulated in conjunction with this. Your progress will be monitored annually and University and Faculty training programmes will be provided. Our research programme periodically offers three year, fully-funded, studentships. We offer advice on external and internal funding if you are considering our research degrees. There are also funds available within our Faculty for which you may apply.
click:

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/cfm
How to Apply:
217
History
PhD, MPhil
progrAmme oVerView
We offer MPhil and PhD research degrees in a range of topics linked to staff expertise in history. Our staff are recognised as international experts in their fields and have produced a large number of influential books, journal articles and edited collections, and won funding for a number of prestigious research projects. In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) we enjoyed outstanding success with a grade point average of 2.65 in the area of history and a large percentage of world-leading research. We are proud of our prestigious and highly regarded research culture, which creates a rich and stimulating environment for staff and students. We have a series of links to a number of other centres in our University and the wider community. We contribute to many of our Facultys research groups, including the Cultures of the Digital Economy (CoDE) Research Institute, and we run our own research unit, the Labour History Research Unit (LHRU). Our programme also hosts and participates in a variety of researchoriented events, including Faculty and Departmental research seminar series. We have close links with many organisations in the local area and the wider region, including the University of Cambridges Centre for Research into Arts, Social Sciences, and Humanities (CRASSH). Our programme has a particularly strong concentration of expertise in the areas of labour history (through the work of the LHRU), and modern social, political and cultural history, especially the history of the British Empire, local history, the history of the monarchy and aristocracy, Russian history and the history of popular culture.
Our programme has a range of excellent facilities and close links with local and national archives. Our research students also have access to our outstanding library resources, as well as the Cambridge University Library and other local archives. There are a number of ways in which you can obtain external funding for doctoral research, from the full-time awards granted by the Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC) to smaller grants available from a range of grant-awarding bodies. Our programme periodically offers fully-funded and fees-only fellowships and, from time to time, Departmental bursaries are awarded to candidates showing exceptional potential. In addition to these, our programme has a Postgraduate Fund to which you can apply for help with travelling expenses, conference fees and other research needs. We offer advice on external and internal funding if you are considering our research degrees.
key fActs
student profile
Patrick Chaplin achieved his PhD in 2007 under the supervision of Dr. Rohan McWilliam and Professor John Shepherd. His subject was the history of darts in the early twentieth century. Despite being one of the most popular of modern pastimes, darts has never been studied before and Dr. Chaplin uncovered its intriguing history. This entirely original piece of research was published as a monograph by Manchester University Press in its prestigious series on the history of popular culture in 2009, and has begun to receive excellent reviews in scholarly journals. Dr. Chaplin is now a research fellow of our University and is writing and researching further aspects of the history of the game.
click:

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/hass
How to Apply:
218
inVestigAtiVe cHemistry reseArcH group

PhD, MPhil
key fActs
faculty Faculty of Science & Technology campus Cambridge duration MPhil: 2 years PhD: 3 years start dates September & February entry requirements Candidates are normally expected to hold a minimum of a 2:1 classified degree in a relevant subject. An MSc in a relevant subject is preferred. Equivalent experiential qualifications may be considered. tuition fees Our research degree fees are set each year. This information will usually be available on our website in May for the following academic year. For a list of our current research degree fees:
progrAmme oVerView
Our research group undertakes analysisbased research in a range of fields as diverse as environmental samples (e.g. ground water, soil); human and animal hair, including feathers; archaeological artefacts; drugs and other toxins; and glass and other materials of forensic interest. You will be allocated a director of studies and at least one other supervisor during your research degree. Supervisory teams may include appropriately qualified individuals from other universities and industrial practitioners. A full range of personal and career-specific training is a compulsory component of all our research degree programmes. Our Department of Life Sciences has a full range of modern and up-to-date analytical equipment. It includes advanced optical and electron microscopes, IR, Raman and X-ray spectrometers, GC-MS, GC, ion chromatography, HPLC, AAS, ICP-OES and XRD. A new stable isotope facility has also recently been completed.
Apart from self-funding or funding by your employer, charities and trusts (competitively sought after, as are Research Council Awards), career, graduate and professional study loans may be available. Useful links include the Educational Grants Advisory Service (EGAS). Visit www.family-action.org.uk for information on educational trusts, or www.direct.gov.uk for bank loans at competitive rates. Alternatively, visit your local high street bank.

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/icrg
click:
A full rAnge of personAl And cAreerspecific trAining is A compulsory component of All our reseArcH degree progrAmmes.
How to Apply:
219
lAw
PhD, MPhil
progrAmme oVerView
We offer MPhil and PhD research degrees in a range of topics linked to staff expertise in law. Our staff are recognised as experts in their fields and have produced a number of influential books, journal articles and edited collections, and won funding for a number of prestigious research projects. We are proud to be part of a developing research culture, which creates a rich and stimulating environment for staff and students. We have a series of links to a number of other centres in our University and the wider community and our own research units the Justice and Communities Research Unit and the International Law Unit. Our programme also hosts and participates in a variety of research-oriented events, including Faculty and Departmental research seminar series. Academic supervision is available in many areas of law, including business law; governance; corporate social responsibility; international law; legal profession; intellectual property and legal education; sports law; environment, planning and land management; human rights; public law; and criminology. Our programme has a range of excellent facilities, including a state-of-the-art courtroom for staging debates and elements of the criminal justice process. You will also have access to our outstanding library resources, as well as access to the Cambridge University Library and other local archives. Our research programme will give you support and scope for developing a thesis on a topic of your choice, and we are committed to offering you training both within our Department and at University level. Within our Department we offer sessions on a range of subjects, including: writingup a paper for publication; placing an academic article; giving a conference paper; style in the doctorate; updates on research methods and literature searches; internet training; editing skills for doctoral research; subsequent monograph publication; and dealing with festivals, agents, and publishers.
There are a number of ways in which you can obtain external funding for doctoral research, from the full-time awards granted by research councils to smaller grants available from a range of grant-awarding bodies. Our programme periodically offers fees-only fellowships and, from time to time, Departmental bursaries are awarded to candidates showing exceptional potential. In addition to these, our programme has a Postgraduate Fund to which you can apply for help with travelling expenses, conference fees, and other research needs. We offer advice on external and internal funding if you are considering our research degrees.
key fActs
student profile
I completed my PhD in Law in 2010; my thesis was entitled A Critical Comparative Analysis of Racial Discrimination Law and Regulations and Success in Sports. I have received tremendous support from the Anglia Law School, Ashcroft International Business School and Research and Development Services during my tenure as a research student. In particular, they have funded my research trip to South Africa and my attendance at various external conferences. Credit goes to all my supervisors, who have been very supportive, providing continuous guidance and encouragement from the start towards the completion of my thesis. Finally, I would like to express my gratitude to the University for providing all the other support that I needed throughout my duration as a research student. teng-guan khoo phd in law

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/law
click:
How to Apply:
220
music, music tHerApy, tHeAtre

PhD, MPhil
m key fActs
progrAmme oVerView
We offer research degrees in a range of topics linked to staff expertise in the fields of musicology, music composition, creative music technology, music therapy and theatre and performance. Our staff are recognised as experts in their fields, and have produced a number of influential books, journal articles, edited collections, compositions, recordings and creative artefacts. Our programme boasts a vibrant and diverse research culture, and the interdisciplinary nature of research fields creates a rich and stimulating environment for staff and students, with links to a number of other centres in our University and the wider community. We have close links with The Junction, the Cambridge Arts Picturehouse, Kettles Yard, and the University of Cambridges Centre for Research into Arts, Social Sciences, and Humanities (CRASSH), amongst other partnerships. Our programme also hosts and participates in a variety of research-oriented events, including Faculty and Departmental research seminar series, performance events and international conferences. We have our own Music For Health Research Unit and we are key contributors to our Facultys research groups, including Representation, Identity, and the Body (RIB), Anglia Research Centre in Digital Culture (ArcDigital) and to the Cultures of the Digital Economy Research Institute. Our programme has a particularly strong concentration of expertise in the areas of 20th century musicology; composition; the human-machine interface in digital music composition and performance; music therapy; and theatre, live art and critical theory.
Our programme has a range of excellent facilities, including: a large recital hall housing a range of orchestral percussion, 12 music practice rooms, each equipped with upright or grand pianos; our Mumford Theatre a fully equipped professional theatre, with a large orchestral pit capable of housing full orchestras; three dedicated and fully-equipped drama studios; an extensive suite of computer music studios, including two recording studios, a digital editing studio and a workstation laboratory; and a fully-equipped music therapy clinic. You will also have access to our outstanding library resources, and to the Cambridge University Library. We are committed to offering training and career development opportunities for all research students. Many of our PhD students hold teaching responsibilities in our programme and have been involved in the organisation of international conferences recently held at our University. Within our Faculty, we also offer sessions on a range of subjects, including: writing up papers for publication; placing an academic article; giving a conference paper; style in the doctorate; updates on research methods and literature searches; internet training; editing skills for doctoral research; subsequent monograph publication; and dealing with festivals, agents, and publishers. There are a number of ways in which you can obtain external funding for doctoral research, from the full-time awards granted by the Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC) to smaller grants available from a range of grant-awarding bodies. Our programme periodically offers fully-funded and fees-only fellowships and, from time to time, Departmental bursaries are awarded to students showing exceptional potential. In addition to these, our programme has a Postgraduate Fund to which you can apply for help with travelling expenses, conference fees, and other research needs. We offer advice on external and internal funding if you are considering our research degrees.
click:
How to Apply:

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/mmtt
221
pHilosopHy
PhD, MPhil
progrAmme oVerView
We offer MPhil and PhD research degrees in a range of topics linked to staff expertise in philosophy. Our staff are recognised as experts in their fields, and have produced a number of influential books, journal articles and edited collections, and won funding for a number of prestigious research projects. We are proud to be part of a developing research culture, which creates a rich and stimulating environment for staff and students. We have a series of links to a number of other research centres in our University and the wider community. We contribute to many of our Facultys research groups, including the Cultures of the Digital Economy (CoDE) research institute, and as a Department we run our own research units: the Labour History Research Unit (LHRU) and the Justice and Communities Research Unit (JaCRU). Our programme also hosts and participates in a variety of researchoriented events, including Faculty and Departmental research seminar series. We have close links with many organisations in the local area and the wider region, including the University of Cambridges Centre for Research into Arts, Social Sciences, and Humanities (CRASSH). Academic supervision is available in many areas of philosophy, including modern European philosophy, phenomenology, psychoanalysis and feminist philosophy; and also ancient philosophy; philosophy of art; philosophy of religion and ethics. Our programme has a range of excellent facilities, including well-equipped classrooms with data projectors and DVD. Our research students also have access to our outstanding library resources, and access to the Cambridge University Library and other local archives.
We are committed to offering training and career development opportunities for all research students. Our PhD students may be offered teaching opportunities in our programme, and are encouraged to give papers at graduate conferences within both our University and at other universities. Within our Department, we can also offer advice and support on a range of subjects, including: writing-up a paper for publication; placing an academic article; giving a conference paper; style in PhD writing; updates on research methods and literature searches; internet training; editing skills for doctoral research; subsequent monograph publication; and working with agents and publishers. There are a number of ways in which you can obtain external funding for doctoral research, from the full-time awards granted by the Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC) to smaller grants available from a range of grant-awarding bodies. Our programme periodically offers fully-funded and fees-only fellowships and from time to time, Departmental bursaries are awarded to candidates showing exceptional potential. In addition to these, our programme has a Postgraduate Fund to which you can apply for help with travelling expenses, conference fees, and other research needs. We offer advice on external and internal funding if you are considering our research degrees.
key fActs

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/phil
click:
How to Apply:
222
publisHing
PhD, MPhil
key fActs
progrAmme oVerView
Our research degree in publishing will give you support and scope for developing a thesis on a topic of your choice. We are also committed to offering training for our students, both within our Department and at University level. Within our Department we offer sessions on a range of subjects, including: writing up a paper for publication placing an academic article giving a conference paper style in the doctorate pdates on research methods and u literature searches internet training editing skills for doctoral research subsequent monograph publication ealing with festivals, agents and d publishers. Our Department hosts a well-attended postgraduate research seminar which meets regularly to give you an opportunity to present papers in a supportive setting. This group provides an informal context for postgraduate training and support, but there is also a more formal training programme which offers subject-specific support and training for all postgraduates in addition to the generic training offered by our University. Our Department allocates a substantial sum each year towards the support of postgraduates in the form of bursaries and travel or conference expenses. Academic supervision is available in most areas connected to publishing histories and practices, and additional professional support from the publishing industry is also a possibility. Our staff can also offer supervision in design, digital media, creative writing practices and cultural theory.
We have two new media suites at our Cambridge campus, equipped with software such as InDesign vital for publishing skill development. In addition, we have excellent library resources, online learning tools and a growing network of professional partners. Our University is home to CAMPUS, the Cambridge Publishing Society. Placements with publishing and publishing-related companies can be arranged, and every endeavour will made to provide you with a professional mentor to ensure your project is of value to the industry, giving you the best chance for employment on completion. Short courses in publishing-related areas are being developed so that skills can be obtained in-house to enhance your professional expertise. Funding via the usual Research Council avenues are options for students to pursue (Arts & Humanities Research Council studentships, for example), as well as other bodies such as the Stationers Guild. Sponsorship for publishing-related degrees from companies is always a possibility. We offer advice on external and internal funding if you are considering our research degrees.

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/publ
click:
How to Apply:
223
sociAl sciences (sociology, criminology)

PhD, MPhil
progrAmme oVerView
We offer MPhil and PhD research degrees in a range of topics linked to staff expertise in the fields of social sciences, including sociology and criminology. Our staff are recognised as experts in their fields, and have produced a number of influential books, journal articles and edited collections, and won funding for a number of prestigious research projects. We are proud of our vibrant research culture, which creates a rich and stimulating environment for staff and students. We also have a series of links to a number of other centres in our University and the wider community. We contribute to many of our Facultys research groups, including the Cultures of the Digital Economy (CoDE) research institute, and we run our own research unit, the Justice and Communities Research Unit (JaCRU). Our programme also hosts and participates in a variety of research-oriented events, including Faculty and Departmental research seminar series. We have close links with many organisations in the local area and the wider region, including the Citizens Advice Bureau, The National Probation Service, the Crown Court and Crown Prosecution Service, Cambridgeshire Police and the University of Cambridges Centre for Research into Arts, Social Sciences, and Humanities (CRASSH). We have a particularly strong concentration of expertise in the areas of social theory, social studies of science and technology, youth justice, comparative criminology, crime mapping and the politics of surveillance and privacy, diaspora and migration, gender and psychoanalysis; organised crime networks, criminal and geographical profiling, violence and exploitation. Our programme has a range of excellent facilities, including a state-of-the-art courtroom for staging debates and elements of the criminal justice process. Our research students also have access to our outstanding library resources, and access to the Cambridge University Library and other local archives. We are committed to offering training and career development opportunities for all research students. Our PhD students may be offered teaching opportunities in our programme, and are encouraged to give papers at graduate conferences within both our University and at other universities. Within our Department, we can also offer advice and support on a range of subjects, including: writing-up a paper for publication; placing an academic article; giving a conference paper; style in PhD writing; updates on research methods and literature searches; internet training; editing skills for doctoral research; subsequent monograph publication; and working with agents and publishers.
key fActs
student profile
I submitted my PhD in Sociology, entitled Racial Inequality in the UK Fire and Rescue Service, in March 2010. During my time as a research student in the Faculty of Arts Law & Social Sciences at Anglia Ruskin I have been able to engage in and become a part of the research environment. The Faculty has a multidisciplinary seminar programme and organises internal lectures in which research students take an active part. I have been granted funding to present papers at various academic conferences. There have been plenty of opportunities to meet with fellow research students and share the PhD experience. Opportunities to teach undergraduate students have developed my teaching skills and my supervisors have been invaluable in providing support and encouragement throughout the whole process. sharifa begum phd in sociology
click:

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/research/sssc
How to Apply:
224
How to Apply
were Here to Help you consider your options And eVen Assist witH progressing your ApplicAtion. wHy not tAlk to A subJect speciAlist, wHo cAn Answer your more detAiled Questions?
entry reQuirements
Most of our postgraduate courses require that you have a qualification or experience that is the equivalent of a UK Honours degree, usually in a relevant subject area. However, please ensure you check your preferred courses requirements, because they may be unique in some respect. Youll see them listed in the course descriptions starting on page 55. When assessing your application, well consider: hether your qualifications meet our w entry requirements our ability to meet the demands of the y course the ways in which youd benefit from it what youd be likely to contribute. We will also weigh up your personal, professional and educational experiences as well as your abilities relating to the area of study. If you would like to discuss the options open to you, talk to one of our admissions advisers. They will be able to answer your questions in detail and progress your application. emAil: answers@anglia.ac.uk cAll: 0845 271 3333 internAtionAl: +44 (0) 1245 493131 For more information about international applications, please see page 227.
tHe credit system

Our postgraduate courses use a credit-based modular system that gives you a good deal of flexibility with both the content and structure of your studies. At our University, 15 credits is notionally equivalent to 150 hours of student activity time. Examples of activities include attendance at lectures, private study, tutorials and assessment activities. Studies are packaged into modules. Each module is carefully assessed and is given a credit value based on the relevant number of activity hours. A credit value is assigned to every course of study. A Masters degree, for example, has 180 credits.
Apply online
Once you have decided on a field of study you can apply to us quickly and directly online:
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/apply
225
Applying for your course | full-time postgraduate prospectus 2011
AccreditAtion of prior leArning (Apl)

Our University is proud to offer you mobility in your studies by recognising learning you may have completed elsewhere before applying to Anglia Ruskin. It is important that you should identify any relevant prior learning when you apply to our University, as it may impact upon modules which you wish to study. Should your previous study relate to modules on the course you wish to undertake, our University will consider your application for APL. Where this relates to learning completed through an earlier course of study, this is called Accreditation of Prior Certificated Learning (APCL), and where learning has been achieved through relevant work or experience, this is referred to as Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL). All APL applications must be approved before you commence a course.
AccreditAtion of prior certificAted leArning (Apcl)

APCL relates to learning completed through an earlier course of study. If youve previously completed a course which is relevant to your proposed course at our University, you should make this clear when you apply for admission. To be eligible for consideration in this way, you must be able to submit certification which shows your successfully completed assessment for that course. Learning must be current, i.e. completed within the last five years. Simple participation in a course, or an attendance certificate, is not sufficient.
different costs
You may face costs if applying for admission with prior learning. These can vary depending on whether your application is for APCL or APEL or a combination of the two. Costs will be on a sliding scale in line with the volume and level of the credits for which you are applying.
furtHer informAtion
To accredit prior learning requires care, precision and fairness on our part. For this reason, we set down criteria applying to everyone equally. Our Contact Centre can direct you to specialist advice in your subject area to ensure your APCL or APEL claim is compliant. Alternatively, if you wish to find out more about this process to decide whether it is applicable to you, we are happy to offer advice and answer any questions that either you or your employer may have.
AccreditAtion of prior eXperientiAl leArning (Apel)

It is important to understand that our Universitys APEL process does not award academic credit for experience alone, but for learning which can be shown to have been achieved through that experience. You are required to prepare an individual case for the proposed credit arising from your learning experiences. This normally means that you will receive support in the preparation of a portfolio in which your claim is justified in detail and supported by relevant evidence. In addition, you may be asked to complete some written work and/or to attend an interview with an admissions tutor. The portfolio of evidence is then submitted to our University for assessment and the possible award of academic credit.
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/priorlearning
226
internAtionAl ApplicAtions
AcAdemic entry reQuirements
If you are an international student wishing to apply to study for a postgraduate degree, you will usually need to show evidence of having studied at a level equivalent to that of a UK honours degree in a relevant subject area. However, for a small number of courses, including an MBA and conversion courses such as our MA in Management, an honours degree or equivalent in an unrelated subject area is also acceptable. To find out what the specific entry requirements are for your country, visit our website.
work eXperience
Please note that youll need to show evidence of relevant work experience for certain courses of study, such as an our Master of Business Administration (MBA).
VisAs And immigrAtion

As a licensed sponsor under the points-based system, our University is able to issue the necessary documentation for you to apply for clearance to enter the UK. For more information, visit our website.
interViews
If youre required to take an interview, it will be conducted by phone where possible. However, if youre a prospective MA Music Therapy or MA Social Work student, youll need to attend selection interviews in the UK.
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/visa
Ask us AnytHing
Do you have any questions about our entry requirements or your eligibility? Would you like to request a copy of our international prospectus? Or do you need further advice about making an application? Whatever your concerns or queries, please get in touch with our International Office:
click:
tuition fees And scHolArsHips

We offer scholarships to international students through the International Merit Scholarship Scheme. This provides awards of either 500 or 1,000 to well-qualified students applying for full-time Masters courses. Awards are made on the basis of students academic merit, and level of competence in English language may also be taken into consideration. You will be notified of any scholarship awarded to you in your offer letter. For full details about tuition fees for international students, visit our website.
www.anglia.ac.uk/mycountry
for more informAtion

click: www.anglia.ac.uk/international emAil: answers@anglia.ac.uk cAll: 0845 271 3333 internAtionAl: +44 (0) 1245 493131
englisH lAnguAge reQuirements

Normally IELTS 6.5, or an acceptable equivalent qualification, is required. A full list of accepted English language qualifications is available online at: www.anglia.ac.uk/international/apply Some specialist postgraduate courses require a higher level of English language competence. If you need some help achieving this before beginning your postgraduate study, we can help. Visit our website for more information.
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/international/fees
click:
www.anglia.ac.uk/prep/lang
227
Applying for your course | full-time postgraduate prospectus 2011
228
indeX
A
Access to Learning Fund Accommodation Accounting and Financial Analysis, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Accreditation of Prior Certificated Learning (APCL) Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) Adult Nursing, MSc Advanced Midwifery Practice, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Advanced Practice, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Advice Service, The Allied Health Professions & Studies Anglia Ruskin Boat Club Anglia Ruskin Students Union Animal and Environmental Biology Research Group APCL APEL Apex Application Applied Linguistics and TESOL, MA Applied, Social and Health Psychology Research Group Applying Apply online Art & Design Arts Management, MA, PG Dip, PG Cert Ashcroft International Business School Audio and Video Technology, MSc 9 29 5556 226 226 226 5758 5960 6162 34 36 32 3334 43 226 226 34 225 6364 49 225 225 38 6566 20 6768
c
Cambridge 1518 Cambridge campus 16 Cambridge map 18 Cambridge Theological 24 Federation Careers advisers 12 Careers and Employability 12 Service Career Development Loans 9 Centre for Childrens Book 38 Studies, The Chaplaincy 28 Chartered Institute of Public 6970 Finance and Accountancy (Final Test of Professional Competence), CIPFA, PG Dip, PG Cert Chelmsford 1922 Chelmsford Chieftains 20 Chelmsford City Football Club 20 Chelmsford map 22 Childcare 10, 27 Childcare facilities 27 Children and Young People, 7172 MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Childrens Book Illustration, MA 7374 Childrens Book Illustration, 207 PhD, MPhil CIPFA 6970 Clubs and societies 34 Computer Science, MSc, PG 7576 Dip, PG Cert Computing facilities 12 Construction Management, MSc 7778 Contact us 233 Contemporary Theatre, MA 7980 Contents 2 Corporate Governance, 8182 MA/Grad ICSA Counselling 27 Course finder 5354 Courses, AZ 55204 Creative Music Technology, MA 8384 Creative Writing, MA 85 Credit system 225 Cricket 32 Cultures and Organisational 8788 Leadership, MA
d
Department of Music and Performing arts Digital Media, PhD, MPhil Directions DNA Analysis, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Dramatherapy, MA Dyslexia 48 208 17, 21, 25 8990 7, 205 224 9192 28
e
Education Education, PhD, MPhil Education Primary, PGCE Education Secondary Art & Design, PGCE Education Secondary Biology, PGCE Education Secondary Chemistry, PGCE Education Secondary English, PGCE Education Secondary Information Communication Technology (ICT), PGCE Education Secondary Mathematics, PGCE Education Secondary Modern Languages, PGCE Education Secondary Physics, PGCE Electronic Systems Modelling and Rapid Prototyping Technologies (E-SMART), PhD, MPhil Emmanuel College Boathouse Employment Bureau Employer sponsorship Engineering Management, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert English language 39, 209 209 9394 9596 9798 99100 101102 103104
105106 107108 109110 210
b
Brain and Cognition Research Group Business, PhD, MPhil Business Administration, MBA Business Administration (International), MBA, PG Dip, PG Cert 49 206 171172 24
32 10 10 111112 13, 42, 63, 211 212, 227 211
English Language and Intercultural Communication, PhD, MPhil English Language and Linguistics, PhD, MPhil
212
229
indeX | full-time postgraduate prospectus 2011
English language courses English language support English Literature, PhD, MPhil English, MA Entry requirements
Environmental Studies Equality and diversity Essex County Cricket Club e-vision
13 13 213 113114 13, 55 204, 225, 227 4344 28 20 12
H
Health Promotion, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Health and Social Care, PhD, MPhil High Chelmer History History, PhD, MPhil Housing How to apply Human Resource Management, MA, PG Dip, PG Cert Hylands Park 125126 217 20 46 218 29 205, 225 127
International Social Welfare and Social Policy, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert International Sustainable Tourism Management, MA, PG Dip, PG Cert Investigative Chemistry Research Group IT resources Investigative Chemistry Research Group, PhD, MPhil
151152
153
43 12 219
f
Facebook Faiths and beliefs Fees 233 28 9, 55204 115
J
John Ruskin 4, 16
20
i
Immigration Induction programme Information Technology, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Information Technology Management, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Intercultural Communication, MA International applications International Business, MA, PG Dip, PG Cert International Business Economics, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert International Business Law, LLM International Entrepreneurship, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert International Finance, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert International Logistics, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert International Management Practice, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert International Nursing Studies, MSc International Merit Scholarship International student advisers International students International Student Support Team 13, 27 13 129 131132
l
Labour History Research Unit Law Law, PhD, MPhil Leadership, MA, PG Dip, PG Cert Learning resources Legal Practice, LLM Legal Practice Course (LPC), PG Dip Libraries Location map and directions 46 157, 159 160, 220 220 155 12 157 159160 12 1718, 2122, 24, 2526 24
Film and Television Production, MA, PG Dip, PG Cert Film and Television 214 Production, PhD, MPhil Film Studies, MA 117118 Film Studies; Media Studies; 215 Communication Studies, PhD, MPhil Finance 910 Financial Management 119 Practice, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Fine Art, MFA 173174 Fine Art, PhD, MPhil 216 Fine Art Research Group 38 Fitness 32 Football 32 Forensic Science, MSc, 121122 PG Dip, PG Cert Fulbourn campus 16 Funding 910
133134 13, 227 135136 137
139140 141142 143144 145146 147148
London College of Accountancy
m
Management, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Management and Leadership in Health and Social Care, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Management Practice, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Maps and directions 161162 163164
g
Global Communication, MA, PG Dip, PG Cert Grafton Centre, The Grand Arcade, The Grants Register, The Greyhound Stadium 123124 16 16 9 24
165166 1718, 2122, 2526 167168 169
149150 10, 13 27 10, 13 14, 227 13
Marketing and Innovation, MA, PG Dip, PG Cert Marketing Management Practice, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert
230
indeX
Marylebone Cricket Club (MCC) University Centres of Cricketing Excellence Master of Business Administration, MBA Master of Fine Art, MFA Meadows, The Merseyside Fire and Rescue Training Academy, Croxteth Mildmay Fitness Suite Mildmay Sports Hall Mobile Telecommunication, MSc Money Advice and Rights Team MPhil Mumford Theatre Music Music, Music Therapy, Theatre, PhD, MPhil Music Therapy, MA 32 PGCE PhD 171172 173174 20 24 32 20, 32 175 910 7, 205 224 16, 80, 221 48 221 177178 Philosophy, PhD, MPhil Physiotherapy, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Pilgrim Partnership School 24 Centred Initial Teacher Training (SCITT), Bedford Postgraduate Certificate in 7, Education (PGCE) 93110 Postgraduate Information Event 233 Postgraduate Medical Institute 5 Printmaking, 185186 MA, PG Dip, PG Cert Private sector housing 2930 Professional Doctorate 7, 205, 217 Project Management, MSc 187188 Psychology 49 Public Health, 189190 MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Publishing, 191192 MA, PG Dip, PG Cert Public Service Management 24 Publishing, PhD, MPhil 223 7, 93110 7, 205224 222 183184 Social Sciences (Sociology, Criminology), PhD, MPhil Social Work & Social Policy & Administration Social Work, MA Societies Sociology, MA, PG Dip Sport and fitness Sports facilities Structural Engineering, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert Student advisers Student Money Advice and Rights Team Student support Students Union Office Students Union, The Student village Support Support for disabled and dyslexic students Sustainable Construction, MSc 224 52 193194 34 195196 32 32, 34 197198 27 910 2728 34 3334 20 2728 28 199200
n
Network Management, MSc Network Security, MSc Nursery NUS cards 179180 181182 27 34
t
Taught Courses, AZ Town Planning, MSc Transnational Crime, MA, PG Dip, PG Cert Tuition fees Twitter 55204 201202 203204 9, 55204 233
r
16 7, 3552, 205224 Research Assessment Exercise 5, (RAE) 3552 Research centres 12 Research funding 7 Research opportunities 7, 205224 Research resources 12 Riverside Ice and Leisure 20, 32 Centre Rowing 32 Rugby 32 Ruskin Gallery 16, 38 Redevelopment Research
o
Overseas students Overseas visits 10, 13 14, 227 233
u
Union University Accommodation Services (UAS) University Centre Peterborough (UCP) University Libraries 34 29 12, 24, 29 12
p
Park & Ride Partners Pastoral Theology, MA Paying your tuition fees Performance Contexts Group Personal Development Planning (PDP) Personal tutors Peterborough Peterborough campus Peterborough map 1718, 2122 24 24 9 38 27 27 24 24 26
V
V Festival Visa requirements Vision and Eye Research Unit (VERU) 20 14 6, 36
s
Sawyers Gym Scholarships 20, 32 7, 10, 13, 227
w
Welcome 4
231
indeX | full-time postgraduate prospectus 2011
Helmore building, cambridge campus
232
find out more

come And meet us! tAlk to our course leAders, directors of reseArcH And current postgrAduAtes, And find out wHy our uniVersity could mAke All tHe difference to your cAreer.
see for yourself
For a postgraduate, deciding where to study is not a decision to be taken lightly so we encourage all prospective students to visit us. Our Postgraduate Information Events are a great introduction to postgraduate study at our University and they offer you the perfect opportunity to: nd out more about our range fi of postgraduate courses and research opportunities alk to our course leaders and/or t directors of research from all five of our Faculties iew our extensive campuses v and state-of-the-art facilities et advice on your career g development options nd out more about postgraduate fi funding opportunities iscuss the application process with our d friendly and informative Admissions staff. We hold Postgraduate Information Events throughout the year. Dates are subject to change, so please register your details with our Contact Centre and well send you information about our next event. emAil: answers@anglia.ac.uk cAll: 0845 271 3333
if you liVe oVerseAs

You may not have the opportunity to visit our University in person, in which case there may be the opportunity for you to meet staff from our International Office. They travel to education fairs all over the world, and often conduct interviews that can result in places being offered there and then. For a full list of upcoming overseas visits: click: www.anglia.ac.uk/meetus cAll: +44 (0) 1245 493 131
contAct us
If youd like to ask us about anything in this prospectus: emAil: answers@anglia.ac.uk cAll: 0845 271 3333
follow us on twitter: become A fAn on fAcebook:
www.twitter.com/angliaruskin
www.facebook.com/angliaruskin This prospectus is also available in alternative formats, including Braille, large print, audio tape and compact disc. To request a copy in your preferred format, please contact us on the details given above.
233
find out more | full-time postgraduate prospectus entry 2011
Terms and CondiTions

daTa ProTeCTion aCT Anglia Ruskin University holds personal data on all applicants and enrolled students in computer and paperbased administrative systems. All such data is held in accordance with the provisions of the Data Protection Act 1998. The data sent in international enquiries to the University will be held by Hobsons plc, on behalf of Anglia Ruskin University. Your data will be used for the purposes of dealing with your enquiry, and sending you relevant information about Anglia Ruskin University. Neither Hobsons plc nor Anglia Ruskin University will pass your details on to any third party. noTiCe To PoTenTial sTudenTs This prospectus describes the awards offered by Anglia Ruskin University. Should you become a student of this institution you will receive further documents describing the teaching, examination, assessment, and other education services offered by Anglia Ruskin University. In particular, you will be bound by the Rules, Regulations and Procedures for Students, a copy of which can be obtained before you apply to Anglia Ruskin University. Anglia Ruskin University undertakes to take all reasonable steps to provide the educational services in the manner set out in this prospectus and in those further documents. It does not, however, guarantee the provision of such services. Should industrial action or circumstances beyond the control of Anglia Ruskin University interfere with its ability to provide educational services, the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services. Should you become a student at Anglia Ruskin University, this notice shall constitute a term of any contract between you and Anglia Ruskin University. Any offer of a place made to you by Anglia Ruskin University is made on the basis that in accepting such an offer you signify your consent to the incorporation of this notice as a term of any such contract. Considerable care has been taken in the preparation of this prospectus to ensure its accuracy at the time of going to press. If, however, you feel that it is inaccurate or misleading you should write stating the detail of your complaint to: The Secretary and Clerk to the University, Anglia Ruskin University, Bishop Hall Lane, Chelmsford, Essex CM1 1SQ. eduCaTion aCT 1994 (ParT 2) Code of PraCTiCe for The sTudenTs union This Code of Practice is prepared and issued in accordance with the requirements of section 22 (3) of the Education Act 1994 (part 2). 1 sTudenTs union ConsTiTuTion 1.1 The Students Union shall have a written constitution. 1.2 The constitution shall be subject to the approval of the Board of Governors on establishment, at the time of any change and at a date not more than five years from the prior review. 2 membershiP of The sTudenTs union 2.1 On enrolment at Anglia Ruskin University, students shall become members of the Students Union. 2.2 A decision by a student to opt out of or into Students Union membership shall only be exercised once in any academic year commencing on 1 September in any calendar year and ending on 31 August in the following calendar year. 2.3 To ensure that students who opt out of Students Union membership are not disadvantaged in terms of access to the provision of services or otherwise, Anglia Ruskin University shall make alternative arrangements for such students, details of which are available from Student Services. 3 union eleCTions 3.1 Appointment to Students Union Offices defined as major in the Constitution shall be by election in a secret ballot in which all members are entitled to vote. The Constitution shall define where a restricted franchise is to operate. 3.2 All elections shall be supervised by a returning officer who shall be the Secretary or Deputy Secretary to Anglia Ruskin University. 3.3 The returning officer shall report to the Board of Governors on the conduct of elections. 3.4 A person shall not hold sabbatical Students Union office or paid elected Students Union office for more than two years in total in Anglia Ruskin University. 4 finanCes 4.1 The financial affairs of the Students Union shall be properly conducted in accordance with arrangements made by the Management Board of the Board of Governors and approved by the Board of Governors from time to time. 4.2 The Finance and General Purposes Committee of the Board shall be responsible for the approval of the Students Union budget for the forthcoming year. 4.3 The Students Union shall make reports and other such arrangements as are required for monitoring purposes by the Board of Governors from time to time. 4.4 In relation to this Code of Practice, financial information shall be provided in respect of the Students Union and any other such organisations as are established under its control. 4.5 In making financial reports to the Board of Governors, full details shall be provided of external organisations to which the Students Union has made donations within the period to which the report relates and details of those donations. 4.6 Copies of reports made in accordance with this Code of Practice shall be placed in each of Anglia Ruskins University Libraries. 5 alloCaTion of resourCes 5.1 The procedure for allocating resources to groups or clubs shall be fair, set down in writing and approved by the Board of Governors. 5.2 Copies of the approved procedure shall be placed in each of Anglia Ruskins University Libraries. 6 affiliaTion To exTernal organisaTions 6.1 If the Students Union decides to affiliate to an external organisation, it shall publish notice of its decision stating the name of the organisation and details of any subscription or similar fee paid or proposed to be paid and of any donation made or proposed to be made to the organisation. 6.2 The notices in 6.1 shall be made available to the Board of Governors and copies of such shall be placed in each of Anglia Ruskins University Libraries. 6.3 Annually or at such more frequent intervals as the Board of Governors shall determine, the Students Union shall publish a list of external organisations to which the Students Union is currently affiliated and details of subscriptions or similar fees paid or donations made to such organisations in the past year or since the last report. 6.4 Copies of such reports shall be made available to the Board of Governors and placed in each of Anglia Ruskins University Libraries. 6.5 A requisition may be made by 5% of the members of the Students Union that the question of a continued affiliation to any particular organisation be decided upon by a secret ballot in which all members of the Students Union are entitled to vote. 6.6 Such a requisition may not be exercised in respect of affiliation to any particular organisation more than once in any academic year as defined above. 7 ComPlainTs ProCedure 7.1 Any students or groups of students who are dissatisfied in their dealings with the Students Union or claim to be unfairly disadvantaged by reason of their having exercised the right to opt out of Students Union membership shall have access to a complaints procedure, a copy of which is available from the Secretary to Anglia Ruskin University. Approved by the Board of Governors December 1999. Anglia Ruskin University Higher Education Corporation is an exempt charity. Registered Office: Bishop Hall Lane, Chelmsford, Essex CM1 1SQ. 2002 Anglia Ruskin University. anglia ruskin universiTy is Proud To be a fairTrade universiTy. Choose products with this Mark. For more information about Fairtrade visit: www.fairtrade.org.uk
CliCk: www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg | email: answers@anglia.ac.uk | Call: 0845 271 3333
234
Cambridge campus East Road Cambridge CB1 1PT Chelmsford campus Bishop Hall Lane Chelmsford CM1 1SQ Contact us
This prospectus is also available in alternative formats, including; Braille, large print, audio tape and compact disc. To request a copy in your preferred format please contact us. For information about our privacy and data protection policy:
CliCk:
CliCk:
www.anglia.ac.uk/privacy
www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg Email: answers@anglia.ac.uk Call: 0845 271 3333 iNTERNaTiONal: +44 (0)1245 493131

Study at Anglia Ruskin University

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Study at Anglia Ruskin University

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

FULL-TIME POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS ENTRY 2011

WELCOME TO ANGLIA RUSKIN UNIVERSITY

OUR ACTivE RESEARCh COmmUNiTY

POSTGRADUATE STUDENT LifE

OUR COURSES AND RESEARCh OPPORTUNiTiES

APPLYiNG fOR YOUR COURSE

fiND OUT mORE

University Library entrance and study area, Chelmsford campus

POSTGRADUATE STUDY | full-time Postgraduate Prospectus Entry 2011

We worl conduct d-l reseaeading se e p r ages ch. 35

Professor michael Thorne vice Chancellor

CLiCK: www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg | EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk | CALL: 0845 271 3333

POSTGRADUATE STUDY AT OUR UNivERSiTY

A mAGNET fOR iNTERNATiONAL TALENT

GAiN CREDiT fOR YOUR ExPERiENCE

POSTGRADUATE mEDiCAL iNSTiTUTE

A PASSiON fOR LEARNiNG AND TEAChiNG

Optometry clinic, Cambridge campus

POSTGRADUATE STUDY | full-time Postgraduate Prospectus Entry 2011

viSiON AND EYE RESEARCh UNiT

OUTSTANDiNG STUDY fACiLiTiES

Ruskin Gallery, Cambridge campus

forensic science laboratory

CLiCK: www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg | EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk | CALL: 0845 271 3333

YOUR POSTGRADUATE STUDY OPTiONS

STUDYiNG AS A RESEARCh STUDENT

POSTGRADUATE STUDY | full-time Postgraduate Prospectus Entry 2011

CLiCK: www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg | EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk | CALL: 0845 271 3333

UK/EU TUiTiON fEES AND fiNANCE

fUNDiNG YOUR POSTGRADUATE STUDY

fOR mORE iNfORmATiON: CLiCK:

POSTGRADUATE STUDY | full-time Postgraduate Prospectus Entry 2011

hELP AND ADviCE

OUR EmPLOYmENT bUREAU (Eb)

fOR mORE iNfORmATiON:

CLiCK: www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg | EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk | CALL: 0845 271 3333

CAREERS AND LEARNiNG RESOURCES

POSTGRADUATE STUDY | full-time Postgraduate Prospectus Entry 2011

CAREERS & EmPLOYAbiLiTY SERviCE

RESEARCh RESOURCES AND CENTRES

CLiCK: www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg | EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk | CALL: 0845 271 3333

ThE vERY bEST SUPPORT

OUR ENTRY REqUiREmENTS

iNTERNATiONAL TUiTiON fEES AND SChOLARShiPS

POSTGRADUATE STUDY | full-time Postgraduate Prospectus Entry 2011

fiNDiNG A PLACE TO LivE

WORKiNG DURiNG YOUR STUDiES

bEiNG NEW iN TOWN

LifE AT ANGLiA RUSKiN

viSA REqUiREmENTS fOR ThE UK

CLiCK: www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg | EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk | CALL: 0845 271 3333

POSTGRADUATE STUDY | full-time Postgraduate Prospectus Entry 2011

ANGLiA RUSKiN iN CAmbRiDGE

OUR fACULTY Of hEALTh & SOCiAL CARE SiTES

bETTER AND bETTER

CLiCK: www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg | EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk | CALL: 0845 271 3333

fiNDiNG OUR CAmbRiDGE CAmPUS

TRAvELLiNG bY bUS OR COACh

POSTGRADUATE STUDENT LifE | full-time Postgraduate Prospectus Entry 2011

CLiCK: www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg | EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk | CALL: 0845 271 3333

POSTGRADUATE STUDENT LifE | full-time Postgraduate Prospectus Entry 2011

ANGLiA RUSKiN iN ChELmSfORD

CLiCK: www.anglia.ac.uk/studypg | EmAiL: answers@anglia.ac.uk | CALL: 0845 271 3333

fiNDiNG OUR ChELmSfORD CAmPUS